From 50a4b833185e4e81b7c4018da323a87235d3d526 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kristal Dale Date: Mon, 22 Jul 2019 13:13:22 -0700 Subject: [PATCH] Updated .po files for translation. Includes updated/refreshed guides (maintenance, network, tooling, stacks) and remaining Get Started pages: - Clean up and standardization of intro - Clean up of links - Standardization of layout Signed-off-by: Kristal Dale --- .../bare-metal-install-desktop.po | 455 +++-- .../bare-metal-install-server.po | 656 ++++--- .../vmw-player-preconf.po | 313 +++- .../virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po | 587 +++--- .../vmware-esxi-install-cl.po | 230 +-- .../vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po | 218 +-- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po | 367 ++-- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po | 8 +- .../guides/kernel/kernel-development.po | 223 ++- .../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po | 191 +- .../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po | 118 +- .../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po | 179 +- .../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po | 171 +- .../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po | 292 ++- .../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po | 158 +- .../maintenance/developer-workstation.po | 251 ++- .../maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po | 349 ++++ .../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po | 94 +- .../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po | 110 +- .../guides/maintenance/hostname.po | 52 +- .../maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po | 212 ++- .../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po | 168 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po | 237 +++ .../de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po | 50 +- .../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po | 200 +- .../guides/network/custom-clear-container.po | 147 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po | 247 ++- .../guides/network/ipxe-install.po | 239 ++- .../guides/network/network-bonding.po | 113 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po | 751 +++++--- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po | 151 ++ .../de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po | 616 +++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po | 664 +++++++ .../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po | 1622 ++++++++++++----- .../LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po | 51 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po | 456 +++-- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po | 248 +++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po | 196 ++ locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po | 30 +- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po | 79 +- .../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po | 119 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po | 42 +- .../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po | 37 +- .../bare-metal-install-desktop.po | 455 +++-- .../bare-metal-install-server.po | 656 ++++--- .../vmw-player-preconf.po | 313 +++- .../virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po | 587 +++--- .../vmware-esxi-install-cl.po | 230 +-- .../vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po | 218 +-- .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po | 367 ++-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po | 8 +- .../guides/kernel/kernel-development.po | 223 ++- .../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po | 191 +- .../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po | 118 +- .../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po | 179 +- .../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po | 171 +- .../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po | 292 ++- .../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po | 158 +- .../maintenance/developer-workstation.po | 251 ++- .../maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po | 349 ++++ .../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po | 94 +- .../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po | 110 +- .../guides/maintenance/hostname.po | 52 +- .../maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po | 212 ++- .../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po | 168 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po | 237 +++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po | 50 +- .../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po | 200 +- .../guides/network/custom-clear-container.po | 147 +- .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po | 247 ++- .../guides/network/ipxe-install.po | 239 ++- .../guides/network/network-bonding.po | 113 +- .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po | 751 +++++--- .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po | 151 ++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po | 616 +++++++ .../LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po | 664 +++++++ .../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po | 1622 ++++++++++++----- .../LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po | 51 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po | 456 +++-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po | 248 +++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po | 196 ++ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po | 30 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po | 79 +- .../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po | 119 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po | 42 +- .../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po | 37 +- 86 files changed, 17200 insertions(+), 6194 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po create mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po create mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po index ea6ddd16..169cb1f6 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 msgid "" -"The live desktop allows you to boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop without " -"modifying the host system, offering you the chance to explore developing " -"on |CL| or install it. In this document, we show how to install |CL| on a" -" target system." +"This page explains how to boot the |CL-ATTR| live desktop image, from " +"which you can install |CL| or explore without modifying the host system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:14 msgid "System requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:17 -msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "Preliminary steps" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25 -msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." +msgid "Visit our `Downloads`_ page." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27 @@ -65,198 +65,208 @@ msgid " is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:34 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:38 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:41 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45 msgid "Install from live image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47 msgid "" "After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" " these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:46 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:48 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52 msgid "Power on the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:54 msgid "" "Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " "setup menu entry point may vary." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57 msgid "" "In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " "first option in the device boot order." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:56 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:58 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:62 msgid "Reboot the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:64 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70 msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:71 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:75 msgid "Software (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:73 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:77 msgid "" "Explore |CL| bundles and other software. Double-click the " ":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure 2. " -"Assure a network connection exists before launching `Software`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:79 -msgid "" -"`Software` application is *only intended for exploring* available " -"bundles, applications, and images. Do not attempt to install them." +"Ensure a network connection exists before launching the Software " +"application." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:83 +msgid "" +"While running the |CL| live desktop image, the Software application is " +"intended only for exploration. Do not attempt to install applications " +"during exploration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 msgid "Launch the |CL| installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:85 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90 msgid "" "After the live desktop image boots, scroll over the vertical " ":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:93 msgid "Click the |CL| penguin icon to launch the installer, shown in Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:94 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:99 msgid "Figure 2: |CL| installer icon" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:96 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:101 msgid "After the installer is launched, it will appear as shown in Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:102 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 msgid "Figure 3: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:104 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:109 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or " "type your preferred language in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 msgid "Checking prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:117 msgid "" "The installer automatically launches :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`, " "which checks your target system for compatibility and network " "connectivity." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120 msgid "" "After the installer shows `Prerequisites passed`, select :guilabel:`Next`" " to proceed with installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:122 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 msgid "Figure 4: Checking Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:125 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:130 msgid "Network Proxy (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:132 msgid "Configure :guilabel:`Network Proxy` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:134 msgid "In the top right menu bar, select the :guilabel:`Power button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view " "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:141 msgid "Select an option from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:143 msgid "Close :guilabel:`Network Proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 msgid "Close :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150 msgid "Minimum installation requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:147 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 msgid "" "To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " "options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 msgid "" "The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete " "`Required options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160 msgid "Check marks indicate a selection has been made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:162 msgid "" "An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser " "prior to installation to verify your Internet connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166 msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:163 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:168 msgid "" "The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To " "meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the " @@ -264,110 +274,110 @@ msgid "" "appear below submenus and a check mark appears at right." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:175 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 msgid "" "Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and " ":guilabel:`Advanced options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate the submenus." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:189 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 msgid "Required options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:190 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 msgid "Select Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:197 msgid "" "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is " "selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:200 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or " "start typing the region and then the city. (.e.g., " ":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:199 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:220 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213 msgid "Select Keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:217 msgid "" "Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United" " States." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:221 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229 msgid "Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:233 msgid "" "Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive " "Installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:235 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:238 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:243 msgid "Safe Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:245 msgid "" "Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " "alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " "schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:246 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:251 msgid "" "|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot " "your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable " @@ -377,175 +387,175 @@ msgid "" " |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:260 msgid "Destructive Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:257 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262 msgid "" "Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " "|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 msgid "Disk encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:263 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:268 msgid "" "For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption" " is optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:271 msgid "" "To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as " "shown in Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:278 msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:275 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:280 msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:281 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286 msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290 msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:292 msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:289 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:293 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:295 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303 msgid "Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:305 msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:302 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:307 msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:308 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:313 msgid "Figure 11: Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:310 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter " "and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 " "characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:314 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:319 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 " "characters. Maximum length is 255 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:317 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322 msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:321 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security " "purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:325 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:391 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:422 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:442 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:461 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:329 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:332 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337 msgid "Modify User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339 msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:336 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:341 msgid "Modify user details as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:338 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:342 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:347 msgid "" "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:345 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:401 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:424 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:348 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:353 msgid "Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355 msgid "" "Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a " "|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development " "team for improvements. For more information, see :ref:`telemetry-about`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:354 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:359 msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:356 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:361 msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:362 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:364 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:372 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:374 msgid "" "After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing " ":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so " @@ -553,222 +563,228 @@ msgid "" "immediately after reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:376 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 msgid "You can always add more bundles later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:379 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384 msgid "Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386 msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:383 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:388 msgid "Select your desired bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:389 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394 msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:393 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:398 msgid "View the bundles that you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:399 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409 msgid "Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:408 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:413 msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:414 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:419 msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:418 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:423 msgid "" "Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " "alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" " characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432 msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration`, navigate to select your desired " "kernel. :guilabel:`Native` is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:436 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441 msgid "Figure 16: Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:438 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:443 msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:440 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:450 msgid "Software Updater Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:449 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:454 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Mirror URL`, follow the instructions if you wish to specify" " a different installation source." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates` is selected by default. If you **do not**" " wish to enable automatic software updates, uncheck the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:459 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 msgid "Figure 17: Software Updater Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:469 msgid "Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:471 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:473 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:478 msgid "Figure 18: Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:480 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485 msgid "" "If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" " :guilabel:`Install` button remains disabled, as shown in Figure 19. " "Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:488 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493 msgid "Figure 19: Required Options - Incomplete" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:490 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495 msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:492 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:497 msgid "Shut down the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:494 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:499 msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:496 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:501 msgid "Power on your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:500 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:505 msgid "" "Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the " "administrative user that you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:502 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 msgid "Log in as the administrative user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:504 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 msgid "Default partition schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Table 1 shows the default partition schema with the exception of root, " -"which varies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 -msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:514 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:516 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:517 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:518 -msgid "Minimum size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:519 -msgid "``VFAT``" +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:520 -msgid "/boot" +msgid "FileSystem" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:521 -msgid "150M" +msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:522 -msgid "``swap``" +msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:524 -msgid "256MB" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:523 +msgid "Default size" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:525 -msgid "``root``" +msgid "**VFAT(FAT32)**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:526 -msgid "/" +msgid "boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:527 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgid "/boot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:528 +msgid "150MB" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:530 -msgid "Next steps" +msgid "**linux-swap**" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:532 -msgid ":ref:`guides`" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:531 +msgid "swap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:533 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:535 +msgid "**ext[234] or XFS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:536 +msgid "root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:537 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:538 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -934,3 +950,64 @@ msgstr "" #~ "which varies." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The live desktop allows you to " +#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" +#~ " without modifying the host system, " +#~ "offering you the chance to explore " +#~ "developing on |CL| or install it. " +#~ "In this document, we show how to" +#~ " install |CL| on a target system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Explore |CL| bundles and other software." +#~ " Double-click the :guilabel:`Software` icon" +#~ " from the Activities menu, shown in" +#~ " Figure 2. Assure a network " +#~ "connection exists before launching `Software`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Software` application is *only intended " +#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " +#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" +#~ " to install them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Table 1 shows the default partition " +#~ "schema with the exception of root, " +#~ "which varies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next steps" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`guides`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po index 62fdb04b..281b3912 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,314 +24,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:6 msgid "" -"These instructions guide you through installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " -"from a bootable USB drive using a live server image." +"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal from a bootable" +" USB drive using a live server image." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:13 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:14 msgid "System requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:15 -msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:17 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:18 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:21 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 msgid "Download the latest |CL| live server image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:25 msgid "" "Get the latest |CL| installer image from the `Downloads`_ page. Look for " "the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:26 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:30 -msgid "After downloading the image, verify and decompress the file per your OS." +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:33 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:32 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:37 msgid "Install |CL| on your target system" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:35 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:39 msgid "" "Ensure that your system is configured to boot UEFI. The installation " "method described below requires a wired Internet connection with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:40 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:44 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can install |CL| over a wireless connection by first " "using `nmtui`. Follow the `nmtui` instructions shown in Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 msgid "Follow these steps to install |CL| on the target system:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:45 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:51 msgid "Power on the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 msgid "" "Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " "setup menu entry point may vary." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 msgid "" "|CL| supports UEFI boot. Some hardware may list UEFI and non-UEFI USB " "boot entries. In this case, you should select the `UEFI` boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:61 msgid "" "In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " "first option in the device boot order." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 msgid "Save these settings and exit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:62 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:66 msgid "Reboot the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:68 msgid "This action launches the |CL| installer boot menu, shown in figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:70 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:74 msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS Installer boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:72 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:76 msgid "With :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:75 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 msgid "Launch the |CL| Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:77 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:81 msgid "At the :guilabel:`login` prompt, enter :command:`root`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:83 msgid "" "Follow the onscreen instructions, shown in Figure 2, and enter a " "temporary password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:90 msgid "Figure 2: root login" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:92 msgid "" "At the :guilabel:`root` prompt, enter :command:`clr-installer` and press " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:99 msgid "Figure 3: clr-installer command" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:98 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:102 msgid "Minimum installation requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:100 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:104 msgid "" "To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " "options`_. While not required, we encourage you to apply the `Recommended" " options`_. `Advanced options`_ are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:106 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 msgid "" "The :kbd:`Install` button is **only highlighted after** you complete " "`Required options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:114 msgid "Main Menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:111 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:115 msgid "The |CL| Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:121 msgid "Figure 4: Clear Linux OS Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 msgid "" "The |CL| Installer Main Menu has two tabs: :guilabel:`[R] Required " "options` and :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`. Navigate between tabs " "using the arrow these shortcut keys:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:127 msgid ":kbd:`Shift+A` for :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:128 msgid ":kbd:`Shift+R` for :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:126 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:130 msgid "" "To meet the minimum requirements, enter your choices in the " ":guilabel:`Required options`. After confirmation, your selections appear " "beside the :guilabel:`>>` chevron, below the menu options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows to highlight your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:139 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` or :kbd:`Spacebar` to confirm your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:141 msgid "Select :kbd:`Cancel` or :kbd:`Esc` to cancel your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:144 msgid "Required options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:143 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:147 msgid "Choose Timezone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:149 msgid "" "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`. `UTC` is the" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:148 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:677 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:681 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:150 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:154 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select System Timezone`, use :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows navigate" " to the desired timezone." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:155 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:159 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:176 msgid "Press :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:165 msgid "Figure 5: Select System Timezone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 msgid "Choose Language" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:166 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 msgid "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Language`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:174 msgid "In :guilabel:`Select System Language`, navigate to your desired language." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:178 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:182 msgid "Figure 6: Select System Language" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:181 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 msgid "Configure the Keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:183 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 msgid "In :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`, navigate to the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:193 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:195 msgid "" "Optional: In :guilabel:`Test keyboard`, type text to assure that the keys" " map to your keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:198 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:202 msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:201 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 msgid "Configure Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:207 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:209 msgid "" "Choose an installation method: * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive " "Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:219 msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:217 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:221 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Rescan Media` to show available installation targets." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:222 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:226 msgid "Safe Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:228 msgid "" "Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " "alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " @@ -339,301 +345,301 @@ msgid "" "also `Troubleshooting`_ below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:234 msgid "Destructive Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:236 msgid "" "Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " "|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:237 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:241 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` menu, select " ":guilabel:`Enable Encryption` to encrypt the root filesystem for either " "option above. See also `Disk encryption`_ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:242 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:246 msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:248 msgid "" "Use this method to manually configure partitions. These must meet " "`Default partition schema`_. You may also choose `Disk encryption`_ " "during configuration of each partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:250 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:254 msgid "" "`Advanced Configuration` is available in the installer versions 1.2.0 and" " above." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:257 msgid "" "From :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`, shown in Figure 8 above, " "select :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:256 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:260 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`, navigate to :file:`/dev/sda` and " "then press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:263 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 msgid "Figure 9: Advanced configuration menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:265 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:269 msgid "Choose a partition method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:271 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Auto Partition` Select this option to accept the `Default " "partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:270 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 msgid "Navigate to and press :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:272 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:276 msgid "Continue with installation configuration. Jump to `Telemetry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:278 msgid "`Manual Partition`_ Continue below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 msgid "Manual Partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:279 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:283 msgid "We provide a simple example below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:285 msgid "" "Navigate to the unallocated media (e.g.,`/dev/sda`) until highlighted, as" " shown in Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:288 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Enter` to edit the partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:286 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 msgid "The :guilabel:`Partition Setup` menu appears, shown in Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:294 msgid "" "After adding the first partition, select :guilabel:`Free Space` to add " "another partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:293 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:297 msgid "root partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:295 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:299 msgid "" "We configure the `root` partition as shown in Figure 10. Configuration of" " the `root` partition varies." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:302 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:306 msgid "Figure 10: root partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:304 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:317 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:331 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:308 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:321 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:335 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Add` and press :guilabel:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:307 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:311 msgid "boot partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:309 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:313 msgid "We configure the `boot` partition as shown in Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:315 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:319 msgid "Figure 11: boot partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:320 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:324 msgid "swap partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:322 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:326 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`File System` pulldown menu, select `swap`, and enter a " "label. We enter the minimum required size (e.g., 256M)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:329 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 msgid "Figure 12: swap partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:337 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :guilabel:`Enter`, shown " "in Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:336 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:340 msgid "Manual partitioning is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:342 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:346 msgid "Figure 13: Final configuration of disk partitions" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:344 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:348 msgid "You may skip to the `Telemetry`_ section below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:347 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:351 msgid "Disk encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:349 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:353 msgid "" "For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS for the any" " partition except `/boot` on |CL|. To encrypt the root partition, see the" " example below. Encryption is optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:354 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:358 msgid "Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:356 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:360 msgid "" "|CL| uses a single passphrase for encrypted partitions. Additional keys " "may be configured post-installation using the ``cryptsetup`` tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:359 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:363 msgid "" "Optional: Select :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` to encrypt the root partition, " "as shown in Figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:366 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:370 msgid "Figure 14: Encrypt partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:368 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 msgid "The :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` dialogue appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:376 msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:378 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 msgid "Figure 15: Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:380 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:384 msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the first and second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:390 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:389 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:393 msgid "Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:391 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 msgid "" ":ref:`telem-guide` is a |CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to" " the |CL| development team for improvements. For more detailed " "information, visit our :ref:`telemetry-about` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:399 msgid "Select your desired option on whether to participate in `telemetry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:397 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:401 msgid "" "In the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Telemetry` and select " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:400 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:404 msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` to highlight your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:402 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:406 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:408 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:412 msgid "Figure 16: Enable Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:411 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:415 msgid "Recommended options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:413 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 msgid "" "After you complete the `Required options`_, we highly recommend " "completing these selected `Advanced options`_ at minimum:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:416 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 msgid "`Manage User`_ Assign a new user with administrative rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:421 msgid "`Assign Hostname`_ Simplify your development environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:424 msgid "Skip to finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:422 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:426 msgid "" "After selecting values for all :guilabel:`Required options`, you may skip" " to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:425 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 msgid "" "Otherwise, continue below. In the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Advanced " "options` for additional configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:433 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:432 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:436 msgid "Configure Network Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:434 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:438 msgid "" "By default, |CL| is configured to automatically detect the host network " "interface using DHCP. However, if you want to use a static IP address or " @@ -642,326 +648,326 @@ msgid "" "default network interface settings are automatically applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:442 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:446 msgid "If DHCP is available, no user selection may be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:444 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:448 msgid "" "Navigate to :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces` and select " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:451 msgid "Navigate to the network :guilabel:`interface` you wish to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:449 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:453 msgid "" "When the desired :guilabel:`interface` is highlighted, select " ":guilabel:`Enter` to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:452 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:456 msgid "Multiple network interfaces may appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:458 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 msgid "Figure 17: Configure Network Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:460 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:464 msgid "Notice :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` is selected by default (at bottom)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:466 msgid "" "Optional: Navigate to the checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` and " "select :kbd:`Spacebar` to deselect." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:469 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:473 msgid "Figure 18: Network interface configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:471 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:475 msgid "" "Navigate to the appropriate fields and assign the desired network " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:474 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:478 msgid "To save settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:479 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:483 msgid "" "To revert to previous settings, navigate to the :guilabel:`Cancel` and " "select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:482 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 msgid "" "Upon confirming network configuration, the :guilabel:`Testing Networking`" " dialogue appears. Assure the result shows success. If a failure occurs, " "your changes will not be saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:490 msgid "" "Upon confirmation, you are returned to :guilabel:`Network interface` " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:489 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:493 msgid "Navigate to and select :guilabel:`Main Menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:491 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:519 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:540 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:694 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:733 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:495 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:523 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:544 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:568 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:668 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:698 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:718 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:737 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:762 msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:494 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:498 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:496 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 msgid "" "|CL| automatically attempts to detect proxy settings, as described in " ":ref:`autoproxy`. If you need to manually assign proxy settings, follow " "this instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:504 msgid "" "From the Advanced options menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Proxy`, and select" " :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:503 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:507 msgid "Navigate to the field :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:509 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:513 msgid "Figure 19: Configure the network proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:511 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:515 msgid "" "Enter the desired proxy address and port using conventional syntax, such " "as: \\http://address:port." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:514 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:518 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:516 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:520 msgid "" "To revert to previous settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Cancel` and select" " :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:522 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:526 msgid "Test Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:524 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:528 msgid "" "To manually assure network connectivity before installing |CL|, select " ":guilabel:`Test Network Settings` and select :guilabel:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:527 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:531 msgid "A progress bar appears as shown in Figure 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:533 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 msgid "Figure 20: Testing Networking dialogue" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:541 msgid "" "Any changes made to network settings are automatically tested during " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:543 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 msgid "Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:545 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:551 msgid "Navigate to the desired bundle using :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:553 msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the checkbox for each desired bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:555 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:559 msgid "Figure 21: Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:557 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:561 msgid "" "Optional: To start developing with |CL|, we recommend adding :file:`os-" "clr-on-clr`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:560 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 msgid "Navigate to and select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:562 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:566 msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Advanced options` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:567 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:571 msgid "Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:570 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:572 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:576 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:578 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add New User` as shown in Figure 22." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:580 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:584 msgid "Figure 22: Add New User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:582 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:586 msgid "Optional: Enter a :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:592 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:596 msgid "Figure 23: User Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:594 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:602 msgid "" "The User Login must be alphanumeric and can include hyphens and " "underscores. Maximum length is 31 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:600 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:604 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:606 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:610 msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:608 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:612 msgid "" "Optional: Navigate to the :guilabel:`Administrative` checkbox and select " ":kbd:`Spacebar` to assign administrative rights to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:613 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:617 msgid "Selecting this option enables sudo privileges for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:615 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:692 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:696 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:729 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:760 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 msgid "If desired, select :guilabel:`Reset` to reset the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:621 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:625 msgid "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:627 msgid "With :guilabel:`Confirm` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:626 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:630 msgid "Modify / Delete User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:628 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:632 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to the user you wish to modify until" " highlighted, as shown in Figure 24." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:631 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:635 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to modify the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:637 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 msgid "Figure 24: Modify User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:639 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:643 msgid "Modify user details as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:754 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 msgid "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Reset` to rest the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:647 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:651 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:653 msgid "" "Optional: In :guilabel:`Modify User`, to delete the user, navigate to the" " :guilabel:`Delete` button and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:656 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 msgid "Figure 25: Delete User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:658 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 msgid "You are returned to :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:666 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Enter` to complete :guilabel:`Manage User` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:667 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:671 msgid "Kernel Command Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:669 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:673 msgid "" "For advanced users, |CL| provides the ability to add or remove kernel " "arguments. If you want to append a new argument, enter the argument here." @@ -969,269 +975,283 @@ msgid "" "kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:674 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:678 msgid "" "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Tab` to highlight " ":guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:683 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 msgid "Figure 26: kernel command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:685 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 msgid "Choose from the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:691 msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:693 msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:697 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:701 msgid "Kernel Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:699 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:703 msgid "" "Select a kernel option. By default, the latest kernel release is " "selected. Native kernel is shown in Figure 27." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:702 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:706 msgid "To select a different kernel, navigate to it using :guilabel:`Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:708 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 msgid "Figure 27: Kernel selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:710 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:716 msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:717 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 msgid "Swupd Mirror" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:719 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 msgid "If you have your own custom mirror of |CL|, you can add its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:727 msgid "To add a local swupd mirror, enter a valid URL in :guilabel:`Mirror URL:`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:731 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:735 msgid "Figure 28: Swupd Mirror" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:736 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 msgid "Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:738 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:742 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:748 msgid "" "Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " "alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" " characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:752 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 msgid "Figure 29: Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:761 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:765 msgid "Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:763 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 msgid "" "Automatical OS updates are enabled by default. In the rare case that you " "need to disable automatic software updates, follow the onscreen " "instructions, shown in Figure 30." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:771 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:769 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:773 msgid "Select the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:775 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:779 msgid "Figure 30: Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:777 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:781 msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Main Menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:780 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 msgid "Save Configuration Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:782 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:786 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:788 msgid "" "A dialogue box shows the installation configuration was saved to :file" ":`clr-installer.yaml`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:791 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:795 msgid "Figure 31: Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:793 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 msgid "" "Use the :file:`clr-installer.yaml` file to install |CL|, with the same " "configuration, on multiple targets." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:801 msgid "Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:799 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:803 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, navigate to " ":guilabel:`Install` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:806 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:810 msgid "Figure 32: Select Install" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:808 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 msgid "Select :guilabel:`reboot`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:816 msgid "" "If you do not assign an administrative user, upon rebooting, enter `root`" " and set the root password immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:815 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:819 msgid "When the system reboots, remove any installation media present." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:818 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:822 msgid "Default partition schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:820 -msgid "" -"To add partitions manually, see `Advanced configuration`_ below, and " -"create partitions per requirements in Table 1." +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:824 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:823 -msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:827 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:828 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:829 -msgid "Minimum size" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:826 +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:830 -msgid "``VFAT``" +msgid "FileSystem" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:831 -msgid "/boot" +msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:832 -msgid "150M" +msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:833 -msgid "``swap``" +msgid "Default size" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:835 -msgid "256MB" +msgid "``VFAT(FAT32)``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:836 -msgid "``root``" +msgid "boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:837 -msgid "/" +msgid "/boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:838 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgid "150MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:840 +msgid "``linux-swap``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:841 -msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgid "swap" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:844 -msgid "For Configure Installation Media" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:843 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:845 +msgid "``ext[234] or XFS``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:846 +msgid "root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:847 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:848 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:854 +msgid "For Configure Installation Media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 msgid "" "If a warning message appears that no media or space is available after " "entering :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:849 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:859 msgid "Verify that target media has enough free space." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:861 msgid "Confirm the USB is properly connected to and mounted on target media." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:853 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:863 msgid "Review the size of existing partitions on the target media:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:855 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:865 msgid "Linux\\* OS: :command:`lsblk -a`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:866 msgid "Windows\\* OS: :command:`diskpart`, then :command:`list disk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:857 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:867 msgid "macOS\\* platform: :command:`diskutil list`" msgstr "" @@ -1250,3 +1270,43 @@ msgstr "" #~ "instruction." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions guide you through " +#~ "installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " +#~ "from a bootable USB drive using a" +#~ " live server image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After downloading the image, verify and" +#~ " decompress the file per your OS." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add partitions manually, see " +#~ "`Advanced configuration`_ below, and create" +#~ " partitions per requirements in Table " +#~ "1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po index 9e652b02..6fe447c4 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ msgid "" "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 msgid "" "Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" " eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." @@ -135,57 +135,202 @@ msgid "" "SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:11 +msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:12 msgid "Start Command Prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:13 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:14 msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:20 msgid "" "Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" " downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:24 msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:26 msgid "" "Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " "environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:30 msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:31 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:32 msgid "" "From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " ":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:39 msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 +msgid "Image types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " +"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " +"platform specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 +msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 +msgid "Image Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 +msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 +msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 +msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 +msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 +msgid "aws.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 +msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 +msgid "azure.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 +msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 +msgid "azure-docker.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " +"Docker\\* pre-installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 +msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " +"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 +msgid "cloudguest.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 +msgid "gce.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 +msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 +msgid "hyperv.vhdx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " +"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 +msgid "kvm.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " +"kernel`_ for KVM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 +msgid "kvm-legacy.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " +"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 +msgid "pxe.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 +msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 +msgid "vmware.vmdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " +"Workstation, and ESXi." +msgstr "" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:75 msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" msgstr "" @@ -194,78 +339,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:78 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:81 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:80 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82 msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:84 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:91 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:90 msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:93 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:92 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` option. " "See figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:100 msgid "" "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select install operating system " "later." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:104 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:120 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:131 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:130 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:229 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:106 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:105 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` screen, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:114 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:113 msgid "" "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " "type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:116 msgid "" "Set :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " "kernel 64-bit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:122 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:121 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, give your new VM a " "name. See figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:128 msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:132 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button. Keep the default disk settings unchanged. When " @@ -274,220 +415,220 @@ msgid "" "figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:143 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:142 msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:151 msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:154 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:153 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:160 msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:163 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:166 msgid "" "To disconnect the virtual CD/DVD (IDE) since it is not needed, under the " ":guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`. See figure " "8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:173 msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD (IDE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:176 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:175 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck :guilabel:`Connect " "at power on`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:178 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:181 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:258 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:180 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:257 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:183 msgid "Attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:186 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:185 msgid "" "Move the downloaded and decompressed pre-configured |CL| VMware image " "file :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` to the directory where " "your newly-created VM resides." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:192 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:276 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 msgid "On Windows: :file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:197 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:196 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " "newly-created VM. See figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:203 msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit virtual machine settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:206 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:205 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:207 msgid "" "To remove the default hard disk, under the :guilabel:`Device` list, " "select :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`. See figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:214 msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Remove hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:217 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:216 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Remove` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:219 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:218 msgid "" "To add a new hard disk and attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, " "click the :guilabel:`Add...` button. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:226 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:225 msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Add new hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:227 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Hardware types` section, select :guilabel:`Hard " "Disk`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:231 msgid "Select your preferred :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`. See figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:238 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:237 msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select virtual disk type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:240 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:239 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` option. See figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:246 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:245 msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Use existing virtual disk" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:248 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:247 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the pre-configured |CL| " "VMware image file. See figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:254 msgid "" "Figure 14: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select ready-made VMware |CL| " "image file" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:262 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:261 msgid "" "When asked to convert the existing virtual disk to a newer format, " "selecting either option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:265 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:268 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:267 msgid "" "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot.To enable it, add the following line to " "the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:280 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:282 msgid "Power on the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:284 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:286 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." " See figure 15." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:294 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:293 msgid "Figure 15: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:296 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:295 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:299 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:298 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:301 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:300 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:305 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -523,3 +664,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po index 21043f49..3b4fa683 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:6 msgid "" "This page explains how to create a new VM and install |CL| on it with the" -" VMware Workstation 14 Player hypervisor." +" VMware Workstation Player hypervisor." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:14 @@ -34,293 +34,219 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:16 msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of" -" another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system." +"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of " +"Windows\\* or Linux\\* operating systems. With VMware ESXi, you can " +"create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual " +"Machines)` on your local system." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:21 msgid "" -"Installing |CL| into a new VM provides you flexibility when configuring " -"the VM. You can configure the VM's size, number of partitions, installed " -"bundles, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " -":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 -msgid "" "VMware offers a type 1 hypervisor called `VMware ESXi`_ designed for the " "cloud environment. For information on how to install |CL| as guest OS on " "it, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:33 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 msgid "" -"Screenshots in this document show VMware Workstation 14 Player for " -"Windows. Menus and prompts in the Linux version have minor wording " -"differences." +"The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware " +"Workstation 15 Player. The menus and prompts are similar to those in " +"other versions and for the Linux OS save some minor wording differences." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " +":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:35 msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:39 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37 msgid "" "Enable :abbr:`IntelĀ® VT (IntelĀ® Virtualization Technology)` and " ":abbr:`IntelĀ® VT-d (IntelĀ® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` " "in your system's BIOS." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:41 msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. " -"Download your preferred version." +"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. Download" +" your preferred version." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:46 msgid "" -"Install VMware Workstation 14 Player following the instructions " -"appropriate for your system's OS:" +"By default, selecting download means you receive the latest version of " +"this application. Commands may differ based on the version." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:49 -msgid "On supported Linux distros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:51 -msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." +msgid "" +"Install VMware Workstation Player following the instructions appropriate " +"for your system's OS:" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:52 +msgid "On supported Linux distros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:54 +msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:55 msgid "Start a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:56 msgid "" "Start the installer by issuing the command below and follow the guided " "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63 msgid "On Windows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:62 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:65 msgid "Start the installer." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:66 msgid "Follow the setup wizard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:65 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68 msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| installer ISO image from the `image`_ repository. " -"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:71 +msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:73 +msgid "Get the latest installer with |CL| OS Desktop from the `downloads`_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:75 msgid "" "Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:77 msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:78 -msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:80 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:81 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:84 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:83 msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:85 msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:95 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:92 +msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation Player - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:98 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` option. See Figure" " 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:106 -msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:103 +msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:105 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the decompressed |CL| " "installer ISO." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:111 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:127 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:138 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:135 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:151 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:113 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System`, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " -"type" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:118 +msgid "Figure 3: VMware Workstation Player - Select guest operating system type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:121 msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or " +"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 4.x or " "later kernel 64-bit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:126 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, name the new VM. See " "Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:136 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:133 +msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation Player - Name virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:137 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, set the VM's maximum " "disk size. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:147 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:144 +msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation Player - Set disk capacity" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:150 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:148 msgid "" -"A minimal |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref" -":`system-requirements` for more details." +"For optimal performance with the |CL| Desktop image, we recommend 32GB of" +" drive space. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:160 +msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation Player - Customize hardware" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Memory` and set the size to 2GB. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:170 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:168 +msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation Player - Set memory size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:173 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:171 msgid "" "The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM. After completing " "installation, |CL| can run on as little as 128MB of RAM. Thus, you can " @@ -328,170 +254,165 @@ msgid "" " details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:178 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:185 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:183 +msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation Player - Set virtualization engine option" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:188 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:186 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:189 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:194 msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:198 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 msgid "" "Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual " "machine` button. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:203 +msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation Player - Power on virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:207 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 msgid "" "Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " "installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:210 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208 msgid "" "After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the" " |CL| installer." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:212 msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:216 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 msgid "" "To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's " "menus, press :kbd:`` + :kbd:`` on the keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:219 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:217 msgid "" "To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " "again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224 +msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:226 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Disconnect`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:228 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:230 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Connected` and the :guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. " -"See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:238 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:240 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:242 -msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:248 -msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:250 -msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:231 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 -msgid "" -"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI, add the following line " -"to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:233 +msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:264 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:235 +msgid "Power off the VM. click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 11." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:241 +msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation Player - Power off virtual machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:243 +msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:245 +msgid "Add the following line to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:256 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:270 -msgid "Power on the VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:272 -msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:274 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:259 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." -" See Figure 13." +"After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." +" On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " +"VM. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:281 -msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:263 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:286 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Install Open VM Tools. You may want to install the `open-vm-tools` in " +"your virtual machine. The Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) are " +"the open source implementation of VMware Tools for Linux guest operating " +"systems. In |CL| you can use the following to install the bundle in your " +"VM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:275 +msgid "" +"More information is available on the `VMWare Tools Product " +"Documentation`_ site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:278 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:288 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:280 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:290 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:282 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:291 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:292 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:284 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -521,3 +442,215 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page explains how to create a" +#~ " new VM and install |CL| on it" +#~ " with the VMware Workstation 14 " +#~ "Player hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a " +#~ "type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top" +#~ " of another operating system such as" +#~ " Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " +#~ "ESXi, you can create, configure, manage," +#~ " and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " +#~ "(Virtual Machines)` on your local " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installing |CL| into a new VM " +#~ "provides you flexibility when configuring " +#~ "the VM. You can configure the VM's" +#~ " size, number of partitions, installed " +#~ "bundles, etc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screenshots in this document show VMware" +#~ " Workstation 14 Player for Windows. " +#~ "Menus and prompts in the Linux " +#~ "version have minor wording differences." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is " +#~ "available for Windows and Linux. " +#~ "Download your preferred version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install VMware Workstation 14 Player " +#~ "following the instructions appropriate for " +#~ "your system's OS:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer ISO " +#~ "image from the `image`_ repository. Look" +#~ " for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you use a downloaded |CL| " +#~ "image, verify its integrity. This action" +#~ " eliminates the small chance of a " +#~ "corrupted image due to download issues." +#~ " To support verification, each released " +#~ "|CL| image has a corresponding SHA512" +#~ " checksum file designated with the " +#~ "suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start Command Prompt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Manually compare the output with the " +#~ "original checksum value shown in the " +#~ "downloaded checksum file and make sure" +#~ " they match." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the pop-up menu, select " +#~ ":guilabel:`7-Zip` and select :guilabel:`Extract " +#~ "Here` as shown in Figure 1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player" +#~ " - Select guest operating system type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " +#~ "kernel 64-bit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A minimal |CL| installation can exist" +#~ " on 600MB of drive space. See " +#~ ":ref:`system-requirements` for more details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player" +#~ " - Set virtualization engine option" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, " +#~ "uncheck the :guilabel:`Connected` and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. " +#~ "See Figure 11." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. " +#~ "To enable UEFI, add the following " +#~ "line to the end of your VM's " +#~ ":file:`.vmx` file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Power on the VM" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After configuring the settings above, " +#~ "power on your |CL| virtual machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player`" +#~ " home screen, select your VM. See " +#~ "Figure 13." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po index b8c01b9d..93fd3a0a 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -73,205 +73,172 @@ msgid "" "Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:41 msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:45 -msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:48 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 msgid "Upload the |CL| installer ISO to the VMware server" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47 msgid "" "Connect to the VMware server and log into an account with sufficient " "permission to create and manage VMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:55 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:49 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Storage`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:57 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:64 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:58 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`ISOs`. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:73 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:67 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:75 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:76 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:78 msgid "" "Select the decompressed |CL| installer ISO file :file:`clear-[version " "number]-installer.iso` and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:90 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84 msgid "" "In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" " such as drive size, number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the " "|CL| installer ISO." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:93 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:89 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:97 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:105 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:99 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:132 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:126 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:179 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:109 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:111 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:118 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:112 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:120 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:114 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:127 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:123 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:125 msgid "Accept the default option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:134 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:128 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:130 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:137 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:144 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:138 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:140 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Memory` size to 2048MB (2GB). See Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Set memory size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:156 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:150 msgid "" "The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM to work properly. " "You can reduce the memory size after the installation completes if you " @@ -279,21 +246,21 @@ msgid "" "128MB of RAM. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:155 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` to the desired capacity. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Set hard disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:171 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:165 msgid "" "A minimum |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref" ":`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:168 msgid "" "Attach the |CL| installer ISO. For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " "setting, click the drop-down list to the right of it and select the " @@ -302,173 +269,173 @@ msgid "" "uploaded to the VMware server. See Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:177 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Set CD/DVD to boot installer ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:186 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:180 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185 msgid "Power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:187 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:196 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:276 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:190 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:270 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:197 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 msgid "" "Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " "its window." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:198 msgid "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:200 msgid "" "Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " "installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:202 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, follow the |CL| instruction to reboot" " it. This will restart the installer again." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206 msgid "Reconfigure the VM's settings to boot the newly-installed |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208 msgid "" "After |CL| has been installed using the installer ISO, it must be " "detached so it will not run again. Also, in order to boot the newly-" "installed |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:218 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212 msgid "Power off the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:220 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button - located on the top-right corner of" " the VM's windows - and go to the :guilabel:`Power` setting and select " "the :guilabel:`Power off` option. See Figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:222 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Actions > Power off" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:224 msgid "Edit the VM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:226 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button again and select :guilabel:`Edit " "settings`. See Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:239 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:233 msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Actions > Edit settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:241 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:235 msgid "" "Disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:243 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:237 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:238 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` setting, uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:245 msgid "Figure 14: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:247 msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:249 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 15." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:256 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:250 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:257 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:264 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:258 msgid "Figure 15: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:260 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:263 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:265 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:267 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 16." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:275 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 msgid "In the right window, select the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:278 msgid "Figure 16: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:281 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:289 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:283 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -517,3 +484,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Install steps:" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po index 5ce8bef9..79301b8d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -75,135 +75,102 @@ msgid "" "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:44 msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:48 -msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:54 msgid "Upload the |CL| image to the VMware server" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:56 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been downloaded and decompressed " "on your local system, it must be uploaded to a datastore on the VMware " "ESXi server." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:54 msgid "" "The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " "documentation `Using Datastore File Browser in the VMware Host Client`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:63 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:57 msgid "" "Connect to the VMware ESXi server and login to an account with sufficient" " permission to create and manage VMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:60 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window on the left side, select " ":guilabel:`Storage`. See Figure 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:70 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:64 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:77 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:71 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:79 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:73 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`Clear Linux VM`. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:80 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:82 msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:89 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload VMware image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:91 msgid "" "Select the decompressed |CL| VMware image file :file:`clear-[version " "number]-vmware.vmdk` and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95 msgid "Convert the |CL| image to an ESXi-supported format" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been uploaded to the VMware ESXi " "datastore, it must be converted to a format for usable with VMware's ESXi" " hypervisor." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:107 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 msgid "" "The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " "documentation on `Cloning and converting virtual machine disks with " "vmkfstools`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:109 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 msgid "" "SSH into the `vSphere Management Assistant`_ appliance that is managing " "the ESXi host or connect to the vSphere hosting using the `vSphere CLI`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:114 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:108 msgid "" "If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` appliance or " ":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and available, you can temporarily " @@ -211,258 +178,258 @@ msgid "" "`Enable the Secure Shell (SSH) in the VMware Host Client`_ ." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:118 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:112 msgid "" "As a security best practice, remember to disable SSH access after " "following the steps in this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:121 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:115 msgid "" "Locate the uploaded image, which is typically found in " ":file:`/vmfs/volumes/datastore1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:118 msgid "" "Use the :command:`vmkfstools` command to perform the conversion, as shown" " below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:125 msgid "Two files should result from this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:127 msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi-flat.vmdk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:128 msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:130 msgid "" "The :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file will be used in the " "next section when you create a new VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:142 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:136 msgid "" "In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" " such as number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the converted |CL| " "VMware image. Also, in order to boot |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:146 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:143 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:157 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:151 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:159 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:153 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:190 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:156 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:173 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:255 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:164 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:166 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:176 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:177 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:171 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:181 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:183 msgid "Accept the default option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:192 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:186 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:194 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:188 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:197 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:199 msgid "" "Remove the default :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` setting by clicking the `X` " "icon on the right side. See Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:206 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Remove hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:208 msgid "" "Since a preconfigured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " "setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:222 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:216 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:218 msgid "" "Attach the :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file that was " "converted from the preconfigured |CL| VMware image." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:227 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:221 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Add hard disk` button and select the " ":guilabel:`Existing hard drive` option. See Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:234 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:228 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Add an existing hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:236 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:230 msgid "" "Select the converted :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file. Do " "not use the original unconverted :file:`clear-[version " "number]-vmware.vmdk` file. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:238 msgid "" "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Select the converted :file:`clear-[version " "number]-esxi.vmdk` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:247 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:241 msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable UEFI boot support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:249 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:243 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:250 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:251 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:245 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:258 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:252 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:260 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:254 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:262 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:256 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:259 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:261 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:269 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:263 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:271 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:272 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:266 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 msgid "" "Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " "its window." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:280 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:274 msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:277 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:279 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" @@ -518,3 +485,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ " Enable the Secure Shell (SSH)`_ ." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po index dee8e26b..6526a817 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,37 +24,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable with |CL-ATTR| :ref:`concepts `, your " -"next step as a system administrator is to understand how to deploy |CL| " -"at scale in your environment." +"This guide describes deployment considerations and strategies when " +"deploying |CL-ATTR| at scale in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In this document the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL|" -" installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " -"field." +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:16 msgid "" -"This is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " +"In this guide the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL| " +"installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This guide is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " "operating environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your |CL| deployment should complement the existing environment and " -"available tools. It is assumed foundational core IT dependencies of your " -"environment, such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the " -"deployment." +"Implementation details for a scale deployment are beyond the scope of " +"this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:29 -msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your |CL| deployment should complement your existing environment and " +"available tools. It is assumed core IT dependencies of your environment, " +"such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:32 +msgid "Pick a usage and update strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:34 msgid "" "Different business scenarios call for different deployment methodologies." " |CL| offers the flexibility to continue consuming the upstream |CL| " @@ -62,56 +70,54 @@ msgid "" "act as your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 msgid "Below is an overview of some considerations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:42 msgid "Create your own Linux distribution (mix)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:44 msgid "" "This approach forks away from the |CL| upstream and has you act as your " -"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer " -"process`_ to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of " +"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the :ref:`mixer` " +"process to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of " "responsibility that requires having more infrastructure and processes to " "adopt. In return, this approach *offers you a high degree of control and " -"customization*." +"customization*. Consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:50 msgid "" "Development systems that generate bundles and updates should have " -"sufficient performance for the task and separate from the swupd update " -"webservers that serve update content to production machines." +"sufficient performance for the task and be separate from the swupd update" +" webservers that serve update content to production machines." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:54 msgid "" "swupd update webservers that serve update content to production machines " -"(see `mixer process`_ for more information) should be appropriately " -"scaled." +"should be appropriately scaled. Specific implementation details for a " +"scalable, resilient web server are beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Your swupd update server is just like any other web application. |WEB-" -"SERVER-SCALE|" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:58 +msgid "(See :ref:`mixer` for more information about update servers.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:61 msgid "Adopt an agile methodology" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 msgid "" "The cloud, and other scaled deployments, are all about flexibility and " "speed. It only makes sense that any |CL| deployment strategy should " "follow suit." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:66 msgid "" "Manually rebuilding your own bundles or mix for every release is not " "sustainable at a large scale. A |CL| deployment pipeline should be agile " @@ -121,92 +127,92 @@ msgid "" " of software to your endpoints is an important prerequisite." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 msgid "" "You own the validation and lifecycle of the OS and should treat it like " "any other software development lifecycle. Below are some pointers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 msgid "" "Thoroughly understand the custom software packages that you will need to " "integrate with |CL| and maintain along with their dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 msgid "" "Setup a path to production for building |CL| based images. At minimum " "this should include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 msgid "" "A development clr-on-clr environment to test building packages and " "bundles for |CL| systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 msgid "A pre-production environment to deploy |CL| versions to before production" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 msgid "" "Employ a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) " "philosophy in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 msgid "" "Automatically pull custom packages as they are updated from their " "upstream projects or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 msgid "" "Generate |CL| bundles and potentially bootable images with your " "customizations, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 msgid "" "Measure against metrics and indicators which are relevant to your " "business (e.g. performance, power, etc) from release to release." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:100 msgid "" "Integrate with your organization's governance processes, such as change " "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:101 -msgid "Versioning Infrastructure" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:104 +msgid "Versioning infrastructure" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:106 msgid "" "|CL| version numbers are very important as they apply to the whole " "infrastructure stack from OS components to libraries and applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:107 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:109 msgid "" "Good record keeping is important, so you should keep a detailed registry " "and history of previously deployed versions and their contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:110 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:112 msgid "" "With a glance at the |CL| version numbers deployed, you should be able to" " tell if your Clear systems are patched against a particular security " "vulnerability or incorporate a critical new feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 msgid "Pick an image distribution strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:119 msgid "" "Once you have decided on a usage and update strategy, you should " "understand *how* |CL| will be deployed to your endpoints. In a large " @@ -214,56 +220,56 @@ msgid "" "automated installations or prebuilt images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:124 msgid "" "There are many well-known ways to install an operating system at scale. " "Each have their own benefits, and one may lend itself easier in your " "environment depending on the resources available to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 msgid "See the available :ref:`image-types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:130 msgid "Below are some common ways to install |CL| to systems at scale:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:131 -msgid "Baremetal" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 +msgid "Bare metal" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:135 msgid "" "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or other out-of-band booting options" -" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical baremetal systems on a LAN." +" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical bare metal systems on a LAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:138 msgid "" "This option works well if your customizations are fairly small in size " "and infrastructure can be stateless." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:141 msgid "" -"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a live image that can be deployed as a " +"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers a live image that can be deployed as a " "PXE boot server if one doesn't already exist in your environment. Also " "see documentation on how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:145 -msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:146 +msgid "Cloud instances or virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:148 msgid "" "Image templates in the form of cloneable disks are an effective way to " "distribute |CL| for virtual machine environments, whether on-premises or " "hosted by a Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:151 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:152 msgid "" "When used in concert with cloud VM migration features, this can be a good" " option for allowing your applications a degree of high availability and " @@ -271,24 +277,24 @@ msgid "" "or moved between datacenters transparently." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:157 msgid "" -"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers example prebuilt VM images and is " +"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers example prebuilt VM images and is " "readily available on popular CSPs. Also see documentation on how to :ref" ":`virtual-machine-install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:161 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:162 msgid "Containers" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:163 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:164 msgid "" "Containerization platforms allow images to be pulled from a repository " "and deployed repeatedly as isolated containers." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:167 msgid "" "Containers with a |CL| image can be a good option to blueprint and ship " "your application, including all its dependencies, as an artifact while " @@ -296,59 +302,59 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:172 msgid "" "|CL| is capable of running a Docker host, has a container image which can" " be pulled from DockerHub, or can be built as a customized container. For" -" more information visit the `containers page`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:176 -msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" +" more information visit the `Containers`_ page." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:177 +msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:179 msgid "" "An important |CL| concept is statelessness and partitioning of system " "data from user data. This concept can change the way you think about an " "at scale deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 msgid "Backup strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:186 msgid "" "A |CL| system and its infrastructure should be considered a commodity and" " be easily reproducible. Avoid focusing on backing up the operating " "system itself or default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:190 msgid "" "Instead, focus on backing up what's important and unique - the " "application and data. In other words, only focus on backing up critical " -"areas like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:193 -msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry" +"areas like :file:`/home`, :file:`/etc`, and :file:`/var`." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:195 +msgid "Meaningful logging & telemetry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:197 msgid "" "Offload logging and telemetry from endpoints to external servers, so it " "is persistent and can be accessed on another server when an issue occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:198 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:200 msgid "" -"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd journal-" -"remote service`_" +"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd-journal-" +"remote.service`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:201 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:203 msgid "" "|CL| offers a :ref:`telem-guide`, which can be a powerful tool for a " "large deployment to quickly crowdsource issues of interest. Take " @@ -357,33 +363,34 @@ msgid "" "appropriately." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:207 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:209 msgid "" -"Your telemetry server is just like any other web application. |WEB-" -"SERVER-SCALE|" +"Like any web server, the telemetry server should be appropriately scaled " +"and resilient. Specific implementation details for a scalable, resilient " +"web server are beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:211 -msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:214 +msgid "Orchestration and configuration management" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:213 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 msgid "" "In cloud environments, where systems can be ephemeral, being able to " "configure and maintain generic instances is valuable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:219 msgid "" "|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init style solution, `micro-config-" "drive`_, through the *os-cloudguest* bundles which allow you to configure" " many Day 1 tasks such as setting hostname, creating users, or placing " "SSH keys in an automated way at boot. For more information on automating " -"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the `documentation " -"on bulk provisioning`_ ." +"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the :ref:`bulk-" +"provision` guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:223 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:226 msgid "" "A configuration management tool is useful for maintaining consistent " "system and application-level configuration. Ansible\\* is offered through" @@ -391,11 +398,11 @@ msgid "" "automation tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:232 msgid "Cloud-native applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:231 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:234 msgid "" "An Infrastructure OS can design for good behavior, but it is ultimately " "up to applications to make agile design choices. Applications deployed on" @@ -403,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" "run. References should be relative and dynamic when possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:236 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:239 msgid "" "The application architecture should incorporate an appropriate tolerance " "for infrastructure outages. Don't just keep stateless design as a noted " @@ -441,3 +448,155 @@ msgstr "" #~ " appropriately." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you are comfortable with |CL-" +#~ "ATTR| :ref:`concepts `, your next" +#~ " step as a system administrator is" +#~ " to understand how to deploy |CL| " +#~ "at scale in your environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this document the term *endpoint* " +#~ "refers to a system targeted for " +#~ "|CL| installation, whether that is a " +#~ "datacenter system or unit deployed in" +#~ " field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is not a replacement or " +#~ "blueprint for designing your own IT " +#~ "operating environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your |CL| deployment should complement " +#~ "the existing environment and available " +#~ "tools. It is assumed foundational core" +#~ " IT dependencies of your environment, " +#~ "such as your network, are healthy " +#~ "and scaled to suit the deployment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This approach forks away from the " +#~ "|CL| upstream and has you act as" +#~ " your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System " +#~ "Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer " +#~ "process`_ to create customized images " +#~ "based on |CL|. This is a level " +#~ "of responsibility that requires having " +#~ "more infrastructure and processes to " +#~ "adopt. In return, this approach *offers" +#~ " you a high degree of control " +#~ "and customization*." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Development systems that generate bundles " +#~ "and updates should have sufficient " +#~ "performance for the task and separate" +#~ " from the swupd update webservers " +#~ "that serve update content to production" +#~ " machines." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "swupd update webservers that serve " +#~ "update content to production machines " +#~ "(see `mixer process`_ for more " +#~ "information) should be appropriately scaled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your swupd update server is just " +#~ "like any other web application. |WEB-" +#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Versioning Infrastructure" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Baremetal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or " +#~ "other out-of-band booting options " +#~ "are one way to distribute |CL| to" +#~ " physical baremetal systems on a LAN." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a " +#~ "live image that can be deployed as" +#~ " a PXE boot server if one " +#~ "doesn't already exist in your " +#~ "environment. Also see documentation on " +#~ "how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers " +#~ "example prebuilt VM images and is " +#~ "readily available on popular CSPs. Also" +#~ " see documentation on how to :ref" +#~ ":`virtual-machine-install`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| is capable of running a " +#~ "Docker host, has a container image " +#~ "which can be pulled from DockerHub, " +#~ "or can be built as a customized" +#~ " container. For more information visit " +#~ "the `containers page`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Instead, focus on backing up what's " +#~ "important and unique - the application" +#~ " and data. In other words, only " +#~ "focus on backing up critical areas " +#~ "like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remote syslogging in |CL| is available" +#~ " through the `systemd journal-remote " +#~ "service`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your telemetry server is just like " +#~ "any other web application. |WEB-" +#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init " +#~ "style solution, `micro-config-drive`_, " +#~ "through the *os-cloudguest* bundles " +#~ "which allow you to configure many " +#~ "Day 1 tasks such as setting " +#~ "hostname, creating users, or placing SSH" +#~ " keys in an automated way at " +#~ "boot. For more information on automating" +#~ " configuration during deployment of |CL|" +#~ " endpoints see the `documentation on " +#~ "bulk provisioning`_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po index b6b78e41..d7f2b02c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/guides.rst:32 msgid "Kernel" msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/guides.rst:41 +msgid "Stacks" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po index df7dbf55..8af53a76 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,28 +24,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux* kernel source using " -"|CL-ATTR| development tooling." +"This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux\\* kernel source using" +" |CL-ATTR| development tooling." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:17 msgid "" "The :ref:`compatible-kernels` available in |CL| aim to be performant and " "practical. In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to " "suit your specific needs or test new kernel code as a developer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:21 msgid "" "`Source RPMs (SRPMS)`_ are also available for all |CL| kernels, and can " "be used for development instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:25 msgid "Request changes be included with the |CL| kernel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:27 msgid "" "If the kernel modification you need is already open source and likely to " "be useful to others, consider submitting a request to include it in the " @@ -53,39 +57,41 @@ msgid "" "maintain your own modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:29 -msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on GitHub." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on " +"GitHub\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:35 msgid "Set up kernel development environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 msgid "" "In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your " "specific needs or to test new kernel code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 msgid "You can build and install a custom kernel; however you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 msgid "Disable Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:43 msgid "Maintain any updates to the kernel going forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a custom kernel, start with the |CL| development environment. " "Then make changes to the kernel, build it, and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:50 msgid "Install the |CL| development tooling framework" msgstr "" @@ -138,47 +144,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 msgid "Clone the kernel package" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:59 msgid "" "Clone the existing kernel package repository from |CL| as a starting " "point." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:61 msgid "" "Clone the Linux kernel package from |CL|. Using the :command:`make " "clone_` command in the :file:`clearlinux/` directory clones " "the package from the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:71 msgid "Navigate into the cloned package directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:78 msgid "" -"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the `kernel-" -"native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel variant as " -"the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names which you " -"can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." +"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the :command" +":`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel " +"variant as the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names " +"which you can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 msgid "" "The latest version of the |CL| kernel package is pulled as a starting " "point. An older version can pulled by switching to different git tag by " "using :command:`git checkout tag/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:90 msgid "Change the kernel version" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:92 msgid "" "|CL| tends to use the latest kernel available from `kernel.org`_, the " "Linux upstream. The kernel version that will be built can be changed in " @@ -188,198 +194,198 @@ msgid "" "made manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:93 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:294 msgid "Open the Linux kernel package RPM SPEC file in an editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:104 msgid "" "Modify the Version, Release, and Source0 URL entries at the top of the " "file to change the version of Linux kernel that will be compiled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:102 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:107 msgid "" "A list of current and available kernel release can be found on " "`kernel.org`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:121 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:126 msgid "" "Consider changing the Name from *linux* in the RPM spec file to easily " "identify a modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:123 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:129 msgid "" "Consider changing the ktarget from *native* in the RPM spec file to " "easily identify a modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:137 msgid "Pull a copy of the Linux kernel source code" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:130 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:139 msgid "Obtain a local copy of the source code to make modifications against." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:141 msgid "" "Run make sources to pull the kernel source code specified in the RPM SPEC" " file. In the example, it downloads the :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:149 msgid "" "Extract the kernel source code archive. This will create a working copy " "of the Linux source that you can modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 msgid "" "Navigate to the extracted directory. In this example, it has been " "extracted into a :file:`linux-4.20.8` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 msgid "Customize the Linux kernel source" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:158 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 msgid "" "After the kernel sources have been obtained, customizations to the kernel" " configuration or source code can be made for inclusion with the kernel " "build. These customizations are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:163 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 msgid "Modify kernel configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:174 msgid "" "The kernel source has many configuration options available to pick " "support for different hardware and software features." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 msgid "" "These configuration values must be provided in the :file:`.config` file " "at compile time. You will need to make modifications to the " ":file:`.config` file, and include it in the kernel package." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:238 msgid "" -"Make sure you have followed the steps to `Pull a copy of the Linux kernel" -" source code`_ and are in the kernel source working directory." +"Make sure you have followed the steps to :ref:`pull-copy-kernel-source` " +"and are in the kernel source working directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 msgid "" "If you have an existing :file:`.config` file from an old kernel, copy it " "into the working directory as :file:`.config` for comparison. Otherwise, " "use the |CL| kernel configuration file as template" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 msgid "" "Make any desired changes to the :file:`.config` using a kernel " "configuration tool. Below are some popular options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:189 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 msgid "" ":command:`$EDITOR .config` - the .config file can be directly edited for " "simple changes with names that are already known." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:192 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:201 msgid "" ":command:`make config` - a text-based tool that asks questions one-by-one" " to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:204 msgid "" ":command:`make menuconfig` - a terminal user interface that provides " "menus to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 msgid "" ":command:`make xconfig` - a graphical user interface that provides tree " "views to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:211 msgid "" "More configuration tools can be found by looking at the make help: " ":command:`make help | grep config`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:205 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:214 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`.config` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:216 msgid "" "Copy the :file:`.config` file from the kernel source directory into the " "kernel package directory as :file:`config` for inclusion in the build." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:215 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 msgid "Modify kernel source code" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:217 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:226 msgid "" "Changes to kernel code are applied with patch files. Patch files are " "formatted git commits that can be applied to the main source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:220 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 msgid "" "You will need to obtain a copy of the source code, make modifications, " "generate patch file(s), and add them to the RPM SPEC file for inclusion " "during the kernel build." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:233 msgid "" "If you have a large number of patches or a more complex workflow, " "consider using a patch management tool in addition to Git such as " "`Quilt`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:234 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:242 msgid "" "Initialize the kernel source directory as a new git repo and create a " "commit with all the existing source files to begin tracking changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 msgid "" "Apply patches provided by the |CL| kernel package to the kernel source in" " the working directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:260 msgid "Make any of your desired code changes to the Linux source code files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 msgid "Track and commit your changes to the local git repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:271 msgid "" "Generate a patch file based on your git commits. represents the " "number of local commits to create patch file. See the `git-format-patch`_" @@ -387,17 +393,17 @@ msgid "" "patch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:272 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 msgid "" "Copy the patch files from the patches directory in the linux source tree " "to the RPM build directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:288 msgid "Navigate back to the RPM build directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:292 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:300 msgid "" "Locate the section of the SPEC file that contains existing patch variable" " definitions and append your patch file name. Ensure the patch number " @@ -405,104 +411,104 @@ msgid "" "is called :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:315 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:323 msgid "" "Locate the section of the SPEC file further down that contains patch " "application and append your patch file number used in the step above. In " "this example, patch2001 is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:334 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:342 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the RPM SPEC file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:337 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:345 msgid "Modify kernel boot parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 msgid "" "The kernel boot options are passed from the bootloader to the kernel with" " command-line parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:341 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:349 msgid "" "While temporary changes can be made to kernel parameters on a running " "system or on a during boot, you can also modify the default parameters " "that are persistent and distributed with a customized kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:354 msgid "Open the kernel :file:`cmdline` file in an editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:353 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:361 msgid "" "Make any desired change to the kernel parameters. For example, you can " "remove the :command:`quiet` parameter to see more verbose output of " "kernel log messages during the boot process." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:357 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:365 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`cmdline` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:359 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 msgid "" "See the `kernel parameters`_ documentation for a list of available " "parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:363 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:371 msgid "Build and install the kernel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:364 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:372 msgid "" "After changes have been made to the kernel source and RPM SPEC file, the " "kernel is ready to be compiled and packaged into an RPM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:375 msgid "" "The |CL| development tooling makes use of :command:`mock` environments to" " isolate building of packages in a sanitized workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:370 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 msgid "" "Start the compilation process by issuing the :command:`make build` " "command. This process is typically resource intensive and will take a " "while." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:386 msgid "" "The mock plugin `ccache`_ can be enabled to help speed up any future " "rebuilds of the kernel package by caching compiler outputs and reusing " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:383 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:391 msgid "" "The result will be multiple :file:`.rpm` files in the :file:`rpms` " "directory as output." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:390 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:398 msgid "" "The kernel RPM will be named " ":file:`linux--.x86_64.rpm`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:394 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 msgid "" "The kernel RPM file can be input to the :ref:`mixer` to create a custom " "bundle and mix of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:397 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:405 msgid "" "Alternatively, the kernel RPM bundle can be installed manually on a local" " machine for testing. This approach works well for individual development" @@ -510,29 +516,29 @@ msgid "" "using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel with updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 msgid "" "Install the kernel onto the local system by extracting the RPM with the " ":command:`rpm2cpio` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:418 msgid "Update the |CL| boot manager using :command:`clr-boot-manager` and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:420 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:428 msgid "After a reboot, verify the customized kernel is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:427 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:435 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:429 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:437 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:430 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:438 msgid ":ref:`mixer`" msgstr "" @@ -604,3 +610,32 @@ msgstr "" #~ " reusing them." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide shows how to obtain and" +#~ " compile a Linux* kernel source using" +#~ " |CL-ATTR| development tooling." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The \"linux\" package is the kernel " +#~ "that comes with |CL| in the " +#~ "`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you " +#~ "can use a different kernel variant " +#~ "as the base for modification. For " +#~ "a list of kernel package names " +#~ "which you can clone instead, see " +#~ "the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure you have followed the " +#~ "steps to `Pull a copy of the " +#~ "Linux kernel source code`_ and are " +#~ "in the kernel source working directory." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po index cce46a8e..df321a87 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 msgid "" +"This guide describes how to add kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic " +"Kernel Module System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 +msgid "" "Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " "additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" " may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " @@ -31,11 +41,11 @@ msgid "" "to :ref:`kernel-modules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:24 msgid "" "Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " "inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " @@ -44,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" " (out-of-tree)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:29 msgid "" ":abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` is a framework that " "facilitates the building and installation of kernel modules. DKMS allows " @@ -94,46 +104,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project " -"`_ on GitHub." +msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:38 msgid "Install DKMS" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 msgid "" -"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and " -"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules." +"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " +"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" +" modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:44 -msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:45 +msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:47 msgid "" -"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" +"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" "kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " "kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:52 msgid "" "Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel " "command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the " ":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 msgid "" "Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel " "module signature verification is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:61 msgid "" "We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to" " make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new " @@ -173,71 +182,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:105 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:108 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:107 msgid "" "Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " "through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" -" using the :ref:`mixer` tool to provide a custom kernel and updates." +" using :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:113 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:119 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in UEFI/BIOS. The loading of new out-of-tree modules " "modifies the signatures that Secure Boot relies on for trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:120 msgid "" -"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code and/or " -"precompiled binaries." +"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code or pre-compiled" +" binaries." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:124 msgid "Obtain kernel module source" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:130 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:126 msgid "" "A required :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the kernel module's source " "code directory informs DKMS how the kernel module should be compiled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:129 msgid "Kernel modules may come packaged as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:131 msgid "Source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:132 msgid "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 msgid "" "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file and precompiled module " "binaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:139 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 msgid "Precompiled module binaries only (without source code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 msgid "" "Of the package types listed above, only precompiled kernel module " "binaries will not work, because |CL| requires kernel modules to be built " @@ -247,166 +256,166 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:143 msgid "Download the kernel module's source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:145 msgid "" "Review the available download options. Some kernel modules provide " "separate archives that are specifically enabled for DKMS support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:152 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:148 msgid "" "Review the README documentation, because it often provides required " "information to build the module with DKMS support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:159 msgid "Build kernel module with an existing dkms.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:161 msgid "" "If the kernel module maintainer packaged the source archive with the " ":command:`dkms mktarball` command, the entire archive can be passed to " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` which completes many steps for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:170 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:165 msgid "" "The archive contains the required :file:`dkms.conf` file, and may contain" " a :file:`dkms_source_tree` directory and a :file:`dkms_binaries_only` " "directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:175 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:169 msgid "" "Run the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command against the kernel module " "archive." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:177 msgid "" ":command:`dkms ldtarball` places the kernel module source under " ":file:`/usr/src/-/`, builds it if necessary," " and adds the module into the DKMS tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:187 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 msgid "" "Verify the kernel module is detected by checking the output of the " ":command:`dkms status` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:190 msgid "Install the kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:204 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:197 msgid "Build kernel module without an existing dkms.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:206 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:199 msgid "" "If the kernel module source does not contain a :file:`dkms.conf` file or " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command encounters errors, you must " "manually create the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:210 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:203 msgid "" "Review the kernel module README documentation for guidance on what needs " "to be in the :file:`dkms.conf` file, including special variables that may" " be required to build successfully." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:207 msgid "Here are some additional resources that can be used for reference:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:209 msgid "" "DKMS manual page (:command:`man dkms`) shows detailed syntax in the " "DKMS.CONF section." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:212 msgid "" "Ubuntu community wiki entry for the `Kernel DKMS Package`_ shows an " "example where a single package contains multiple modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:215 msgid "Sample `dkms.conf`_ file in the GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:226 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 msgid "" ":command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes` must be set in the dkms.conf for the module to" " be automatically recompiled with |CL| updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 msgid "The instructions below show a generic example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:231 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:224 msgid "" "Create or modify the :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the extracted " "source code directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:247 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:240 msgid "" "This example identifies a kernel module named *custom_module* with " "version *1.0*." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:250 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:243 msgid "Copy the kernel module source code into the :file:`/usr/src/` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:259 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:252 msgid "" "** and ** must match the entries in the " ":file:`dkms.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:255 msgid "Add the kernel module to the DKMS tree so that it is tracked by DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:269 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:261 msgid "" "Build the kernel module using DKMS. If the build encounters errors, you " "may need to edit the :file:`dkms.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:276 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:268 msgid "Install the kernel module using DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:285 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:275 msgid "Load kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:287 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:277 msgid "" "By default, DKMS installs modules \"in-tree\" under :file:`/lib/modules` " "so the :command:`modprobe` command can be used to load them." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:280 msgid "Load the installed module with the :command:`modprobe` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:296 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:286 msgid "Validate the kernel module is loaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:293 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" @@ -460,22 +469,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:314 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:300 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:316 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:302 msgid "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS)`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 msgid "" "`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to " "Practice " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:320 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:306 msgid "" "`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support " "`_" @@ -512,3 +521,45 @@ msgstr "" #~ "project on GitHub `_" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project " +#~ "`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" +#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " +#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" +#~ " compiling kernel modules." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " +#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" +#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" +#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " +#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Follow the steps in this section " +#~ "if you are an individual user or" +#~ " testing, and you need an out-" +#~ "of-tree kernel module that is not " +#~ "available through |CL|. For a more " +#~ "scalable and customizable approach, we " +#~ "recommend using the :ref:`mixer` tool to" +#~ " provide a custom kernel and updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Obtain a kernel module package in " +#~ "the form of source code and/or " +#~ "precompiled binaries." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po index 89da7a2b..3fa6972b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,6 +23,14 @@ msgid "Add kernel modules manually" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 +msgid "This guide describes how to add kernel modules manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:15 msgid "" "Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " "additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" @@ -30,11 +38,11 @@ msgid "" "kernel modules manually, or refer to :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:23 msgid "" "Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " "inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " @@ -43,11 +51,11 @@ msgid "" " (out-of-tree)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:32 msgid "Kernel module availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:34 msgid "" "|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an " "existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" @@ -55,17 +63,17 @@ msgid "" "practices, see the :ref:`security` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:39 msgid "" "Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " "already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:44 msgid "Check if the module is already available" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:47 msgid "" "You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the " ":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" @@ -73,28 +81,26 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:57 msgid "Submit a request to add the module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 msgid "" "If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" " Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" " request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project " -"`_ on GitHub." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:63 +msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:66 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:69 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:68 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:71 msgid "" "Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " @@ -102,122 +108,122 @@ msgid "" " using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:78 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 msgid "Disable Secure Boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:83 msgid "Disable kernel module integrity checking." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:84 msgid "Have a kernel module package in the form of source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:85 msgid "Rebuild the module against new versions of the Linux kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:89 msgid "" "Any time the kernel is upgraded on your Clear Linux system, you must " "rebuild your out-of-tree modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:91 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:94 msgid "Build and install kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:93 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:96 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. In the example below, " "the *native* kernel is in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:104 msgid "" "Install the kernel dev bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. The " "kernel dev bundle contains the kernel headers, which are required for " "compiling kernel modules. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:105 -msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:108 +msgid ":command:`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:106 -msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:109 +msgid ":command:`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:115 msgid "" "Follow instructions from the kernel module source code to compile the " "kernel module. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:128 msgid "Load kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:127 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:130 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in your system's UEFI settings, if you have enabled " "it. The loading of new out-of-tree modules modifies the signatures that " "Secure Boot relies on for trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 msgid "" "Disable signature checking for the kernel by modifying the kernel boot " "parameters and reboot the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:137 msgid "" "All kernel modules from |CL| have been signed to enforce kernel security." " However, out-of-tree modules break this chain of trust so this mechanism" " needs to be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:146 msgid "" "Update the boot manager and reboot the system to implement the changed " "kernel parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:153 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 msgid "" "If successful, the :command:`clr-boot-manager update` command does not " "return any console output." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:159 msgid "" "After rebooting, manually load out-of-tree modules using the " ":command:`insmod` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:167 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:172 msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:174 msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:176 msgid "" ":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module " "interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " @@ -225,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "" "directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:181 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:184 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with " "the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. " @@ -234,36 +240,36 @@ msgid "" "special requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:186 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:189 msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:193 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:196 msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:198 msgid "" "Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " "kernel modules to load automatically at boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:205 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " "with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " "aliases (one per line) to load at boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:206 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:209 msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:219 msgid "Related topic" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:218 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:221 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`" msgstr "" @@ -281,3 +287,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ "provide a custom kernel and updates." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project " +#~ "`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po index b2d99763..8a1884d1 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,115 +24,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide provides DevOps with a model to architect the life-cycle of a " -"|CL| derivative that integrates custom software and content using " -"distinct workflows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:10 -msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:12 -msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:13 -msgid "Building software packages and staging" +"This guide describes the basic, recommended infrastructure and workflow " +"for maintaining a |CL-ATTR| derivative." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:14 -msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:15 -msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:17 -msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:16 msgid "" "A repository with software RPM artifacts and a CI/CD system with a |CL| " "machine for building `mixes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:19 msgid "Experience using :ref:`mixer ` to create a |CL|-based distro" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:21 msgid "" "Experience using :ref:`swupd ` for maintaining the |CL| " "build environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 msgid "Familiarity with |CL| architecture and reuse of its content in releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:27 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 +msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 +msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:32 +msgid "Building software packages and staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:33 +msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 +msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:36 msgid "" "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to automate the life-cycle of your" " |CL| derivative. We divide deployment of this infrastucture in two " -"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1. " -"Distro Factory manages the *Release Workflow* while capturing the " -"requirements for maintaining a long-term release cadence." +"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:44 msgid "Figure 1: Architect the life-cycle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:52 -msgid "Content workflow" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:47 +msgid "Content Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 msgid "" -"The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to " -"manage the creation of content for the distribution. This includes " -"everything from detecting a new release in a custom software repository " -"to generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary " +"The Content Workflow (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to manage" +" the creation of content for the distribution. This includes everything " +"from detecting a new release in a custom software repository to " +"generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary " "artifacts that track software dependencies and provide file-level data " -"consumed in a *Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| " -"and a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " +"consumed in a Release Workflow. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| and " +"a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:63 -msgid "Release workflow" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:58 +msgid "Release Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:60 msgid "" -"The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and " +"The Release Workflow (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and " "ensures it can be consumed by :ref:`mixer `. A content web server " "hosts the |CL| derivative, to which targets connect for updating their " -"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* " +"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the `Release Pipeline`_ " "enables these derivatives to incorporate |CL| content into their own " -"custom content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers the `Release Pipeline`_ " -"to create new releases." +"custom content. The Watcher Pipeline triggers the Release Pipeline to " +"create new releases." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:69 msgid "Implementation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:71 msgid "" -"Distro factory implements the *Release workflow*. To get started on a " -"full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro Factory`_ documentation." +"The |CL| Distro Factory manages the Release Workflow. For detailed " +"information about Distro Factory deployment, refer to the `clr-distro-" +"factory`_ GitHub\\* repo." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +136,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ "factory documentation`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide provides DevOps with a " +#~ "model to architect the life-cycle " +#~ "of a |CL| derivative that integrates " +#~ "custom software and content using " +#~ "distinct workflows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to " +#~ "automate the life-cycle of your " +#~ "|CL| derivative. We divide deployment of" +#~ " this infrastucture in two parts: " +#~ "*Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*," +#~ " shown in Figure 1. Distro Factory" +#~ " manages the *Release Workflow* while " +#~ "capturing the requirements for maintaining " +#~ "a long-term release cadence." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Content workflow" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) " +#~ "orchestrates the processes used to " +#~ "manage the creation of content for " +#~ "the distribution. This includes everything " +#~ "from detecting a new release in a" +#~ " custom software repository to generating" +#~ " RPM package files. The RPM files " +#~ "serve as intermediary artifacts that " +#~ "track software dependencies and provide " +#~ "file-level data consumed in a " +#~ "*Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_" +#~ " checks |CL| and a content provider," +#~ " such as Koji, to determine if " +#~ "a new release is necessary." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Release workflow" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) " +#~ "gathers the content of the RPMs " +#~ "and ensures it can be consumed by" +#~ " :ref:`mixer `. A content web " +#~ "server hosts the |CL| derivative, to " +#~ "which targets connect for updating their" +#~ " OSes. As an integral part of " +#~ "this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* " +#~ "enables these derivatives to incorporate " +#~ "|CL| content into their own custom " +#~ "content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers " +#~ "the `Release Pipeline`_ to create new" +#~ " releases." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distro factory implements the *Release " +#~ "workflow*. To get started on a " +#~ "full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro " +#~ "Factory`_ documentation." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po index e8a36566..50f13c0b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -22,12 +22,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assign a static IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:7 msgid "" -"By default, your |CL-ATTR| system automatically gets an IP address from " -"your network via DHCP. If you do not have a DHCP server on your network " -"or simply want to use a static IP address, follow the steps in this " -"guide." +"This guide explains how to assign a static IP address. This may be " +"helpful in scenarios such as a network with no DHCP server." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:15 @@ -36,26 +34,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:17 msgid "" -"New installations of |CL| use NetworkManager as the default network " +"New installations of |CL-ATTR| use NetworkManager as the default network " "interface manager for all network connections." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:22 msgid "" -"The *cloud* |CL| images continue to use systemd-networkd to manage " +"The cloud |CL| images continue to use `systemd-networkd` to manage " "network connections." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:25 msgid "" -"In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-network was used to manage Ethernet " +"In earlier |CL| versions, `systemd-network` was used to manage Ethernet " "interfaces and NetworkManager was used for wireless interfaces." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:29 msgid "" -"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, you " -"should verify which program is managing the network interface." +"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, verify" +" which program is managing the network interface." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:32 @@ -67,28 +65,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:39 msgid "" "If the STATE column for the device shows *connected* or *disconnected*, " -"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager and the " -"instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager ` should be " -"used." +"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager, then use " +"the instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager `." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:43 msgid "" -"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, check to see if the" -" device is being managed by systemd-networkd" +"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, then check if the " +"device is being managed by systemd-networkd." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:47 msgid "" -"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if systemd-networkd" -" is managing the device." +"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if `systemd-" +"networkd` is managing the device." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:54 msgid "" "If the SETUP column for the device shows *configured*, the network " -"configuration is being managed by systemd-networkd and the instructions " -"for :ref:`using systemd-networkd ` should be used." +"configuration is being managed by `systemd-networkd`, then use the " +"instructions for :ref:`using systemd-networkd `." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:62 @@ -124,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:78 msgid "" -"The method below uses the command line tool *nmcli* to modify network " +"The method below uses the command line tool nmcli to modify network " "connection." msgstr "" @@ -133,20 +130,20 @@ msgid "Identify the existing connection name:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:88 -msgid "The output will look like this:" +msgid "Sample output:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:95 msgid "" -"If a connection does not exist, it will need to be created with " -":command:`nmcli connection add`." +"If a connection does not exist, create it with the :command:`nmcli " +"connection add` command." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:99 msgid "" "Modify the connection to use a static IP address. Replace the variables " -"in brackets with the appropriate values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be " -"replaced with the NAME from the command above." +"in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace *[CONNECTION_NAME]* with" +" the NAME from the command above." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:112 @@ -186,16 +183,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:144 msgid "" -"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it doesn't exist " -"already:" +"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it does not already " +"exist:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:150 msgid "" "Create a :file:`.network` file and add the following content. Replace the" -" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* " -"should be replaced with LINK from the output of :command:`networkctl " -"list` ran previously." +" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace " +"*[INTERFACE_NAME]* with LINK from the output of the :command:`networkctl " +"list` command that was run previously." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:168 @@ -206,6 +203,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:172 -msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" +msgid "Restart the `systemd-networkd` service:" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By default, your |CL-ATTR| system " +#~ "automatically gets an IP address from" +#~ " your network via DHCP. If you " +#~ "do not have a DHCP server on " +#~ "your network or simply want to use" +#~ " a static IP address, follow the " +#~ "steps in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New installations of |CL| use " +#~ "NetworkManager as the default network " +#~ "interface manager for all network " +#~ "connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *cloud* |CL| images continue to " +#~ "use systemd-networkd to manage network" +#~ " connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-" +#~ "network was used to manage Ethernet " +#~ "interfaces and NetworkManager was used " +#~ "for wireless interfaces." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before defining a configuration for " +#~ "assigning a static IP address, you " +#~ "should verify which program is managing" +#~ " the network interface." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the STATE column for the device" +#~ " shows *connected* or *disconnected*, the" +#~ " network configuration is being managed " +#~ "by NetworkManager and the instructions " +#~ "for :ref:`using NetworkManager ` should be used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the STATE column for the device" +#~ " shows *unmanaged*, check to see if" +#~ " the device is being managed by " +#~ "systemd-networkd" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check the output of :command:`networkctl " +#~ "list` to see if systemd-networkd " +#~ "is managing the device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the SETUP column for the device" +#~ " shows *configured*, the network " +#~ "configuration is being managed by " +#~ "systemd-networkd and the instructions for" +#~ " :ref:`using systemd-networkd ` should be used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The method below uses the command " +#~ "line tool *nmcli* to modify network " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The output will look like this:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If a connection does not exist, it" +#~ " will need to be created with " +#~ ":command:`nmcli connection add`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Modify the connection to use a " +#~ "static IP address. Replace the variables" +#~ " in brackets with the appropriate " +#~ "values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be replaced" +#~ " with the NAME from the command " +#~ "above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory" +#~ " if it doesn't exist already:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a :file:`.network` file and add" +#~ " the following content. Replace the " +#~ "variables in brackets with the " +#~ "appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* should " +#~ "be replaced with LINK from the " +#~ "output of :command:`networkctl list` ran " +#~ "previously." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po index 5d96769f..ee809b37 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,36 +24,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:6 msgid "" -"The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically provisioned in bulk using a " -"combination of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister " -"Cloud Init Service)`. This guide covers how to perform a bulk provision " -"of |CL| using **Ister** and **ICIS**." +"This guide explains how to perform a bulk provision of |CL-ATTR| using a " +"combination of the |CL| installer, Ister, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud " +"Init Service)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure a bulk provision, Ister configuration files and cloud-init " -"files must be defined. Hosting the configuration files in **ICIS** allows" -" **Ister** to use them during the installation. The Ister configuration " -"files allow us to customize the installation process. The cloud-init\\* " -"files allow us to customize the instance of the installation." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:17 +msgid "To configure a bulk provision:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:19 +msgid "Define Ister configuration files to customize the installation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:20 +msgid "Define cloud-init\\* files to customize the installation instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Host the configuration files in ICIS to allow Ister to use them during " +"the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:24 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE " "client that needs to be set up to perform a bulk provision." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:30 msgid "Figure 1: Bulk provision information flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:35 msgid "" "Before performing a bulk provision, verify you have a PXE server capable " "of performing network boots of |CL|. Please refer to our :ref:`guide on " @@ -61,76 +73,77 @@ msgid "" "address translation)` for details." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:40 msgid "" "Because a bulk provision relies on a reboot, ensure the following " "preparations have been made:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 msgid "No existing disks are bootable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:44 msgid "" "The network boot option must come immediately after the disk boot option " "on any computer performing the installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:48 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:50 msgid "" -"Install **ICIS** by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " -"GitHub repository." +"Install ICIS by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " +"GitHub\\* repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:53 msgid "" "Create an Ister installation file and save it to the :file:`static/ister`" -" directory within the web hosting directory for **ICIS**. The " -"installation file is a JSON block and provides **Ister** with the steps " -"it needs to perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, " -"file systems, and mount points **Ister** should set up. Lastly, the file " -"outlines which bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for " -"the list of available bundles. The following example shows the contents " -"of an Ister installation file:" +" directory within the web hosting directory for ICIS. The installation " +"file is a JSON block and provides Ister with the steps it needs to " +"perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, file systems," +" and mount points Ister should set up. Lastly, the file outlines which " +"bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for the list of " +"available bundles. The following example shows the contents of an Ister " +"installation file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:92 msgid "" -"Every Ister installation file hosted on **ICIS** must contain the the " -"``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. " -"These entries allow **Ister** to customize an instance of of an install." +"Every Ister installation file hosted on ICIS must contain the the " +"`IsterCloudInitSvc` parameter as well as the :command:`os-cloudguest` " +"bundle. These entries allow Ister to customize an instance of of an " +"install." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:97 msgid "" "Create an Ister configuration file to define the location of the Ister " "installation file. Save it to the :file:`static/ister` directory within " -"the web hosting directory of **ICIS**. The following example shows an " -"Ister configuration file:" +"the web hosting directory of ICIS. The following example shows an Ister " +"configuration file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:106 msgid "" "Modify the iPXE boot script by adding a kernel parameter to the command " -"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter " -"``isterconf`` with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on" -" **ICIS** as the kernel parameter value. The following example shows an " -"iPXE boot script with the ``isterconf`` parameter:" +"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter `isterconf` " +"with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on ICIS as the " +"kernel parameter value. The following example shows an iPXE boot script " +"with the `isterconf` parameter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:121 msgid "" -"After the network image of |CL| boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters " -"used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the " -"Ister configuration file." +"After the network image of |CL| boots, Ister inspects the parameters used" +" during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the Ister " +"configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:118 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:125 msgid "" "Write a cloud-init document to customize the instance of the installation" " according to your requirements. The `cloud-init`_ documentation provides" @@ -138,62 +151,62 @@ msgid "" "customization options provided by cloud-init after an installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:123 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:130 msgid "" "Save the cloud-init document to the :file:`static/roles` directory within" -" the web hosting directory for **ICIS** with the name of a role you would" -" like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " +" the web hosting directory for ICIS with the name of a role you would " +"like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " "\"ciao\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:127 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:134 msgid "" "After creating the roles, also known as cloud-init files, assign roles to" " MAC addresses of PXE clients. To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt` " -"file in the ``static`` directory within the web hosting directory of " -"**ICIS**. The following example shows one such assignment:" +"file in the :file:`static` directory within the web hosting directory of " +"ICIS. The following example shows an example assignment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:144 msgid "" "If MAC addresses of PXE clients are not listed within the " ":file:`config.txt` file, a default role for those MAC address may be " "defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:153 msgid "Verify the following URLs are accessible on your local network:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:148 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:149 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:150 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:151 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:152 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:154 -msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:155 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:156 -msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:157 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:158 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:159 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:161 +msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:163 +msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:165 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully performed a bulk provision of " "|CL|." @@ -216,3 +229,126 @@ msgstr "" #~ "by cloud-init after an installation." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically " +#~ "provisioned in bulk using a combination" +#~ " of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, " +#~ "and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init " +#~ "Service)`. This guide covers how to " +#~ "perform a bulk provision of |CL| " +#~ "using **Ister** and **ICIS**." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure a bulk provision, Ister " +#~ "configuration files and cloud-init files" +#~ " must be defined. Hosting the " +#~ "configuration files in **ICIS** allows " +#~ "**Ister** to use them during the " +#~ "installation. The Ister configuration files" +#~ " allow us to customize the " +#~ "installation process. The cloud-init\\* " +#~ "files allow us to customize the " +#~ "instance of the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install **ICIS** by following the " +#~ "getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " +#~ "GitHub repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create an Ister installation file and" +#~ " save it to the :file:`static/ister` " +#~ "directory within the web hosting " +#~ "directory for **ICIS**. The installation " +#~ "file is a JSON block and provides" +#~ " **Ister** with the steps it needs" +#~ " to perform an installation. The file" +#~ " outlines what partitions, file systems," +#~ " and mount points **Ister** should " +#~ "set up. Lastly, the file outlines " +#~ "which bundles to install. See our " +#~ ":ref:`bundles` document for the list of" +#~ " available bundles. The following example" +#~ " shows the contents of an Ister " +#~ "installation file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Every Ister installation file hosted on" +#~ " **ICIS** must contain the the " +#~ "``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as " +#~ "the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. These " +#~ "entries allow **Ister** to customize an" +#~ " instance of of an install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create an Ister configuration file to" +#~ " define the location of the Ister " +#~ "installation file. Save it to the " +#~ ":file:`static/ister` directory within the web" +#~ " hosting directory of **ICIS**. The " +#~ "following example shows an Ister " +#~ "configuration file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Modify the iPXE boot script by " +#~ "adding a kernel parameter to the " +#~ "command line for booting the network " +#~ "image. Add the kernel parameter " +#~ "``isterconf`` with the location of the" +#~ " Ister configuration file hosted on " +#~ "**ICIS** as the kernel parameter value." +#~ " The following example shows an iPXE" +#~ " boot script with the ``isterconf`` " +#~ "parameter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the network image of |CL| " +#~ "boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters " +#~ "used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` " +#~ "to find the location of the Ister" +#~ " configuration file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Save the cloud-init document to " +#~ "the :file:`static/roles` directory within the" +#~ " web hosting directory for **ICIS** " +#~ "with the name of a role you " +#~ "would like to create. For example, " +#~ "a role may be \"database\", \"web\", " +#~ "or \"ciao\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After creating the roles, also known " +#~ "as cloud-init files, assign roles " +#~ "to MAC addresses of PXE clients. " +#~ "To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt`" +#~ " file in the ``static`` directory " +#~ "within the web hosting directory of " +#~ "**ICIS**. The following example shows " +#~ "one such assignment:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po index 4b0f55ae..ed3cc8e7 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,13 +23,21 @@ msgid "CPU Power and Performance" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:6 +msgid "This guide explains the CPU power and performance mechanisms in |CL-ATTR|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:15 msgid "" "Modern x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` employ a number of " "features and technologies to balance performance, energy, and thermal " "efficiencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, |CL| prioritizes maximum CPU performance with the philosophy " "that the faster the program finishes execution, the faster the CPU can " @@ -38,45 +46,45 @@ msgid "" "changing the defaults." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:28 msgid "CPU power saving mechanisms" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:30 msgid "" "C-states and P-states are both CPU power saving mechanisms that are " "entered under different operating conditions. The tradeoff is a slightly " "longer time to exit these states when the CPU is needed once again." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:37 msgid "C-states (idle states)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 msgid "" "C-states are hardware sleep states that are entered when it is determined" " that the CPU is idle and not executing instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:42 msgid "" "C-states aim to reduce power utilization by increasingly reducing clock " "frequency, voltages, and features in each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 msgid "" "Although C-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's UEFI" " or BIOS configuration, these settings are overridden when the " "`intel_idle driver`_ is in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:49 msgid "To view the current cpuidle driver run this command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:55 msgid "" "For troubleshooting, C-states can be limited with a kernel command line " "boot parameter by adding :command:`processor.max_cstate=N " @@ -84,71 +92,71 @@ msgid "" ":command:`idle=poll`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:61 msgid "" ":command:`processor.max_cstate=0` is changed to " ":command:`processor.max_cstate=1` by the kernel to be a valid value." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:64 msgid "" ":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` disables the Intel Idle driver, not " "set it to C-state 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:70 msgid "P-states (performance states)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 msgid "" -"P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet*" -" on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is active and " -"executing instructions." +"P-states, also known as *Intel SpeedStepĀ® technology* on Intel processors" +" or *Cool'n'Quiet* on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is" +" active and executing instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:66 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:76 msgid "" "P-states aim to reduce power utilization by adjusting CPU clock frequency" " and voltages based on CPU demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 msgid "" "P-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's firmware " "(UEFI/BIOS)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 msgid "Turbo boost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:84 msgid "" -"`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows " -"core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU " -"clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " +"`IntelĀ® Turbo Boost Technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows" +" core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU" +" clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " "defined power and thermal thresholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:89 msgid "" "Turbo boost is an extension of P-states. As such, changing or limiting " "C-states or P-states impact the ability of a process to enter Turbo " "boost." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 msgid "" "Turbo boost can be disabled in a system's UEFI or BIOS. Turbo boost can " "also be disabled within |CL| with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 msgid "Linux CPU clock frequency scaling" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:102 msgid "" "The CPUFreq subsystem in Linux allows the OS to control :ref:`C-states ` and :ref:`P-states ` via CPU drivers " @@ -156,29 +164,29 @@ msgid "" "these states." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:108 msgid "Scaling driver" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:110 msgid "" -"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel " -"processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other processors " -"may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* driver which reads values from the " -"systems UEFI or BIOS." +"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, :command:`intel_pstate`, for " +"modern Intel processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other " +"processors may default to the :command:`acpi-cpufreq*` driver which reads" +" values from the systems UEFI or BIOS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:115 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling driver run this command in a " "terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:122 msgid "Scaling governor" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:124 msgid "" "|CL| sets the CPU governor to *performance* which calls for the CPU to " "operate at maximum clock frequency. In other words, P-state P0. While " @@ -187,43 +195,43 @@ msgid "" "clock frequency without a workload." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:120 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling governor run this command in a " "terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:136 msgid "To change the CPU frequency scaling governor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:138 msgid "Disable |CL| enforcement of certain power and performance settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:144 msgid "" "Change the governor. In the example below, the governor is set to " "*performance*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 msgid "" "The list of all governors can be found in the Linux kernel documentation " "on `CPUFreq Governors`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 msgid "" "The intel_pstate driver only supports *performance* and *powersave* " "governors." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:159 msgid "Thermal management" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:161 msgid "" "`thermald`_ is a Linux thermal management daemon used to prevent the " "overheating of platforms. When temperature thresholds are exceeded, " @@ -231,28 +239,29 @@ msgid "" "available cooling methods. This can be especially desirable for laptops." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:166 msgid "" "By default, thermald is disabled in |CL| and starts automatically if " "battery power is detected. thermald can be manually enabled using the " "systemd service by running the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:165 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:175 msgid "For more information, see the thermald man page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:181 msgid "" "`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application that can visually graph and log " -"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-" -"extras bundle and add your user account to the power group:" +"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the :command" +":`desktop-apps-extras` bundle and add your user account to the power " +"group:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:183 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:194 msgid "" -"After adding a new group you must log out and log back in for the new " -"group to take affect." +"After adding a new group, you must log out and log back in for the new " +"group to take effect." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +270,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "documentation on CPUFreq Governors`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on" +#~ " Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet* on " +#~ "AMD processors, are states entered while" +#~ " the CPU is active and executing " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some" +#~ " modern Intel CPUs, allows core(s) on" +#~ " a processor to temporarily operate " +#~ "at a higher than rated CPU clock" +#~ " frequency to accommodate demanding " +#~ "workloads if the CPU is under " +#~ "defined power and thermal thresholds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_," +#~ " *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel " +#~ "processors from the Sandy Bridge " +#~ "generation or newer. Other processors " +#~ "may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* " +#~ "driver which reads values from the " +#~ "systems UEFI or BIOS." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application " +#~ "that can visually graph and log " +#~ "temperatures from thermald. To use " +#~ "ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-" +#~ "extras bundle and add your user " +#~ "account to the power group:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After adding a new group you must" +#~ " log out and log back in for" +#~ " the new group to take affect." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po index 0c6edf64..43a022c7 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,176 +24,263 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:6 msgid "" -"*Developer Workstation* helps you find the :ref:`bundles-about` you need " -"to start your |CL-ATTR| development project." +"This guide helps you find the minimum set of bundles needed to start your" +" |CL-ATTR| development project." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Before continuing, we recommend that you learn how to use :ref:`swupd " -"`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-about` page to understand how |CL| " -"simplifies software versioning compared to other Linux\\* distributions." +"Before continuing, review the :ref:`swupd ` guide to learn " +"more about the swupd tool and how |CL| simplifies software versioning " +"compared to other Linux\\* distributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:18 msgid "Workstation Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:20 msgid "" -"This guide helps you understand the minimum bundles required to get " -"started. After installing them, you can add more bundles relevant to your" -" use case. To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add " -"the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, " -"given how many packages this bundle contains, you may want instead to " -"deploy a leaner OS with only those bundles relevant to your project. " -"Developer Workstation responds to this need." +"After installing the minimum set of bundles required to get started, you " +"can add more bundles relevant to your specific use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add the large " +"bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, given how " +"many packages this bundle contains, you may want to deploy a leaner OS " +"with only bundles relevant to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:28 msgid "" "Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to identify the *minimum required " "bundles* to get started developing based on your role or project. While " -"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider using " -"Table 1 as a starting point." +"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider Table 1" +" as a starting point." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:33 msgid "**Table 1. Developer Profiles**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 msgid "|CL| Bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:38 msgid "*Internet of Things (IoT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 msgid "*System Administrator*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 msgid "*Client/Cloud/Web Developer*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 -msgid "`editors`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 +msgid ":command:`editors`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:41 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:45 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:46 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:50 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:51 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:56 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:61 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:66 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:70 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:71 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 msgid "āœ“" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 -msgid "`network-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 +msgid ":command:`network-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49 -msgid "`openssh-server`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 +msgid ":command:`openssh-server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:54 -msgid "`webserver-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 +msgid ":command:`webserver-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:59 -msgid "`application-server`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 +msgid ":command:`application-server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:64 -msgid "`database-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 +msgid ":command:`database-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69 -msgid "`desktop-autostart`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 +msgid ":command:`desktop-autostart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:74 -msgid "`dev-utils`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 +msgid ":command:`dev-utils`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 -msgid "`swupd` search" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:83 +msgid "swupd search" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 msgid "" "We recommend learning about :ref:`swupd `, to learn the " "commands to search for and add bundles relevant to your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 msgid "" "The guide provides an :ref:`example `" " that shows you how to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 -msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:89 -msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:91 +msgid "Use swupd to search for bundles" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:92 +msgid "Use swupd to add bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:95 msgid "Core Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 msgid "" "We recommend that you understand these core concepts in |CL| *before* " "developing your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 -msgid ":ref:`Bundles `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:98 -msgid ":ref:`Software update `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:99 -msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" -msgstr "" - #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:100 -msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" +msgid ":ref:`Software update `" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:103 -msgid "Other resources for developers" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:101 +msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:102 +msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:105 +msgid "Other resources for developers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:107 msgid "`Developer Tooling Framework`_ for |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:108 msgid "`Bundle Definition Files`_" msgstr "" #~ msgid "`Bundle definition files`_" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "*Developer Workstation* helps you find " +#~ "the :ref:`bundles-about` you need to " +#~ "start your |CL-ATTR| development " +#~ "project." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before continuing, we recommend that you" +#~ " learn how to use :ref:`swupd " +#~ "`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-" +#~ "about` page to understand how |CL| " +#~ "simplifies software versioning compared to " +#~ "other Linux\\* distributions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide helps you understand the " +#~ "minimum bundles required to get started." +#~ " After installing them, you can add" +#~ " more bundles relevant to your use" +#~ " case. To run any process required" +#~ " for |CL| development, you can add" +#~ " the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-" +#~ "on-clr* `. However, " +#~ "given how many packages this bundle " +#~ "contains, you may want instead to " +#~ "deploy a leaner OS with only those" +#~ " bundles relevant to your project. " +#~ "Developer Workstation responds to this " +#~ "need." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to" +#~ " identify the *minimum required bundles*" +#~ " to get started developing based on" +#~ " your role or project. While your " +#~ "role may not neatly fit in one " +#~ "of these categories, consider using " +#~ "Table 1 as a starting point." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`editors`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`network-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`openssh-server`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`webserver-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`application-server`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`database-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`desktop-autostart`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`dev-utils`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`swupd` search" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Bundles `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Software update `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..589a018a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 +msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes the available types of |CL| images, where to " +"download them, how to verify their integrity, and how to decompress them." +" Follow the steps for your OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " +"environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 +msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " +"corresponding file format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " +"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:22 +msgid "Linux OS steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:131 +msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" +" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." +" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " +"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:93 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:138 +msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:114 +msgid "Open a Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:95 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:140 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" +" with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " +"checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed " +"checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed " +"on the screen followed by `OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking " +"the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:108 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:151 +msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " +"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:115 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:64 +msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:70 +msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:81 +msgid "macOS\\* steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " +"checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output " +"indicates a match and your downloaded image is good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:110 +msgid "" +"We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip " +"(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target " +"platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:126 +msgid "Windows\\* OS steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:139 +msgid "Start Command Prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:141 +msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" +" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:157 +msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:158 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:159 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " +":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:166 +msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:171 +msgid "Image types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " +"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " +"platform specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 +msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 +msgid "Image Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 +msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 +msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 +msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 +msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 +msgid "aws.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 +msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 +msgid "azure.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 +msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 +msgid "azure-docker.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " +"Docker\\* pre-installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 +msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " +"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 +msgid "cloudguest.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 +msgid "gce.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 +msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 +msgid "hyperv.vhdx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " +"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 +msgid "kvm.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " +"kernel`_ for KVM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 +msgid "kvm-legacy.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " +"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 +msgid "pxe.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 +msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 +msgid "vmware.vmdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " +"Workstation, and ESXi." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po index f3eda600..69d5368e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:6 msgid "" -"This section provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks " -"for a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" +"This guide provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks for" +" a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:14 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a new user and set a password for that user, enter the " -"following commands as a `root` user:" +"following commands as a root user:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:24 @@ -47,27 +47,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:30 -msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group" +msgid "Add the new user to the *wheel* group" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:32 msgid "" "Before logging off as root and logging into your new user account, enable" -" the :command:`sudo` command for your new ``." +" the :command:`sudo` command for your new ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:35 msgid "" "To be able to execute all applications with root privileges, add the " -"`` to the `wheel group`_." +" to the `wheel group`_." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:38 -msgid "Add `` to the `wheel` group:" +msgid "Add to the wheel group:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:44 -msgid "Log out of root and into the new ``." +msgid "Log out of root and into the new ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:46 @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ msgid "To log off as root, enter :command:`exit`." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:48 -msgid "Enter the new `` and the password created earlier." +msgid "Enter the new and the password created earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:50 -msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ``." +msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:53 @@ -104,16 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:67 msgid "" "Software applications are installed as bundles using the command " -":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users might compare " -"`swupd` to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for " -"package management. Yet |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, " -"which are integrated stacks of packages." +":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux users might compare swupd " +"to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for package " +"management. However |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, which " +"are integrated stacks of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:73 msgid "" -"For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority of " -"applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" +"For example, the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority " +"of applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:80 @@ -161,3 +161,63 @@ msgstr "" #~ "deprecated." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This section provides steps to complete" +#~ " the following basic setup tasks for" +#~ " a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new user and set " +#~ "a password for that user, enter " +#~ "the following commands as a `root` " +#~ "user:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before logging off as root and " +#~ "logging into your new user account, " +#~ "enable the :command:`sudo` command for " +#~ "your new ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To be able to execute all " +#~ "applications with root privileges, add " +#~ "the `` to the `wheel group`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Add `` to the `wheel` group:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Log out of root and into the new ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enter the new `` and the password created earlier." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Software applications are installed as " +#~ "bundles using the command :command:`swupd " +#~ "bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users " +#~ "might compare `swupd` to running " +#~ ":command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install`" +#~ " for package management. Yet |CL| " +#~ "manages packages at the level of " +#~ "bundles, which are integrated stacks of" +#~ " packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle" +#~ " installs the majority of applications " +#~ "useful to a system administrator. To " +#~ "install it, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po index befb7e98..1d2fb86c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,39 +19,48 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:4 -msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" +msgid "Fix a broken installation" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL| using a live" -" desktop image on a USB. It's assumed you already installed |CL| on a " -"target system, but your operating system does not boot or function " -"properly." +"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR| using a" +" live desktop image on a USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:10 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:16 msgid "" -"This process can only verify and fix files that :ref:`swupd`" -" owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this path, such as /home/, /etc, " -"/var, etc., cannot be repaired by this process." +"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on a target system, but the OS" +" does not boot or function properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The process described in this guide can only verify and fix files that " +":ref:`swupd` owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this " +"path, such as :file:`/home/`, :file:`/etc`, :file:`/var`, etc., cannot be" +" repaired by this process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:25 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`Download and install the live desktop image on a USB `" +"Download and install the live desktop image on a USB. See :ref:`bare-" +"metal-install-desktop` for install instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 msgid "Boot a live desktop image to fix target system" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 msgid "Boot the |CL| live desktop image." msgstr "" @@ -101,59 +110,96 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:40 msgid "Mount root partition, verify, and fix" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:42 msgid "Open a Terminal window." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 -msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:44 +msgid "Ensure the system is connected to the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:46 msgid "Mount the systemā€™s root partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:48 msgid "To find the root partition, run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:43 -msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:54 +msgid "We'll use :file:`/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:45 -msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:56 +msgid "Next, mount the partition to the :file:`/mnt` folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:62 msgid "" "Verify that you mounted the correct root partition by checking for some " "files commonly found on |CL| systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:70 msgid "Next, run swupd to fix any issues on the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:76 msgid ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works `." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:78 msgid "After the process is complete, unmount the root partition:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:84 msgid "" "Reboot the system, remove the live desktop USB drive, and boot into the " "repaired system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:91 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully restored |CL|." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide explains how to fix a" +#~ " broken installation of |CL| using a" +#~ " live desktop image on a USB. " +#~ "It's assumed you already installed |CL|" +#~ " on a target system, but your " +#~ "operating system does not boot or " +#~ "function properly." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This process can only verify and " +#~ "fix files that :ref:`swupd` " +#~ "owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of" +#~ " this path, such as /home/, /etc, " +#~ "/var, etc., cannot be repaired by " +#~ "this process." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":ref:`Download and install the live " +#~ "desktop image on a USB `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po index 49c9c89b..f9983fd9 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:4 -msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" +msgid "Modify hostname" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:6 @@ -28,7 +28,11 @@ msgid "" "ATTR| system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:16 msgid "" "By default, |CL| installations have a machine generated name, which is a " "long string of letters and numbers. The generated name is fine for " @@ -39,37 +43,37 @@ msgid "" "examples show human-friendly machine names:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 msgid "*regression-test*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:25 msgid "*sally-test-box1*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:26 msgid "*az-bldg2-lab*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:29 msgid "Set your hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:31 msgid "" "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command to display and modify the " -"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the **os-core** bundle, " -"which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." +"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the :command:`os-core` " +"bundle, which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:35 msgid "" "This example sets the hostname to *telemetry-test-2-h15*, to identify a " "|CL| telemetry test machine on the second floor at grid location H15. " "Make sure to reboot after setting a new hostname." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:46 msgid "" "There are three types of hostname: *static*, *transient*, and *pretty*. " "The most common is the static hostname. Static hostnames must be between " @@ -77,34 +81,46 @@ msgid "" "and may contain letters (case-insensitive), numbers, dashes, or dots." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 msgid "" "If the static hostname exists, it is used to generate the transient " "hostname, which is maintained by the kernel. The transient hostname can " "be changed by DHCP or mDNS at runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:55 msgid "" "The pretty hostname is a free-form UTF8 name used for presentation to the" " user." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:58 msgid "View your hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:60 msgid "View your current hostname using the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:66 msgid "You should see output similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:81 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You successfully modified the hostname of your |CL| " "system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command" +#~ " to display and modify the machine" +#~ " name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of" +#~ " the **os-core** bundle, which " +#~ "provides a basic Linux\\* user space " +#~ "and utilities." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po index b2dfd8ac..0228dca0 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,59 +19,60 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:4 -msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" +msgid "Increase virtual disk size of an image" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:6 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to" -" 20 GB. This guide describes how to increase the size of your prebuilt " -"|CL| image if you need more capacity." +"This guide describes how to increase the disk size of your prebuilt |CL-" +"ATTR| image if you need more capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:10 -msgid "This guide will cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:14 msgid "Determine the partition order and sizes of the prebuilt image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:16 +msgid "" +"|CL| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to 20 " +"GB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:19 msgid "" "There are two methods to find the order and sizes of partitions virtual " "disk of your prebuilt |CL| image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 msgid "" "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V image has a disk size of 8.5 GB " -"with / dev/sda3 being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" +"with :file:`/dev/sda3` being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:26 msgid "Checking :command:`lsblk` on the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:28 msgid "" "The first method is to boot up your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " "execute the :command:`lsblk` command as shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:35 msgid "An example output of the :command:`lsblk` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:45 msgid "An example of this can also be seen in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:48 msgid "Checking :file:`config.json` used to build the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:50 msgid "" "The second method to determine partition to check the :file:`config.json`" " file used to create prebuilt image, located in the `releases`_ " @@ -79,167 +80,238 @@ msgid "" " number 20450, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:55 msgid "Go to the `releases`_ repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 msgid "Drill down into the `20450 > clear > config > image` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:57 msgid "Open the :file:`hyperv-config.json` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:58 msgid "Locate the `PartitionLayout` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:60 msgid "" "The example shows 512 MB for the EFI partition, 32 MB for the swap " "partition, and 8 GB for the root partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:80 msgid "Increase virtual disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you have determined the disk and partition to be increased, you are " "ready to perform the actual increase of the disk, partition, and " "filesystem." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 -msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:85 +msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:83 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 msgid "" "To increase the virtual disk size for a prebuilt image, perform the steps" " below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 msgid "Shut down your VM if it is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:91 msgid "" -"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase " -"the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." +"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" +" the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:93 msgid "Power up the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:94 -msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 +msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:96 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:99 msgid "Log in to an account with root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:100 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:101 msgid "" -"Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` and " -":command:`resize2fs` tools." +"Add the :command:`storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` " +"and :command:`resize2fs` tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:108 msgid "Launch the `parted` tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:111 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 msgid "In the `parted` tool, perform these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:116 msgid "Press :command:`p` to print the partitions table." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:117 msgid "If the warning message below is displayed, enter :command:`Fix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:124 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127 msgid "" "Enter :command:`resizepart [partition number]` where *[partition number]*" " is the partition number of the partition to modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:129 msgid "Enter :command:`yes` when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127 -msgid "Enter the new `End` size." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:130 +msgid "Enter the new End size." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:134 msgid "" "If you want a partition to take up the remaining disk space, then enter " "the total size of the disk. When you print the partitions table with the " -":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the `Disk` " -"label." +":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the " +":guilabel:`Disk` label." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:139 msgid "An example of this can be seen in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:138 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter :command:`q` to exit `parted` when you are finished resizing the " "image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:144 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 msgid "Figure 1: Increase root partition size." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 -msgid "Resize the filesytem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " -"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in " -"`parted`." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:153 +msgid "Resize the filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " +"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in the " +"`parted` tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:159 msgid "Run the :command:`df -h` to verify that the filesystem size has increased." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:158 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:162 msgid "" "Figure 2 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:169 msgid "Figure 2: Increase root filesystem size after partition has been expanded." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:171 msgid "" -"Congratulations! You have resized the disk, partition, and filesystem. At" -" this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." +"**Congratulations!** You have resized the disk, partition, and " +"filesystem. At this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in " +#~ "different sizes, ranging from 300 MB " +#~ "to 20 GB. This guide describes how" +#~ " to increase the size of your " +#~ "prebuilt |CL| image if you need " +#~ "more capacity." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide will cover:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V" +#~ " image has a disk size of 8.5" +#~ " GB with / dev/sda3 being the " +#~ "partition for the root filesystem (/)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the process defined by your " +#~ "hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" +#~ " the virtual disk size of your " +#~ "|CL| VM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle " +#~ "to install the :command:`parted` and " +#~ ":command:`resize2fs` tools." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enter the new `End` size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a partition to take" +#~ " up the remaining disk space, then" +#~ " enter the total size of the " +#~ "disk. When you print the partitions " +#~ "table with the :command:`p` command, the" +#~ " total disk size is shown after " +#~ "the `Disk` label." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resize the filesytem" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p " +#~ "/dev/[modified partition name]` where " +#~ "*[modified partition name]* is the " +#~ "partition that was changed in `parted`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Congratulations! You have resized the " +#~ "disk, partition, and filesystem. At this" +#~ " point, the increase in disk capacity" +#~ " is usable." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80577672 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:4 +msgid "Query package info from upstream repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes how to query package information from the |CL| " +"upstream repositories. This guide is intended for developers and advanced" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In |CL-ATTR|, the :ref:`swupd` tool manages software " +"dependencies and installs bundles instead of packages. Although a bundle " +"is a collection of one or more packages, |CL| does not work with packages" +" on the client side. However, on the upstream/factory side, |CL| does " +"work with packages using a process called *mixing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Currently, :command:`swupd` does not report which packages are installed," +" provide package version information, or return other package details. " +"This guide describes a method for retrieving package information from the" +" |CL| upstream repositories using :abbr:`DNF(Dandified Yum)` commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " +"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " +"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:42 +msgid "Configure DNF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:44 +msgid "Install the DNF bundle with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:50 +msgid "Create a :file:`dnf.conf` file with the commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Edit the :file:`/etc/dnf/dnf.conf` file and set the **baseurl** variable " +"for binary and source RPMs as shown in lines 3 and 9 in the following " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:78 +msgid "Initialize the RPM database with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:86 +msgid "DNF command usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:93 +msgid "List all binary and source RPMs in the current release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:95 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:129 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:196 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:215 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:135 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:221 +msgid "Sample output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:125 +msgid "Show version information for a package in current release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:127 +msgid "This example queries version information for the zstd package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:145 +msgid "Show version information for a package in a specific release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This example queries version information for the zstd package in release " +"21000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Show only version and release information for a package in a specific " +"release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:170 +msgid "" +"This example queries version and release information for the zstd package" +" in release 15000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:191 +msgid "Show the binary package for a specified binary file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This example returns the binary package that contains the " +":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:210 +msgid "Show the source package for a specified binary file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:212 +msgid "" +"This example returns the source package that contains the " +":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00f2f43e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:4 +msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:6 +msgid "This guide describes how to use the :command:`clr-service-restart` tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:15 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| includes a :command:`clr-service-restart` tool that shows which" +" system daemons require a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:18 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` reads various files in the :file:`procfs` " +"filesystem provided by the kernel and relies on :command:`systemd` to " +"determine which services to restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:24 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:26 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which " +"daemons can be restarted. As a system administrator, you can customize " +"the default |CL| OS whitelist using :command:`allow` or " +":command:`disallow` options for restarting system services. When a " +"software update occurs, :command:`clr-service-restart` consults the " +"whitelist to see if a service daemon is allowed to be restarted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:35 +msgid "Basic options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:37 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` has three basic options: :command:`allow`," +" :command:`disallow`, and :command:`default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:41 +msgid "allow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :command:`allow` option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS " +"software update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " +"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example " +"below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon" +" after an OS software update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:54 +msgid "disallow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :command:`disallow` option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not " +"to restart the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon" +" to be restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " +"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to " +":file:`/dev/null` as a record. The example below tells :command:`clr-" +"service-restart` not to restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:68 +msgid "default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :command:`default` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert" +" back to the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-" +"service-restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart`" +" to restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for" +" automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:81 +msgid "Monitor options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:83 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " +"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " +"that services are restarted after an OS software update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you pass both options (:command:`-a` and :command:`-n`) described " +"below, :command:`clr-service-restart` displays a complete list of system " +"services that require a restart. Use both options to verify that all " +"desired daemons are restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:94 +msgid "-n option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :command:`-n` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no " +"restarts. Instead it displays the services that could potentially be " +"restarted. When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of " +"messages showing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:100 +msgid "Which service needs a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:101 +msgid "What unit it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:102 +msgid "Why it needs a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:103 +msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:106 +msgid "-a option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :command:`-a` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider " +"all system services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the " +"default whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to" +" restart all impacted services when you log in on the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:114 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In the example below, :command:`clr-service-restart` is invoked with both" +" the :command:`-a` and :command:`-n` options, which displays a complete " +"list of system services that require a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:120 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:126 +msgid "Sample output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:138 +msgid "Telemetry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:140 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service" +" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to " +"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " +"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " +"service if both conditions below are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:146 +msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If that unit resides in the system location " +":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded." +" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, " +"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " +"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " +"not safe to restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:157 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to " +"make your work easier. We made a GitHub\\* project of :command:`clr-" +"service-restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your " +"thoughts, and work with us on improving the project. You can find the " +"project at:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:164 +msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po index 48c75bf6..9846debc 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,56 +23,72 @@ msgid "Set the time" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:6 -msgid "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:8 msgid "" -"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL| system when the " -"default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be reached." +"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL-ATTR| system when " +"the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be " +"reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:11 -msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:9 +msgid "|CL| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:12 +msgid "Install the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:18 msgid "Set your time zone. This example uses Los Angeles." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:26 msgid "" "To see a list of time zones, use the command: :command:`timedatectl list-" "timezones | grep `" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:29 msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/systemd/` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:35 msgid "" "Create a new file named :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` and enter the" " following text." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:44 msgid "Enable the `systemd-timesyncd` service." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:52 msgid "" "To check the service status, use the :command:`timedatectl status` " "command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:54 msgid "" "To restart the `timesyncd` daemon, enter :command:`systemctl restart " "systemd-timesyncd` into your terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:57 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully set up the time in your |CL| system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-" +#~ "timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide describes how to reset " +#~ "the time in your |CL| system when" +#~ " the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time " +#~ "Protocol)` servers cannot be reached." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po index 82f9392d..187531b6 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -22,121 +22,219 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:7 +msgid "This guide describes how to validate the contents of a |CL-ATTR| image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:16 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. " -"All validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " +"Validating the contents of an image is a manual process and is the same " +"process that :ref:`swupd-guide` performs internally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:19 +msgid "" +"|CL| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. All " +"validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " "signature creates a chain of trust. A broken chain of trust, seen as an " "invalid signature, means the content is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:11 -msgid "" -"This guide covers how to validate the contents of an image, which is a " -"manual process and is the same process ``swupd`` performs internally to " -"validate an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:28 msgid "Image content validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:30 msgid "" -"For the outlined steps, the installer image of the latest release of |CL|" -" is used for illustrative purposes. You may use any image of |CL| you " -"choose." +"In the steps below, we used the installer image of the latest release of " +"|CL|. You may use any image of |CL| you choose." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:33 msgid "" "Download the image, the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image, and the" " |CL| certificate used for signing the SHA512 sum." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:45 msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:51 msgid "" "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate matches the " "following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:58 msgid "Generate the SHA512 sum of the image and save it to a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 msgid "" "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image was created using the" -" |CL| certificate. This validates the image is trusted and it has not " +" |CL| certificate. This confirms that the image is trusted and has not " "been modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:125 msgid "" -"The `-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using " -"an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform signature " -"validation. The `openssl version` command may be used to determine the " -"version of OpenSSL in use." +"The :command:`-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If" +" you use an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform " +"signature validation. The :command:`openssl version` command may be used" +" to determine the version of OpenSSL in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:79 msgid "" -"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output " -"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." +"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " +"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:83 msgid "Update content validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:85 msgid "" -"``swupd`` validates all update content automatically before applying the " -"update content. The process ``swupd`` follows internally is illustrated " -"here with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to" -" perform these steps manually when performing a ``swupd update``." +"**swupd** validates all update content automatically before applying the " +"update content. The process swupd follows internally is illustrated here " +"with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to " +"perform these steps manually when performing a :command:`swupd update`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:90 msgid "" "Download the :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`, the signature of the MoM, " "and the Swupd certificate used for signing the signature of the MoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:92 -msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:102 +msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:108 msgid "" -"Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate matches " -"following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." +"Confirm that the generated SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate matches " +"the SHA256 sum shown below to verify the integrity of the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 msgid "" -"Ensure the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd certificate. " -"This signature validates the update content is trustworthy and has not " -"been modified." +"Confirm that the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd " +"certificate. This signature validates the update content is trustworthy " +"and has not been modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:132 msgid "" "The SHA512 sum of the MoM is not generated and then signed. Instead, the " "MoM is signed directly because it is small in size compared to an image " "of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:136 msgid "" -"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output " -"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " +"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " +"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " "Because the MoM contains a list of hashes for bundle manifests, if the " "MoM cannot be trusted, then the bundle content cannot be trusted." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate" +#~ " the content of an image or an" +#~ " update. All validation of content " +#~ "works by creating and signing a " +#~ "hash. A valid signature creates a " +#~ "chain of trust. A broken chain of" +#~ " trust, seen as an invalid signature," +#~ " means the content is not valid." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide covers how to validate " +#~ "the contents of an image, which is" +#~ " a manual process and is the " +#~ "same process ``swupd`` performs internally " +#~ "to validate an update." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For the outlined steps, the installer" +#~ " image of the latest release of " +#~ "|CL| is used for illustrative purposes." +#~ " You may use any image of |CL|" +#~ " you choose." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 " +#~ "sum of the image was created using" +#~ " the |CL| certificate. This validates " +#~ "the image is trusted and it has" +#~ " not been modified." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `-purpose any` option is required" +#~ " when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using" +#~ " an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit" +#~ " this option to perform signature " +#~ "validation. The `openssl version` command " +#~ "may be used to determine the " +#~ "version of OpenSSL in use." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " +#~ "successful``. If the output contains " +#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image " +#~ "is not trustworthy." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "``swupd`` validates all update content " +#~ "automatically before applying the update " +#~ "content. The process ``swupd`` follows " +#~ "internally is illustrated here with " +#~ "manual steps using the latest |CL| " +#~ "release. There is no need to " +#~ "perform these steps manually when " +#~ "performing a ``swupd update``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of " +#~ "the Swupd certificate matches following " +#~ "SHA256 sum to verify the integrity " +#~ "of the certificate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the signature of the MoM " +#~ "was created using the Swupd certificate." +#~ " This signature validates the update " +#~ "content is trustworthy and has not " +#~ "been modified." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " +#~ "successful``. If the output contains " +#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM " +#~ "cannot be trusted. Because the MoM " +#~ "contains a list of hashes for " +#~ "bundle manifests, if the MoM cannot " +#~ "be trusted, then the bundle content " +#~ "cannot be trusted." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po index 446b005f..9a7897f8 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,154 +24,193 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:6 msgid "" -"The official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub" -" and is updated on a regular basis. This guide contains the steps to " -"build a custom container image." +"This guide contains the steps to build a custom container image. The " +"official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub and" +" is updated on a regular basis." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:11 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:15 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:17 msgid "" "You must perform these steps on a |CL| system because the :abbr:`swupd " "(software updater)` is used to manage bundles in the container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:16 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:20 msgid "" "You must install the :file:`containers-basic` bundle on the |CL| system " "or Docker will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:22 msgid "You have a basic understanding of Docker." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:21 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:25 msgid "Build the base container image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:27 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:33 msgid "Verify Docker is installed and running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:39 msgid "If Docker is installed and running, the output is similar to this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:82 msgid "If Docker is not installed, enter the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:85 -msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:92 -msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:94 -msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:95 -msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:89 +msgid "Use :command:`os-install` to download and install the bundles." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:96 +msgid "The swupd example uses the following flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:98 +msgid ":command:`os-install` tells swupd to download and install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 +msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:100 msgid ":command:`--url` specifies the URL of the bundles repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:101 msgid "" ":command:`--statedir` specifies the state directory where downloaded " "bundles and any state information are stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:103 msgid "" -":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` to skip updating boot files " +":command:`--no-boot-update` tells swupd to skip updating boot files " "because boot files are not required for a container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:102 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:106 msgid "" -"For more information on `swupd` flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-" -"install -h` command." +"For more information on swupd flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-install" +" -h` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:104 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:167 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:194 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:228 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:172 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:199 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:233 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:295 msgid "Example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:141 -msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored." +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:146 +msgid "The WARNING message is expected and can be ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:148 msgid "Create a tarball and compress it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:155 msgid "Create the Dockerfile to build the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:161 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:166 msgid "Build the |CL| container image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:193 msgid "List the newly created |CL| container image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:201 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:206 msgid "Launch the built |CL| container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:208 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:213 msgid "Manage bundles in a container" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:210 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:215 msgid "" "You can add and remove bundles from a |CL| container using the " ":command:`RUN swupd` command in the Dockerfile." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:219 msgid "Add a bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:221 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile adds the :file:`pxe-server` bundle to an existing" " |CL| Docker image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:272 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:277 msgid "" -"The `WARNING` message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside " -"a container." +"The WARNING message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside a " +"container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:276 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:281 msgid "Remove a bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:278 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:283 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile removes the :file:`pxe-server` bundle from an " "existing |CL| Docker image:" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The official base |CL-ATTR| container" +#~ " image is published on Docker\\* Hub" +#~ " and is updated on a regular " +#~ "basis. This guide contains the steps " +#~ "to build a custom container image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` " +#~ "to skip updating boot files because " +#~ "boot files are not required for a" +#~ " container." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information on `swupd` flags," +#~ " enter the :command:`swupd os-install " +#~ "-h` command." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `WARNING` message can be ignored " +#~ "because systemd does not run inside " +#~ "a container." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po index 86dac763..a6d64105 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,354 +23,415 @@ msgid "Use DPDK to send packets between platforms" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This document describes how to send packets between two platforms in the " -"simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure 1 `. The example uses the " -":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, " -"drivers, sample applications, and tools for fast packet processing." +msgid "This guide describes how to send packets between two platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Figure 1 shows how to send packets between two platforms in a simple " +"configuration. The example uses the :abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit " +"(DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, drivers, sample applications, and " +"tools for fast packet processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:24 msgid "Figure 1: Environment for l3fwd DPDK application" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 msgid "This example uses the following DPDK components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:21 -msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:22 -msgid "" -"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd documentation`_" -" for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:28 -msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." +msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen`_ documentation for details." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:29 -msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`." +msgid "" +"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd`_ documentation" +" for details." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:30 -msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:33 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:35 +msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:36 +msgid "Both images must include the :command:`kernel-native` bundle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:37 +msgid "Install the :command:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:43 msgid "" "Each platform must have at least one :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface " "Card)`. Check the `DPDK project`_ for the list of supported `dpdk.org " "NICs`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:46 msgid "Two network cables." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:49 msgid "Install dpdk and build l3fwd example (Platform B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:51 msgid "Change to the :file:`l3fwd` example directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:57 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the makefiles path." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 msgid "" "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` variable to the location of the gcc\\* config" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:70 msgid "" "Build the `l3fwd` application and add the configuration header to the " ":makevar:`CFLAGS` variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:72 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:79 msgid "Build pktgen (Platform A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:81 msgid "Download the `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 or newer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:83 msgid "Decompress packages and move to uncompressed source directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:85 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the path where makefiles are located." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:91 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` to the location of the gcc config file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:97 msgid "" "Build the `pktgen` project and set the " ":makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` variable to \"n\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:105 msgid "Bind NICs to DPDK kernel drivers (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:100 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:107 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application uses two NICs. The DPDK includes tools for " "binding NICs to DPDK modules to run DPDK applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:110 msgid "Load the DPDK I/O kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:116 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to determine which network cards are not busy. When " -"another application is using them, the status shows `Active`, and those " -"NICs cannot be bound." +"another application is using them, the status shows \"Active\", and those" +" NICs cannot be bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:124 msgid "" "Bind two available NICs. The general syntax for binding is: :command" ":`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci `. A working example is " "shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:132 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to verify that the NICs are bound correctly. If " "successful, `drv` displays the value `igb_uio`, which confirms that the " "NICs are using the DPDK modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:138 msgid "Set hugepages (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:140 msgid "" "|CL| supports `hugepages` for the large memory pool allocation used for " "packet buffers." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:143 msgid "Set the number of hugepages." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:142 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 msgid "Allocate pages on NUMA machines." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:156 msgid "Make memory available for DPDK." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:155 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 msgid "" "For more information, refer to the `DPDK guide`_ System Requirements " "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:160 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:167 msgid "Set up the physical environment (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 msgid "" "Connect the NICs on Platform A to the NICs on Platform B using the " -"network cables as shown in :ref:`Figure 2`." +"network cables as shown in figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:174 msgid "Figure 2: Physical network environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:178 msgid "Run l3fwd application (Platform B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:175 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:180 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application is one of the DPDK examples available when you " "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. `l3fwd` forwards packets from one " -"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd documentation`_." +"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd`_ documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:184 msgid "Open the l3fwd example directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:185 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 msgid "**This step is very important.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:187 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:192 msgid "DPDK needs poll mode drivers to operate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 msgid "Poll mode drivers are shared objects in :file:`/usr/lib64`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:189 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:194 msgid "See the full list of supported NICs at `dpdk.org NICs`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:195 msgid "" "You must know which kernel module each NIC is using and choose a poll " "mode driver that corresponds to your NICs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:198 msgid "" "NIC binding and `pktgen` configuration depends upon network use cases and" " available system resources. Use the :command:`-d` flag to set the poll " "mode driver." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:197 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:202 msgid "" "The following example assumes that the NICs use the `e1000` network " "driver and the `e1000` poll mode driver. The :file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` " "is located in :file:`/usr/lib64` in |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:205 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:210 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application shows port initialization details at startup. " "After port 0 initialization completes, `l3fwd` shows a MAC address and " "information for port 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:209 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 msgid "Save the MAC address for configuring the `pktgen` project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:212 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:217 msgid "Run pktgen application (Platform A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:219 msgid "`pktgen` is a network traffic generator included in the DPDK." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:221 msgid "" "`pktgen` configuration depends upon the network setup and the available " "system resources. The following example shows a basic configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:229 msgid "Enable active colorful output (optional)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:230 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:235 msgid "" "Use the MAC addresses shown by the `l3fwd` application during " "initialization. The command to set the MAC addresses in `pktgen` has the " "format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:237 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:296 -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:314 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:242 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:301 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:319 msgid "Here is a working example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:249 msgid "Send packets." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:250 -msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 +msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen`_ documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:253 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 msgid "Appendix A: Use pass-through for virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 msgid "" "This section explains how to set up a virtual environment where virtual " "machines control the NICs on the host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:263 msgid "Create a new directory and move to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:265 msgid "" "Download or create a :file:`start_qemu.sh` script for running a kvm " "virtual machine:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:267 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:272 msgid "Download a bare-metal image of |CL| and rename it as :file:`clear.img`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:269 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:274 msgid "Look for an Ethernet\\* device entry that contains vendor and device ID:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:275 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:280 msgid "An example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:281 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 msgid "" "where `03:00.0` is the device entry and `8086:1521` is the `vendor:device" " ID`. Record this information, because you need it to unbind the NICs " "from a host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:291 msgid "" "Unbind the NICs from the host to do pass-through with virtual machines. " "|CL| supports this action. The commands take the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:310 msgid "" "Assign the unbound NICs to the KVM virtual machine (guest). Modify the " ":file:`start_qemu.sh` script in `qemu-system-x86_64` arguments, and add " "the lines with the host's NICs information in the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:321 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:326 msgid "" "Add more NUMA machines to the virtual machine by adding lines to the " "Makefile boot target in the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:328 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:333 msgid "" "Here is a working example for a virtual machine with 4096 memory and four" " CPUs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:336 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:341 msgid "Each NUMA machine must use the same quantity of memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:343 msgid "Run the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This document describes how to send " +#~ "packets between two platforms in the " +#~ "simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure " +#~ "1 `. The example uses the " +#~ ":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, " +#~ "which is a set of libraries, " +#~ "drivers, sample applications, and tools " +#~ "for fast packet processing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example " +#~ "application. See `l3fwd documentation`_ for" +#~ " details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check the NIC status to determine " +#~ "which network cards are not busy. " +#~ "When another application is using them," +#~ " the status shows `Active`, and those" +#~ " NICs cannot be bound." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the NICs on Platform A to" +#~ " the NICs on Platform B using " +#~ "the network cables as shown in " +#~ ":ref:`Figure 2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `l3fwd` application is one of " +#~ "the DPDK examples available when you " +#~ "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. " +#~ "`l3fwd` forwards packets from one NIC" +#~ " to another. For details, refer to" +#~ " the `l3fwd documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po index 36ed2863..29157ea6 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,23 +19,27 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" +msgid "Install over the network with iPXE" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to install |CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " -"Execution Environment)`." +"Execution Environment)` over the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:16 msgid "" "PXE is an industry standard that describes client-server interaction with" " network-boot software and uses the DHCP and TFTP protocols. This guide " "shows one method of using the PXE environment to install |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:20 msgid "" "The PXE extension called `iPXE`_ adds support for additional protocols " "such as HTTP, :abbr:`iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface)`, " @@ -44,117 +48,117 @@ msgid "" " PXE support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:25 msgid "" "To install |CL| through iPXE, you must create a PXE client. Figure 1 " "depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE client." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:31 msgid "Figure 1: PXE information flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 msgid "" "The |CL| image that boots through the PXE process automatically erases " "all data and partitions on the PXE client system and creates 3 new " "partitions to install onto." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:40 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:42 msgid "Before booting with iPXE, make the following preparations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:44 msgid "" "Connect the PXE server and PXE clients to a switch on a private network, " -"as shown in Figure 2." +"as shown in figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 msgid "Figure 2: Network topology." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 msgid "" "Your PXE client must have a boot order where the network boot option is " "prioritized before the disk boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:55 msgid "Your PXE server must have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 msgid "Ethernet/LAN boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:58 msgid "At least two network adapters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:59 msgid "Connection to a public network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:60 msgid "Secure boot option disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 msgid "" "You must disable the secure boot option in the BIOS because the UEFI " "binaries used to boot |CL| are not signed." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:69 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:71 msgid "" "To set up |CL| using iPXE automatically, use the :file:`configure-" "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)`. " "For additional instructions on the script, refer to the guide on the " -"`ICIS GitHub repository`_." +"`ister-cloud-init-svc`_ GitHub\\* repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:68 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:76 msgid "To set up |CL| manually, perform the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:78 msgid "Define the variables used for iPXE boot configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:94 msgid "Log in and get root privilege." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:100 msgid "" -"Add the `pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle contains all " -"files needed to run a PXE server." +"Add the :command:`pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle " +"contains all files needed to run a PXE server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:107 msgid "" "Download the latest network-bootable release of |CL| and extract the " "files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:121 msgid "" "Ensure that the initial ramdisk file is named :file:`initrd` and the " "kernel file is named :file:`linux`, which is a symbolic link to the " "actual kernel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:125 msgid "" "Create an iPXE boot script with the following contents. During an iPXE " "boot, the iPXE boot script directs the PXE client to download the files " @@ -162,38 +166,38 @@ msgid "" "ramdisk and kernel files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:141 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known as " -"`nginx`. Create a configuration file for `nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE " +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known " +"as nginx. Create a configuration file for nginx to serve |CL| to PXE " "clients with the following contents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:155 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:163 msgid "" -"Create a separate `nginx` configuration file to serve network-bootable " -"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing `nginx` " +"Create a separate nginx configuration file to serve network-bootable " +"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing nginx " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:159 -msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option." +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:167 +msgid "Start nginx and enable the startup on boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:174 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which conflicts" -" with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the " -"DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which " +"conflicts with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. " +"Disable the DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:180 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:188 msgid "" "Assign a static IP address to the network adapter for the private network" " and restart `systemd-networkd` with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:196 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:204 msgid "" "Configure :abbr:`NAT (Network Address Translation)` to route traffic from" " the private network to the public network. This action makes the PXE " @@ -201,93 +205,93 @@ msgid "" "save the changes to the firewall with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:212 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:220 msgid "" "The firewall masks packets to make them appear as coming from the PXE " "server and hides PXE clients from the public network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:215 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:223 msgid "" "Configure the kernel to forward network packets to different interfaces. " "Otherwise, NAT will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:232 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow " -"computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create " -"a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow" +" computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create" +" a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " "firmware images with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:234 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:242 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server" -" known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq` to listen " -"on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on the private" -" network will use this IP address." +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and " +"DHCP server known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq`" +" to listen on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on " +"the private network will use this IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:245 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:253 msgid "" "Add the options to serve iPXE firmware images to PXE clients over TFTP to" " the `dnsmasq` configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:263 msgid "" -"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the `dnsmasq` " -"configuration file." +"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the " +":file:`dnsmasq` configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:277 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 msgid "The configuration provides the following important functions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:279 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:287 msgid "" "Directs PXE clients without an iPXE implementation to the TFTP server to " "acquire architecture-specific iPXE firmware images that allow them to " "perform an iPXE boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:282 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 msgid "" "Activates only on the network adapter that has an IP address on the " "defined subnet." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:284 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:292 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the DNS server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:293 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the PXE server for routing via NAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:294 msgid "" "Divides the private network into two pools of IP addresses. One pool is " "for network boot and one pool is used after boot. Each pool has their own" " lease times." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 msgid "" "Create a file for `dnsmasq` to record the IP addresses it provides to PXE" " clients." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:306 msgid "Start `dnsmasq` and enable startup on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 msgid "Start `systemd-resolved`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:321 msgid "" "`systemd-resolved` dynamically updates the list of DNS servers for the " "private network if you use the `dnsmasq` DNS server. The setup creates a " @@ -295,20 +299,107 @@ msgid "" ":file:`/etc/resolv.conf`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:326 msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch the client boot and install |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:320 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:328 msgid "" "After booting, |CL| automatically partitions the hard drive, installs " "itself, updates to the latest version, and reboots." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:332 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully installed and configured a PXE" " server that enables PXE clients to boot and install |CL| over the " "network." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide describes how to install " +#~ "|CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " +#~ "Execution Environment)`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the PXE server and PXE " +#~ "clients to a switch on a private" +#~ " network, as shown in Figure 2." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To set up |CL| using iPXE " +#~ "automatically, use the :file:`configure-" +#~ "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS " +#~ "(Ister Cloud Init Service)`. For " +#~ "additional instructions on the script, " +#~ "refer to the guide on the `ICIS" +#~ " GitHub repository`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the `pxe-server` bundle to " +#~ "your |CL| system. The bundle contains" +#~ " all files needed to run a PXE" +#~ " server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight web-server known as `nginx`." +#~ " Create a configuration file for " +#~ "`nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE " +#~ "clients with the following contents:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a separate `nginx` configuration " +#~ "file to serve network-bootable images" +#~ " on a non-standard port number. " +#~ "This action saves existing `nginx` " +#~ "configurations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight DNS server which conflicts " +#~ "with the DNS stub listener provided " +#~ "in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the DNS" +#~ " stub listener and temporarily stop " +#~ "`systemd-resolved`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE" +#~ " firmware images that allow computers " +#~ "without an iPXE implementation to " +#~ "perform an iPXE boot. Create a " +#~ "TFTP hosting directory and populate the" +#~ " directory with the iPXE firmware " +#~ "images with the following commands:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server" +#~ " known as `dnsmasq`. Create a " +#~ "configuration file for `dnsmasq` to " +#~ "listen on a dedicated IP address " +#~ "for those functions. PXE clients on " +#~ "the private network will use this " +#~ "IP address." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the options to host a DHCP " +#~ "server for PXE clients to the " +#~ "`dnsmasq` configuration file." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po index df3f9cc1..ccad1e44 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,76 +24,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:6 msgid "" -"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " -"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." +"This guide describes how to configure systemd to use the " +":command:`bonding` driver." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:9 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and team_ drivers. This guide describes" -" how to configure systemd to use the `bonding` driver." +"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " +"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:12 -msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| includes the Linux `Bonding driver`_ and `Team driver`_ ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:14 -msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode." +msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:16 -msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." +msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in 802.3ad mode." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Your NICs and network switch must support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo " -"frames. The example explains how to configure your NICs for both " -"features. Your switch may require additional configuration. See your " -"switch documentation for details." +msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:24 -msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Your NICs and network switch must support 802.3ad mode and jumbo frames. " +"The example explains how to configure your NICs for both features. Your " +"switch may require additional configuration. See your switch " +"documentation for details." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:26 +msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:28 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:34 msgid "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:38 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:40 msgid "" "The :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory contains configuration files " "and network settings for the virtual device and its underlying physical " "interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:44 msgid "" "Configure systemd to create a virtual network device called `bond1`. Use " "a text editor to create a file named :file:`30-bond1.netdev`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:59 msgid "" -"Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " +"Refer to the `systemd.netdev`_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " "syntax. This example is based on Example 9 on the manpage. Modify the " "example for your configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:63 msgid "" "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a text file named " ":file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`. Assign the slave interfaces to the " -"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in systemd.network_." +"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in `systemd.network`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:78 msgid "" "The example bonds all four ports of a quad-port NIC as a slave of " "`bond1`. The example uses a wildcard match because the NIC names are in " @@ -101,53 +105,96 @@ msgid "" "compatible, create a separate :file:`.network` file for each NIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:83 msgid "" "For best results, do not assign addresses or DHCP support to the " "individual NICs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:86 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` setting enables jumbo frames of up to 9000 bytes. Your " "switch may require additional configuration to support this setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:89 msgid "Configure the bonded interface in a file named :file:`30-bond1.network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 msgid "`bond1` is a virtual interface with no physical link status." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:105 msgid "" "`BindCarrier` indicates that the `bond1` link status is determined by the" " status of the listed slave devices." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:108 msgid "" "`Address` contains an IP address that you assign to the logical " "interface. DHCP bonded interfaces are complex and outside the scope of " "this example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:111 msgid "" "`MTUBytes` must be set to 9000 on all slave interfaces and on the bonded " "interface for successful jumbo frames operation. If `MTUBytes` is not the" " same on all interfaces, then the lowest value is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:115 msgid "Apply the new network configuration with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:119 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:121 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take effect until you reboot or manually " -"apply the settings with a utility such as `ifconfig`." +"apply the settings with a utility such as ifconfig." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and" +#~ " team_ drivers. This guide describes " +#~ "how to configure systemd to use " +#~ "the `bonding` driver." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your NICs and network switch must " +#~ "support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo frames." +#~ " The example explains how to " +#~ "configure your NICs for both features." +#~ " Your switch may require additional " +#~ "configuration. See your switch documentation" +#~ " for details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for" +#~ " :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file syntax. This " +#~ "example is based on Example 9 on" +#~ " the manpage. Modify the example for" +#~ " your configuration." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a" +#~ " text file named :file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`." +#~ " Assign the slave interfaces to the" +#~ " virtual `bond1` device and use the" +#~ " syntax shown in systemd.network_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take " +#~ "effect until you reboot or manually " +#~ "apply the settings with a utility " +#~ "such as `ifconfig`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po index 0cf56ed8..40be3800 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,318 +19,290 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:4 -msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" +msgid "Remote-desktop to a host using VNC" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:6 msgid "" -":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is a client-server GUI-based tool" -" that allows you to connect via remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| host." +"This guide describes how to use :abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` " +"to connect to a remote |CL-ATTR| host." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:9 -msgid "This guide shows you how to:" +msgid "" +"VNC is a client-server GUI-based tool that allows you to connect via " +"remote-desktop to your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:11 -msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:12 -msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:13 -msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:14 -msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:15 -msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:16 -msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:17 msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 msgid "To configure VNC to work on your |CL| host, install these bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 msgid "" -"`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets " -"it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC Viewer." +":command:`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop " +"Manager)`, sets it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC " +"Viewer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 +msgid ":command:`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:25 -msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 msgid "Follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 msgid "Log into your |CL| host and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:33 msgid "Install the |CL| bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:39 msgid "Reboot your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:42 msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 msgid "" "There are three methods you can use to configure and start the VNC server" " on your |CL| host:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:49 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:47 msgid "Table 1: VNC-server-start Configuration Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:51 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:52 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:90 +msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:151 +msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" +msgstr "" + #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:54 -msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session" +msgid "Method 3: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:55 -msgid "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 -msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:57 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:58 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 msgid "" "This is the traditional method where you SSH into the |CL| host, manually" " start a VNC session to get a display ID, and connect to it by supplying " "the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:59 msgid "" "The system administrator sets up a systemd service script for you with a " "pre-assigned display ID. You make a VNC connection and supply your pre-" "assigned display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:62 msgid "" "The system adminstrator configures GDM to accept connection requests. " "When you make a VNC connection to the |CL| host, you see the GDM login " "screen and authenticate as if you are local." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:65 msgid "Who configures VNC settings?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:66 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 msgid "You" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 msgid "System adminstrator" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 msgid "Who starts VNC session?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 msgid "Set to start automatically on boot by system administrator" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 msgid "Who ends VNC sesssion?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 msgid "System administrator can disable VNC service altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 msgid "Requires VNC password to authenticate?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 msgid "No. Use |CL| account username and password through GDM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:83 msgid "" "Although all three methods can coexist on the same |CL| host, we " "recommend you pick a method that suits your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:86 msgid "" -"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as `Method" -" 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method 3`." +"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as Method " +"1, Method 2, and Method 3." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:92 -msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 msgid "" "You (and each user) must perform these steps to initialize your VNC " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 msgid "Log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:97 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:557 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:95 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:554 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 msgid "" "Start VNC with the :command:`vncserver` command. Since this is your " "first time starting VNC, it adds default configuration files and asks you" " to set a VNC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:106 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:431 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:104 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:429 msgid "Example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:122 msgid "" "Upon completion, you can find the default configuration files and the " -"password file hidden in the `.vnc` directory in your home directory." +"password file hidden in the :file:`.vnc` directory in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:129 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:125 msgid "" -"Also, a VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the " -"number following the hostname and the colon `:`. In the above example, " -"the display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to " -"your VNC viewer app for connection." +"A VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the number " +"following the hostname and the colon \":\". In the above example, the " +"display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to your" +" VNC viewer app for connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:130 msgid "" "Kill the active VNC session for the time being with the " ":command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` command. Substitute [display " "ID] with your active VNC session display ID. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:140 msgid "" "If you do not recall the active session display ID, use the " ":command:`vncserver -list` command to find it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 msgid "Optional configurations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:148 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:145 msgid "" "To customize settings such as screen size, security type, etc., modify " "the :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:147 msgid "" "To customize the applications to run at startup, modify the " ":file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:154 -msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:153 msgid "" "To configure VNC for this method, you must have root privileges. You " "will set up a systemd service file for all intended VNC users with their " "own preassigned unique display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:160 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:157 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:243 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:163 msgid "" "Make sure the user accounts already exist. Use the following command to " "list all users." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:174 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:250 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:171 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:249 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/systemd/system`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:180 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:177 msgid "" "Create a systemd service script file :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, " "where [X] is the display ID, for each user in :file:`/etc/systemd/system`" " Each user must be assigned a unique display ID. Be sure the correct " -"username is entered in the `User` field. The example below shows user " -"`vnc-user-b` who is assigned the display ID `5`." +"username is entered in the :guilabel:`User` field. The example below " +"shows user vnc-user-b who is assigned the display ID 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:205 msgid "" "Have each user log into their account and set a VNC password with the " ":command:`vncpasswd` command before proceeding to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:211 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 msgid "" "Start the VNC service script and set it to start automatically on boot " "for each user. Replace the [X] with the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:220 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:217 msgid "After starting the services, verify they are running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:226 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:223 msgid "" "The example below shows 2 VNC sessions that were successfully started for" -" users `vnc-user-b` with display ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display ID 6." +" users vnc-user-b with display ID 5 and vnc-user-c with display ID 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:238 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:235 msgid "Method 3: Multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:240 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:237 msgid "" "For this method, VNC is configured as a systemd service that listens on " "port 5900 and GDM is configured to accept access requests from VNC. When " @@ -339,104 +311,104 @@ msgid "" " root privileges to perform this configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:256 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:255 msgid "Create a systemd socket file :file:`xvnc.socket` and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:274 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:273 msgid "Create a systemd service file :file:`xvnc@.service` and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:291 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:290 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/gdm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:298 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:297 msgid "Create a GDM :file:`custom.conf` file and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:310 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:309 msgid "Start the VNC socket script and set it to start automatically on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:317 msgid "After starting the socket, verify it is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:323 msgid "The example below shows the xvnc.socket is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:333 -msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:332 +msgid "See the vncserver Man page for additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:336 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:335 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:337 msgid "" "You need a VNC viewer app on your client system to connect to your |CL| " -"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use `Method 1` or you " +"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use Method 1 or you " "plan to encrypt your VNC traffic, which is discussed later in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:342 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:341 msgid "Perform the steps below to add these apps to your client system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:345 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:344 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:347 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:346 msgid "On |CL|:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:353 -msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:352 +msgid "On Ubuntu\\*, Mint\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:359 -msgid "On Fedora:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:358 +msgid "On Fedora\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:365 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:407 -msgid "On Windows:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:364 +msgid "On Windows\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:366 msgid "Install `RealVNC for Windows`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:369 -msgid "On macOS:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:368 +msgid "On macOS\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:371 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:370 msgid "Install `RealVNC for macOS`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:374 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:373 msgid "Install an SSH client" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:376 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:375 msgid "" "On most Linux distros (|CL|, Ubuntu, Mint, Fedora, etc.) and macOS, SSH " "is built-in so you don't need to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:378 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:377 msgid "On Windows, you can install `Putty`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:381 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:380 msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:383 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:382 msgid "" "Depending on the VNC-server-configuration method chosen, use the " "appropriate VNC connection:" @@ -444,269 +416,271 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:385 msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 1`, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " +"If you chose Method 1, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " "connect to your |CL| host and then manually launching VNC." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:388 msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 2`, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " +"If you chose Method 2, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " "system administrator first and then proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" "session` section below." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:392 -msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 3`, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` " -"below." +msgid "If you chose Method 3, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:397 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:396 msgid "SSH into your host and launch VNC" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:399 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:398 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:401 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:400 msgid "On Linux distros and macOS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:724 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:406 +msgid "On Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:408 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 msgid "Launch Putty." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:410 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:727 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:728 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, select :guilabel:`Session`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:412 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:729 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:411 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:730 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of your |CL| host in the :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP" " address)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:731 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:413 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:732 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Connection type` option to :guilabel:`SSH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:415 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:753 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:421 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:420 msgid "Figure 1: Putty - configure SSH session settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:422 msgid "Log in with your |CL| username and password. Do not use your VNC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:425 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 msgid "Start a VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:442 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:438 msgid "" "Take note of the generated display ID because you will input it into the " "VNC viewer app to establish the connection. The above example shows the " "display ID is 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:448 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:444 msgid "" "VNC automatically picks a unique display ID unless you specify one. To " "specify a display ID, enter a unique number that is not already in use " "after the colon. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:456 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:452 msgid "" "You can now end the SSH connection by logging out. This does not " "terminate your active VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:462 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:458 msgid "Connect to your VNC session" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:464 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:460 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you must connect to a specific active " -"session or display ID using one of two options:" +"For Method 1 and Method 2, you must connect to a specific active session " +"or display ID using one of two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:463 msgid "" "Use a fully-qualified VNC port number, which consists of the default VNC " "server port (5900) plus the display ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:469 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:465 msgid "Use the display ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 msgid "" -"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as `5903` or " -"just as `3`. For `Method 3`, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use " -"`5900`. For simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified " -"VNC port number." +"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as 5903 or just " +"as 3. For Method 3, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use 5900. For " +"simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified VNC port " +"number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:475 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:762 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:763 msgid "**On Linux distros:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:477 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:473 msgid "Open a terminal emulator and enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:479 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 msgid "Enter your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:485 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:514 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:481 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, enter your VNC password. No username is " +"For Method 1 and Method 2, enter your VNC password. No username is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:487 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:516 -msgid "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 +msgid "For Method 3, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:492 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:488 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:517 msgid "" -"With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC " -"if you are logged in locally and vice versa." +"With Method 3, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC if" +" you are logged in locally and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:495 -msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:491 +msgid "**On Windows and macOS using RealVNC app:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:493 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:498 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:494 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of the |CL| host and the fully-qualified VNC port " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:501 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 msgid "" "The following screenshot shows connecting to |CL| host 192.168.25.54 with" " a fully-qualified VNC port number 5902." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:504 msgid "Figure 2: RealVNC Viewer" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:506 msgid "Press the :kbd:`Enter` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:525 -msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 +msgid "Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:527 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:523 msgid "" "To increase the RealVNC viewer image quality, manually change the " -"`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" +":guilabel:`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:529 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:526 msgid "" "Right-click a connection node and select :guilabel:`Properties...`. See " "Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:536 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:533 msgid "Figure 3: RealVNC Viewer - change connection node properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:538 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:535 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Expert` tab. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:540 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:537 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`ColorLevel` setting and change it to your preferred" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:544 msgid "Figure 4: RealVNC Viewer - change :guilabel:`ColorLevel`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:550 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:552 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:549 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, once started, a VNC session remains active" -" on your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " +"For Method 1 and Method 2, once started, a VNC session remains active on " +"your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " "truly terminate an active VNC session, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:556 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:553 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:558 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:555 msgid "" "Find the active VNC session display ID with the command " ":command:`vncserver -list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:565 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:562 msgid "" "Terminate it with the :command:`vncserver -kill` command followed by a " "colon and the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:572 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:569 msgid "" -"For `Method 3`, only the system administrator can stop and disable the " -"VNC service by using these commands:" +"For Method 3, only the system administrator can stop and disable the VNC " +"service by using these commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:582 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:579 msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:584 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:581 msgid "" "By default, VNC traffic is not encrypted. Figure 6 shows an example " "warning from RealVNC Viewer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:591 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:588 msgid "Figure 6: RealVNC Viewer - Connection not encrypted warning" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:590 msgid "" "To add security, VNC traffic can be routed through an SSH tunnel. This is" " accomplished by following these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 msgid "" "Configure the VNC server to only accept connection from localhost by " -"adding the `-localhost` option." +"adding the :command:`-localhost` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:597 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 msgid "" "Set up an SSH tunnel between your client system and your |CL| host. Your " "client system will forward traffic from the localhost (the client) " @@ -714,208 +688,461 @@ msgid "" "to your |CL| host with the same port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:601 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:599 msgid "" "The VNC viewer app on your client system will now connect to localhost, " "instead of the IP address of your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:603 msgid "Configure VNC to only accept connection from localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 -msgid "For `Method 1`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 +msgid "For Method 1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:609 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`config` file located in :file:`$HOME/.vnc` and uncomment " "the `# localhost` line. It should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:623 msgid "If an active session exists, kill it, and then restart it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 -msgid "For `Method 2`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 +msgid "For Method 2:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:629 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 msgid "" "Edit the systemd service script :file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in" -" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` to the `ExecStart` " -"line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" +" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add :command:`-localhost` to the " +"`ExecStart` line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:651 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:649 msgid "Restart the service script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 -msgid "For `Method 3`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:656 +msgid "For Method 3:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 msgid "No change is needed to the :file:`xvnc@service` script." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:662 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 msgid "" "After you have restarted your VNC session, you can verify that it only " "accepts connections from localhost by using the :command:`netstat` " "command like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:672 -msgid "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle to get the :command:`netstat` command." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Add the |CL| :command:`network-basic` bundle to get the " +":command:`netstat` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:675 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:673 msgid "" "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections " "from any host as specified by the `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " -"`-localhost` option was used." +":command:`-localhost` option was used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:682 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:681 msgid "Figure 7: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections from any host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:684 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:683 msgid "" "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting " "connections from localhost as specified by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after " -"the `-localhost` option was used." +"the :command:`-localhost` option was used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:690 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:691 msgid "" "Figure 8: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting connections from " "localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:693 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:694 msgid "Set up an SSH tunnel from your client system to your |CL| host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:695 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:696 msgid "**On Linux distros and macOS:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:697 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:764 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:698 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:765 msgid "Open terminal emulator and enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:704 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:705 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:755 msgid "Enter your |CL| account password (not your VNC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:708 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:709 msgid "" "`-L` specifies that [client port number] on the localhost (on the client " "side) is forwarded to [fully-qualified VNC port number] (on the server " "side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:711 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:712 msgid "" "Replace `[client port number]` with an available client port number (for " "example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `[client port number]` " "the same as the `[fully-qualified VNC port number]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:714 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:715 msgid "" "Replace `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` with 5900 (default VNC port) " "plus the display ID. For example, if the display ID is 2, the fully-" "qualified VNC port number is is 5902." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:717 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:718 msgid "`-N` tells SSH to only forward ports and not execute a remote command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:719 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 msgid "`-f` tells SSH to go into the background before command execution." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:721 msgid "`-l` specifies the username to log in as." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:722 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:723 msgid "**On Windows:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:726 msgid "Specify the |CL| VNC host to connect to." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:733 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:734 msgid "Configure the SSH tunnel. See Figure 9 for an example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:735 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:736 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, go to :guilabel:`Connection` > " ":guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:738 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:739 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source port` field, enter an available client port " "number (for example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `Source " "port` the same as the fully-qualified VNC port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:742 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:743 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination` field, enter `localhost:` plus the fully-" "qualified VNC port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:745 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:746 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:751 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:752 msgid "Figure 9: Putty - configure SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:757 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:758 msgid "Connect to a VNC session through an SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:759 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:760 msgid "" "After you have set up an SSH tunnel, follow these instructions to connect" " to your VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:770 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:771 msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC`:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:772 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:774 msgid "" "Enter `localhost` and the fully-qualified VNC port number. See Figure 10" " for an example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:780 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:781 msgid "Figure 10: RealVNC viewer app connecting to `localhost:1234`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:784 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:785 msgid "" "RealVNC will still warn that the connection is not encrypted even though " "its traffic is going through the SSH tunnel. You can ignore this " "warning." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is " +#~ "a client-server GUI-based tool " +#~ "that allows you to connect via " +#~ "remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| " +#~ "host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide shows you how to:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM " +#~ "(Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets it to " +#~ "start automatically on boot, and " +#~ "installs TigerVNC Viewer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC" +#~ " session via a systemd service script" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For simplicity, the rest of this " +#~ "guide refers to these methods as " +#~ "`Method 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method " +#~ "3`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Upon completion, you can find the " +#~ "default configuration files and the " +#~ "password file hidden in the `.vnc` " +#~ "directory in your home directory." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also, a VNC session starts and " +#~ "shows a unique display ID, which " +#~ "is the number following the hostname " +#~ "and the colon `:`. In the above" +#~ " example, the display ID is 2. " +#~ "In a later step, you will supply" +#~ " the display ID to your VNC " +#~ "viewer app for connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a systemd service script file " +#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, where [X] is " +#~ "the display ID, for each user in" +#~ " :file:`/etc/systemd/system` Each user must " +#~ "be assigned a unique display ID. " +#~ "Be sure the correct username is " +#~ "entered in the `User` field. The " +#~ "example below shows user `vnc-user-b`" +#~ " who is assigned the display ID " +#~ "`5`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The example below shows 2 VNC " +#~ "sessions that were successfully started " +#~ "for users `vnc-user-b` with display " +#~ "ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display" +#~ " ID 6." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You need a VNC viewer app on " +#~ "your client system to connect to " +#~ "your |CL| host. An SSH client is" +#~ " only needed if you chose to " +#~ "use `Method 1` or you plan to " +#~ "encrypt your VNC traffic, which is " +#~ "discussed later in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On Fedora:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On macOS:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 1`, you must" +#~ " take a few extra steps by " +#~ "using SSH to connect to your |CL|" +#~ " host and then manually launching " +#~ "VNC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 2`, get your" +#~ " preassigned VNC display ID from your" +#~ " system administrator first and then " +#~ "proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" +#~ "session` section below." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 3`, proceed " +#~ "to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` " +#~ "below." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you" +#~ " must connect to a specific active" +#~ " session or display ID using one " +#~ "of two options:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, if the display ID is" +#~ " 3, it can be specified as " +#~ "`5903` or just as `3`. For `Method" +#~ " 3`, VNC does not expect a " +#~ "display ID. Use `5900`. For simplicity," +#~ " the instructions below use the " +#~ "fully-qualified VNC port number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " +#~ "enter your VNC password. No username" +#~ " is required." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| " +#~ "account username and password through " +#~ "GDM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely " +#~ "log into your |CL| host through " +#~ "VNC if you are logged in locally" +#~ " and vice versa." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increase the RealVNC viewer image " +#~ "quality, manually change the `ColorLevel` " +#~ "value. Follow these steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " +#~ "once started, a VNC session remains " +#~ "active on your |CL| host even if" +#~ " you close your VNC viewer app. " +#~ "If you want to truly terminate an" +#~ " active VNC session, follow these " +#~ "steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 3`, only the system " +#~ "administrator can stop and disable the" +#~ " VNC service by using these commands:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure the VNC server to only " +#~ "accept connection from localhost by " +#~ "adding the `-localhost` option." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 1`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 2`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit the systemd service script " +#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in " +#~ ":file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` " +#~ "to the `ExecStart` line. The example " +#~ "below uses vncserver@:5.service:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 3`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle " +#~ "to get the :command:`netstat` command." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions " +#~ "(5901 and 5905) accepting connections " +#~ "from any host as specified by the" +#~ " `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " +#~ "`-localhost` option was used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions " +#~ "(5901 and 5905) only accepting " +#~ "connections from localhost as specified " +#~ "by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after the " +#~ "`-localhost` option was used." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5860287f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:4 +msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide explains how to use the :abbr:`DARS (Data Analytics Reference " +"Stack)`, and to optionally build your own DARS container image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Any system that supports Docker\\* containers can be used with DARS. This" +" steps in this guide use |CL-ATTR| as the host system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:17 +msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and " +"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " +"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " +"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " +"available on `Docker Hub`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:26 +msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:27 +msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with IntelĀ® MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:29 +msgid "" +"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the" +" :file:`README` found in the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* " +"repository. Because |CL| is a rolling distribution, the package version " +"numbers in the |CL|-based containers may not be the latest released by " +"|CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece " +"of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DARS " +"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data " +"Analytics Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:42 +msgid "Using the Docker images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull an image " +"directly from `Docker Hub`_. This example uses the `DARS with IntelĀ® " +"MKL`_ Docker image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:48 +msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " +"container. You will see output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " +"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" +" engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:80 +msgid "Building DARS images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " +"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To construct images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform " +"that has the :command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more" +" about bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:89 +msgid "Clone the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS and MKL " +"images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline CentOS image. " +"Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:108 +msgid "Once completed, check the resulting images with :command:`Docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " +"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " +"provided :file:`Dockerfile`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81db0f29 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po @@ -0,0 +1,616 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes how to run benchmarking workloads for TensorFlow\\*," +" PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep Learning Reference " +"Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 +msgid "" +"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " +"deliver the best experience on IntelĀ® Architecture. This stack reduces " +"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " +"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " +"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this guide to run " +"benchmarking workloads on your solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:23 +msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using IntelĀ® Math Kernel " +"Library for Deep Neural Networks (IntelĀ® MKL-DNN) primitives and " +"introduces support for IntelĀ® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " +"(VNNI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:28 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" +" IntelĀ® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (IntelĀ® MKL-DNN) " +"primitives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 +msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for IntelĀ® architecture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 +msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " +"IntelĀ® Math Kernel Library (IntelĀ® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To take advantage of the IntelĀ® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " +"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 +msgid "IntelĀ® AVX-512 images require an IntelĀ® XeonĀ® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:42 +msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation IntelĀ® XeonĀ® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:45 +msgid "Stack features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:48 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " +"benchmark`_ results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\* for the latest release of Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" +" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DLRS " +"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:62 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 +msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:66 +msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " +"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " +":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " +":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" +"basic` bundles, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" +"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " +"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:95 +msgid "Version compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:97 +msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 +msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 +msgid "Docker 18.06.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 +msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:102 +msgid "Go 1.11.12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " +"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" +" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " +"sections of this guide on other Linux* distributions, provided they " +"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " +"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" +" and manage Docker services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:112 +msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:114 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `TensorFlow Benchmarks`_ in single " +"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " +"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " +"invoke TensorFlow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " +"this guide were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " +"`Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:127 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:169 +msgid "Run the image with Docker:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:136 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " +"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " +"the running container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:140 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:146 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:187 +msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " +"TensorFlow benchmarks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " +"model using `IntelĀ® quantization tools`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 +msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " +"single node." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " +"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:181 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 +msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The guide uses " +"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you choose the IntelĀ® MKL-DNN or IntelĀ® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " +"platform must support the IntelĀ® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " +"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you wonā€™t be able to complete" +" this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:210 +msgid "Kubernetes setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " +"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has instructions for creating a " +"cluster, described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with " +"kubeadm`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:217 +msgid "Kubernetes networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:219 +msgid "" +"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" +" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes network documentation" +" described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ for" +" setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:224 +msgid "Kubectl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:226 +msgid "" +"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " +"Refer to the `Overview of kubectl`_ for details on syntax and operations." +" Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " +"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:231 +msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:248 +msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 +msgid "" +"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " +"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " +"container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:258 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " +"location. Note that this guide uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot guarantee" +" results if you use a different version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:264 +msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:273 +msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:275 +msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:278 +msgid "ksonnet\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " +"before setting up Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 +msgid "" +"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " +"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " +"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:287 +msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 +msgid "" +"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " +"accessible across the environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:302 +msgid "Kubeflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " +"following these instructions from the `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ " +"guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:322 +msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " +"TFJob." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 +msgid "Run a TFJob" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:337 +msgid "Get the ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs from `dlrs-tfjob`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:339 +msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:347 +msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:355 +msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " +"these commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:367 +msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:370 +msgid "Results of running this guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:372 +msgid "" +"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " +"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " +"ā€˜Completedā€™ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " +"the benchmark results. More information about Kubernetes logging is " +"available in the Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:379 +msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:381 +msgid "" +"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " +"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " +"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " +"8888." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:389 +msgid "" +"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " +"is executed inside the container image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:404 +msgid "" +"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " +"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " +"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " +"address of the host." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:412 +msgid "Your browser displays the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:418 +msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:421 +msgid "" +"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " +":guilabel:`Python 3`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:427 +msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:429 +msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:436 +msgid "" +"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " +"blank cell, and run the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:450 +msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:456 +msgid "" +"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " +"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " +"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 +msgid "Uninstallation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 +msgid "" +"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " +"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " +"the container and delete it to free storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:467 +msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 +msgid "Find the container's ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:475 +msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " +"example uses the name \"oss\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 +msgid "Verify that the container is not running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:497 +msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:503 +msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:511 +msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " +"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" +" system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:529 +msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:539 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:540 +msgid "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:541 +msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:542 +msgid "`Kubeflow`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:543 +msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:544 +msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfe33192 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:4 +msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINOā„¢ toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide explains how to enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINOā„¢ " +"toolkit. Specifically, the guide demonstrates how to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the IntelĀ® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Install the OpenVINOā„¢ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " +"Greengrass\\* software stacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " +"the cloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:20 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud " +"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on IntelĀ® IoT edge " +"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, IntelĀ® FPGA, and IntelĀ® " +"Movidiusā„¢ technology). These functions provide a great developer " +"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge " +"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-" +"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " +"optimized deep learning libraries on IntelĀ® IoT edge devices with " +"accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:32 +msgid "Supported platforms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:34 +msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:35 +msgid "Hardware: IntelĀ® core platforms (that support inference on CPU only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:38 +msgid "Sample description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " +"guide uses the 1.0 version of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:43 +msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:45 +msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" +" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " +"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:51 +msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:53 +msgid "" +"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and " +"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such" +" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " +"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" +" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:61 +msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" +":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:67 +msgid "Create user accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " +"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " +"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " +"commands as ``root``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new . Add " +" to the `wheel` group:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:88 +msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:96 +msgid "" +"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " +"create this file before the Greengrass service runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:100 +msgid "Add required bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" +" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:111 +msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINOā„¢ " +"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for IntelĀ® edge platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:117 +msgid "Convert deep learning models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:120 +msgid "Locate sample models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:122 +msgid "" +"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " +"with AWS Greengrass for this guide: classification or object detection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To complete this guide using an image classification model, download the " +"BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and " +"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " +":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" +" models can be used with the classification sample." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:131 +msgid "" +"For object detection, the sample models optimized for IntelĀ® edge " +"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation" +" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " +"example; you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass object " +"detection sample." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:137 +msgid "Run model optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the `Model Optimizer Developer Guide`_ for " +"converting deep learning models to Intermediate Representation using " +"Model Optimizer. To optimize either of the sample models described above," +" run one of the following commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:143 +msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:152 +msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:161 +msgid "In these examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:163 +msgid "`` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:165 +msgid "`` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:167 +msgid "" +"`` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation " +"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " +"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" +" be passed to :command:``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with " +"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the " +"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " +"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " +"`--input_shape [1,3,227,227]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:180 +msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For each IntelĀ® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" +" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " +"between cloud and edge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " +"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the" +" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " +"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " +"core software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:196 +msgid "" +"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" +" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass Developer Guide`_ because this is " +"enabled already in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " +"core software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:205 +msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:209 +msgid "Create and package Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass guide at `Create and Package a " +"Lambda Function`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:216 +msgid "" +"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " +"on the edge device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " +"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" +"Analytics-Faas`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:223 +msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:225 +msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " +"folders from the previous step into " +":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:230 +msgid "The zip should contain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:232 +msgid "greengrasssdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:234 +msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:236 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " +"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:248 +msgid "" +"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" +" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " +"Greengrass sample you are using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:252 +msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:253 +msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:257 +msgid "Configure Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:259 +msgid "" +"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " +"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " +"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:265 +msgid "" +"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " +"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " +"the Lambda configuration and click on update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:271 +msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:275 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:276 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:277 +msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:278 +msgid "" +"/, where is user specified and contains " +"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from IntelĀ® Model Optimizer." +" For this guide, should be set to " +"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:282 +msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:283 +msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:284 +msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ā€˜/dev/video0ā€™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:285 +msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:286 +msgid "\"CPU\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:287 +msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:288 +msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:289 +msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:290 +msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:292 +msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:293 +msgid "" +"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" +" top-5 results)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:296 +msgid "" +"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " +"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " +"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " +"function. In this guide, sample topics include the following: " +":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:305 +msgid "Add local resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Access Local Resources with Lambda " +"Functions and Connectors`_ for details about local resources and access " +"privileges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:310 +msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:312 +msgid "**Local resources**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:316 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:317 +msgid "Resource type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:318 +msgid "Local path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:319 +msgid "Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:321 +msgid "ModelDir" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:322 +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:332 +msgid "Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:323 +msgid " to be specified by user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:329 +msgid "Read-Only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:326 +msgid "Webcam" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:327 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:328 +msgid "/dev/video0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:331 +msgid "DataDir" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:333 +msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:335 +msgid "Read and Write" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:338 +msgid "Deploy Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Deploy Cloud Configurations to an AWS IoT" +" Greengrass Core Device`_ for instructions on how to deploy the lambda " +"function to AWS Greengrass core device. Select *Deployments* on the group" +" page and follow the instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:344 +msgid "Output consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:346 +msgid "" +"There are four options available for output consumption. These options " +"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " +"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" +" Greengrass samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:350 +msgid "IoT cloud output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:352 +msgid "" +"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the" +" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify " +"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to " +"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For " +"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for " +"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)" +" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " +"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " +"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Verify the Lambda Function Is Running on " +"the Device`_ for instructions on how to view the output on IoT cloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:366 +msgid "Kinesis streaming:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:368 +msgid "" +"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device " +"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` " +"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " +"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " +"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:375 +msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:377 +msgid "" +"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " +"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS" +" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " +"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " +"the timestamp and uploaded to S3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:383 +msgid "Local storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " +"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" +" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" +" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:391 +msgid "References" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:393 +msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:394 +msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:395 +msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po index 30f98a2e..d0bcc61b 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,11 +23,7 @@ msgid "Telemetrics" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a client and server solution used to collect " -"data from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in " -"the OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available" -" on the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." +msgid "This guide describes the |CL-ATTR| telemetry solution." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:10 @@ -36,138 +32,162 @@ msgid "" "and sends **no** data until you explicitly enable it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:14 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:15 msgid "" "The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies`_ " "regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable " -"Information)` and is open source. Specifically, no intentionally " -"identifiable information about the user or system owner is collected." +"Information)` and is open source." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:23 -msgid "Description" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:19 +msgid "" +"No intentionally identifiable information about the user or system owner " +"is collected." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Telemetrics in |CL| is a client and server solution used to collect data " +"from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in the " +"OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available on " +"the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 msgid "" "Telemetry, one of the key features of |CL|, enables developers to observe" " and proactively address issues in the OS before end users are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:37 msgid "Telemetrics is a combination word made from:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 msgid "Telemetry, which is sensing and reporting data." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:40 msgid "" "Analytics, which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " "make sense of the reported data." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " "specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as swupd, kernel" " oops, machine error checks, and the BIOS error report table for " "unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time issue reporting " -"to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue and monitor " +"to allow system developers to focus quickly on an issue and monitor " "corrective actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:49 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " -"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library" -" in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the " -"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light touch record creation " +"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library " +"in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the " +"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light-touch record creation " "where instrumenting code files doesn't make sense." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an **opt-in** choice on the client side." -" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable" -" it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." +" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable " +"it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:60 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure " +"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in Figure " "1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:64 msgid "" "Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " -"network" +"network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:66 msgid "" "Backend: receives records sent from the client and displays the " "cumulative content through a specialized web interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:72 msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 msgid "" "The telemetry client provides the front end of the telemetrics solution " "and includes the following components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:77 msgid "" -"telemprobd, a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry records from " -"probes and spools them to disk." +"telemprobd, which is a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry " +"records from probes and spools them to disk." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:79 msgid "" -"telempostd, a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and delivers " -"these records according to configurable settings." +"telempostd, which is a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and " +"delivers these records according to configurable settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:56 -msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 +msgid "probes, which collect specific types of data from the operating system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:57 -msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 +msgid "" +"libtelemetry, which is the API that telemetrics probes use to create " +"records." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 msgid "" "The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of the " "telemetrics solution and consists of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:87 msgid "Nginx web server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Two Flask apps: * Collector, an ingestion web app for records received " -"from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes different views" -" to visualize the telemetry data." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 +msgid "Two Flask apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Collector, which is an ingestion web app for records received from client" +" probes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 +msgid "" +"TelemetryUI, which is a web app that exposes different views to visualize" +" the telemetry data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:94 msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:98 msgid "" "The default telemetry backend server is hosted by the Intel |CL| " "development team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. To " @@ -175,116 +195,115 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 -msgid "How To Use" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:103 +msgid "How to use" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:105 msgid "" "From a workflow perspective, the |CL| telemetrics system is " -"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " -"installation and enabling telemetry concern what to do with the record " -"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a " +"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " +"installation and enabling telemetry involve what to do with the record " +"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a " "custom backend server, keep the data local to the system, or both. The " "backend server has a more complex setup, but once it's running, it is " "simple to use and configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 msgid "" -"This section walks through some of the possible scenarios for configuring" -" the |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which make sense according to " -"your needs." +"This section describes some of the possible scenarios for configuring the" +" |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which ones make sense according to" +" your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:117 msgid "Scenarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 -msgid "Enable telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:119 +msgid "Enable telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:121 msgid "" "Before probes can generate records, the telemetry client daemons must be " "enabled. You can configure the client before enabling by creating a " -"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the " +"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the " ":file:`/etc/telemetrics` directory. If you choose to use the default " "settings, records will be sent to the telemetrics backend server managed " "by the |CL| development team at Intel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:86 -msgid "Save record data locally" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:128 +msgid "Save record data locally:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:130 msgid "" -"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " +"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " "convenient when you want instant feedback during a development cycle, or " "to track system issues if you believe there is a machine specific " -"problem. The client can be set to not send records at all, or to both " +"problem. The client can be set not to send records at all, or to both " "keep the records locally and send to the backend server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 -msgid "Set up a server to collect data" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:136 +msgid "Set up a server to collect data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:138 msgid "" "Whether you are managing a network of |CL| systems or you don't want to " "send records to the default telemetry server, you can set up a backend " "server to collect your records. The backend server can be installed on " -"any Linux system and will give you the same dashboard as the default " -"server." +"any Linux system and provides the same dashboard as the default server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:95 -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 -msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 +msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 msgid "" -"The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, which " -"exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You can use" -" these in your applications as well. The API documentation is found in " -"the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ repository." +"The :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, " +"which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " +"can use these in your applications as well. The API documentation is " +"found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ " +"repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:153 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:108 -msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 +msgid "Enable or disable telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:110 -msgid "Enabling during installation" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 +msgid "Enabling during installation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:164 msgid "" "During the initial installation of |CL|, you are requested to join the " "stability enhancement program and allow |CL| to collect anonymous reports" " to improve system stability. If you choose not to join this program, " "then the telemetry software bundle is not added to your system. Choosing " "to join will automatically enable telemetry on your system after " -"installation is commplete." +"installation is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:114 -msgid "Enabling after install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:171 +msgid "Enabling after install:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:116 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:173 msgid "To start telemetry on your system, run the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 msgid "" "This enables and starts the :command:`telemprobd` and " ":command:`telempostd` daemons. Your system will begin to send telemetry " @@ -294,78 +313,78 @@ msgid "" "file :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:124 -msgid "Disabling after install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 +msgid "Disabling after install:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:187 msgid "To disable both of the telemetry daemons, run the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:132 -msgid "Opt in to telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:193 +msgid "Opt in to telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 msgid "" -"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command and " -"start the service:" +"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command, " +"which also starts the service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:202 msgid "" "This removes the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` file, if it exists, and" " starts the telemetry services." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:207 msgid "" -"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you will need to " -"run the command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in`" -" command is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the " -"command :command:`sudo telemctl start`." +"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you must run the " +"command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in` command" +" is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the command " +":command:`sudo telemctl start`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 -msgid "Opt out of telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:212 +msgid "Opt out of telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:148 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 msgid "" "To stop sending telemetrics data from your system, opt out of the " "telemetry service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:154 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 msgid "" "This creates the file :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` and stops the " "telemetry services." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:158 -msgid "Saving Data Locally" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:226 +msgid "Saving data locally" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:228 msgid "" -"This example requires |CL| to be installed, and telemetry to be enabled " -"on the system." +"This example requires |CL| to be installed and telemetry to be enabled on" +" the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:231 msgid "" -"To change how records are managed, we will be copying the default " +"To change how records are managed, copy the default " ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file to " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and editing it. The changes in" -" the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the " +":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and edit it. The changes in the" +" :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the " "defaults in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " -"file. You may need ``root`` permissions to create and edit files in " +"file. You may need root permissions to create and edit files in " ":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for any time you make changes to the " -"configuration file, you will need to restart the client daemons to pick " -"up the changes:" +"configuration file, you must restart the client daemons to pick up the " +"changes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 msgid "" "The :command:`telemctl journal` command gives you access to features and " "options of the telemetry journal to assist with system analytics and " @@ -373,11 +392,11 @@ msgid "" " records. Use :command:`-h` or :command:`--help` to view usage options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:172 -msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:251 +msgid "Keep a local copy and send records to backend server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:174 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:253 msgid "" "To keep a local copy of the telemetry record and also send it on to the " "backend server, we will need to change the " @@ -385,131 +404,131 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`true`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:177 -msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:258 +msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:260 msgid "" "To keep records on the system without sending them to a backend server, " "set the :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value to " -":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the " +":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the " ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value is set to " ":guilabel:`true` or the system will not keep local copies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:181 -msgid "Keep and send records to custom server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:266 +msgid "Keep and send records to custom server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:183 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 msgid "" "This assumes you have set up a custom server according to the next " "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:270 msgid "" "The server is identified by the :guilabel:`server` setting, and by " -"default records will be sent to the |CL| server " -":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " +"default records are sent to the |CL| server " +":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " "change this, you can use an IP address or fully qualified domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:190 -msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 +msgid "Set up a back-end server to collect telemetry records" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:192 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 msgid "" "For this example, start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system" " using the :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` getting started guide and:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:282 msgid "" "Join the :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program` to install and enable " "the telemetrics components." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:197 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:285 msgid "Select the manual installation method with the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:199 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:287 msgid "Set the hostname to :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`," msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:200 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:288 msgid "" "Create an administrative user named :guilabel:`clear` and add this user " "to sudoers" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:203 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:291 msgid "" "Log in with your administrative user, from your :file:`$HOME` directory, " "run :command:`git` to clone the :guilabel:`telemetrics-backend` " "repository into the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:211 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:301 msgid "" "You may need to set up the :envvar:`https_proxy` environment variable if " "you have issues reaching github.com." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:213 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:304 msgid "" "Change your current working directory to :file:`telemetrics-" "backend/scripts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 msgid "" -"We will install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` script" -" file. We will set the following options and leave the remainder as " -"default:" +"Before you install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` " +"script file in the next step, here is an explanation of the options to be" +" specified:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:216 -msgid "*-a install* to perform an install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:308 +msgid ":command:`-a install` to perform an install" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:217 -msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:309 +msgid ":command:`-d clr` to install to a |CL| distro" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:218 -msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:310 +msgid ":command:`-H localhost` to set the domain to localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:313 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has minimal error checking and makes " -"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " +"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " "the cmdline are correct before proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:317 msgid "" "Run the shell script from the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` " "directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:232 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:326 msgid "" -"The script will start and list all the defined options and prompt you for" -" the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password" +"The script starts and lists all the defined options and prompts you for " +"the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:340 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`DB password:`, press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept " "the default password `postgres`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:249 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:345 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` script uses :command:`sudo` to run commands and you" " may be prompted to enter your user password at any time while the script" @@ -517,291 +536,282 @@ msgid "" ":command:`sudo` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:252 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:351 msgid "" -"Once all the server components have been installed you are prompted to " +"After all the server components have been installed, you are prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password to change it as " "illustrated below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:261 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 msgid "" "Enter `postgres` for the current value of the password and then enter a " "new password, retype it to verify the new password and the " ":guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password will be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:366 msgid "" -"Once the installation is complete you can use your web browser to view " +"After the installation is complete, you can use your web browser to view " "the new server by opening the browser on the system and typing in " -"``localhost`` in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to " -"the one shown in figure 1:" +"localhost in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to the " +"one shown in Figure 2 below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 +msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:273 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:377 msgid "Create records with telem-record-gen" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:275 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:379 msgid "" -"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called ``telem-" -"record-gen``. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " +"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called `telem-" +"record-gen`. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " "or the command line when writing a probe in C is not desirable. Records " "are sent to the backend server, and can also be echoed to stdout." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:384 msgid "There are three ways to supply the payload to the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 msgid "On the command line, use the :command:`-p ` option:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:412 msgid "" "Specify a file that contains the payload with the option :command:`-P " "path/to/file`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:331 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:439 msgid "" "If the :command:`-p` or :command:`-P` options are absent, the tool reads " "from stdin so you can use it in a :file:`heredoc` in scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:360 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:469 msgid "Set a static machine id" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:471 msgid "" "The machine id reported by the telemetry client is rotated every three " "days for privacy reasons. If you wish to have a static machine id for " -"testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named \"opt-in-" -"static-machine-id\" in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." +"testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named `opt-in-static-" +"machine-id` in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:476 msgid "Create a directory `telemetrics`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:483 msgid "" "Create the file and replace the \"unique machine ID\" with your desired " "static machine ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:383 -msgid "The `machine id` is different than the system hostname." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:492 +msgid "The machine ID is different than the system hostname." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:389 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:495 +msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:498 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:390 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 msgid "" "Confirm that the telemetrics header file is located on the system at " ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest version`_ of the file can " -"also be found on github for reference, but installing the `telemetry` " -"bundle will install the header file that matches your |CL| version." +"also be found on github for reference, but installing the " +":command:`telemetry` bundle will install the header file that matches " +"your |CL| version." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:392 -msgid "Includes and variables" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:505 +msgid "Includes and variables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:394 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:507 +msgid "You must include the following headers in your code to use the API:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:518 msgid "" -"You will need to include the following headers in your code to use the " -"API:" +"Use the following code to create the variables needed to hold the data " +"for the record to be created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Use the following code to create the variables we need to hold the data " -"for the record we will be creating:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:420 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:537 msgid "Severity:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: uint32_t" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:533 msgid "" -"Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the range 1-4, with " -"1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest severity. Values " -"provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, high, " -"crit]" +"Type: uint32_t Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the " +"range 1-4, with 1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest " +"severity. Values provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. " +"[low, med, high, crit]" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:424 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:543 msgid "Payload_version:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:540 msgid "" -"Value: Payload format version. The only supported value right now is 1, " -"which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted (unstructured) " -"string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." +"Type: uint32_t Value: Payload format version. The only supported value " +"right now is 1, which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted " +"(unstructured) string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:428 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:552 msgid "Classification:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: char array" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:546 msgid "" -"Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the " -"reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux);" -" PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an arbitrary value that " -"the probe should use to classify the record. The maximum length for the " -"classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-category may be no longer " -"than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:432 -msgid "Tm_handle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "" -"Value: Struct pointer declared by the caller, The struct is initialized " -"if the function returns success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:438 -msgid "Payload:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: char pointer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Value: The payload to set" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:440 -msgid "For this example, we'll set the payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using ``asprintf()``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:450 -msgid "" -"The functions ``asprintf()`` and ``vasprintf()`` are analogs of " -"``sprintf(3)`` and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they allocate a string" -" large enough to hold the output including the terminating null byte " -"('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first argument. This pointer" -" should be passed to ``free(3)`` to release the allocated storage when it" -" is no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:452 -msgid "Create the new telemetry record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:454 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes a telemetry record and " -"sets the severity and classification of that record, as well as the " -"payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry record " -"is allocated and should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when no longer" -" needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:464 -msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:466 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the provided telemetry record " -"data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is 8192b." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:477 -msgid "" -"The ``free()`` function frees the memory space pointed to by ptr, which " -"must have been returned by a previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``," -" or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if ``free(ptr)`` has already been " -"called before, undefined behavior occurs. If ptr is NULL, no operation " -"is performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:479 -msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:481 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the record to the local " -"``telemprobd(1)`` service. Since the telemetry record was allocated by " -"the program it should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when it is no " -"longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 -msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:502 -msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code." +"Type: char array Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: " +"DOMAIN is the reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. " +"org.clearlinux); PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an " +"arbitrary value that the probe should use to classify the record. The " +"maximum length for the classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-" +"category may be no longer than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are " +"required." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:557 +msgid "Tm_handle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:555 +msgid "" +"Type: Telem_ref struct pointer Value: Struct pointer declared by the " +"caller, The struct is initialized if the function returns success." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:561 +msgid "Payload:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:560 +msgid "Type: char pointer Value: The payload to set" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:563 +msgid "" +"For this example, we'll set the payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using " +":command:`asprintf()`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The functions :command:`asprintf()` and :command:`vasprintf()` are " +"analogs of :command:`sprintf(3)` and :command:`vsprintf(3)`, except that " +"they allocate a string large enough to hold the output including the " +"terminating null byte ('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first " +"argument. This pointer should be passed to :command:`free(3)` to release " +"the allocated storage when it is no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:579 +msgid "Create the new telemetry record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:581 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_create_record()` initializes a telemetry " +"record and sets the severity and classification of that record, as well " +"as the payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry " +"record is allocated and should be freed with :command:`tm_free_record()` " +"when no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 +msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_set_payload()` attaches the provided telemetry " +"record data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is " +"8192b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 +msgid "" +"The :command:`free()` function frees the memory space pointed to by " +"`ptr`, which must have been returned by a previous call to " +":command:`malloc()`, :command:`calloc()`, or :command:`realloc()`. " +"Otherwise, or if :command:`free(ptr)` has already been called before, " +"undefined behavior occurs. If `ptr` is NULL, no operation is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:614 +msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:616 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_send_record()` delivers the record to the local" +" :command:`telemprobd(1)` service. Since the telemetry record was " +"allocated by the program it should be freed with " +":command:`tm_free_record()` when it is no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:638 +msgid "A full sample application with compiling flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:640 +msgid "Create a new file :file:`test.c` and add the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:695 msgid "Compile with the gcc compiler, using this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:564 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:702 msgid "Test to ensure the program is working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:573 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:711 msgid "" "A full example of the `heartbeat probe`_ in C is documented in the source" " code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:576 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:715 msgid "Reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:583 -msgid "The Telemetry API" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:722 +msgid "The telemetry API" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:585 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:724 msgid "" -"Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " +"Installing the :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " "library, which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd " "daemons. You can use these in your applications as well. The API " "documentation is found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " "client`_ repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:588 -msgid "Client Configuration" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:730 +msgid "Client configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:590 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:732 msgid "" "The telemetry client will look for the configuration file located at " ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and use it if it exists. If the" @@ -812,128 +822,178 @@ msgid "" "edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:593 -msgid "Configuration Options" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:740 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:742 msgid "The client uses the following configuration options from the config file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**server**: This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the " -"telemetry records." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:744 +msgid "server" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:597 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:745 msgid "" -"**socket_path**: This specifies the path of the unix domain socket that " -"the telemprobd listens on for connections from the probes." +"This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the telemetry " +"records." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**spool_dir**: This configuration option is related to spooling. If the " -"daemon is not able to send the telemetry records to the backend server " -"due to reasons such as the network availability, then it stores the " -"records in a spool directory. This option specifies that path of the " -"spool directory. This directory should be owned by the same user as the " -"daemon." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 +msgid "socket_path" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:599 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 msgid "" -"**record_expiry**: This is the time in minutes after which the records in" -" the spool directory are deleted by the daemon." +"This specifies the path of the unix domain socket on which the telemprobd" +" listens for connections from the probes." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:600 -msgid "" -"**spool_process_time**: This specifies the time interval in seconds that " -"the daemon waits for before checking the spool directory for records. The" -" daemon picks up the records in the order of modification date and tries " -"to send the record to the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a " -"time. If it was able to send a record successfully, it deletes the record" -" from the spool. If the daemon finds a record older than the " -"\"record_expiry\" time, then it deletes that record. The daemon looks at " -"a maximum of 20 records in a single spool run loop." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:753 +msgid "spool_dir" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:601 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:750 msgid "" -"**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled " -"or disabled. When enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent " -"within a window of time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." +"This configuration option is related to spooling. If the daemon is not " +"able to send the telemetry records to the backend server due to reasons " +"such as the network availability, then it stores the records in a spool " +"directory. This option specifies the path of the spool directory. This " +"directory should be owned by the same user as the daemon." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:602 -msgid "" -"**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of records allowed to " -"be passed by the daemon within the record_window_length of time. If set " -"to -1, the rate-limiting for record bursts is disabled." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 +msgid "record_expiry" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:603 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 msgid "" -"**record_window_length**: The time in minutes (0-59) that establishes the" -" window length for the record_burst_limit. EX: if " -"record_burst_window=1000 and record_window_length=15, then no more than " -"1000 records can be passed within any given fifteen minute window." +"This is the time, in minutes, after which the records in the spool " +"directory are deleted by the daemon." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:604 -msgid "" -"**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be " -"passed by the daemon within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1," -" the rate-limiting for byte bursts is disabled." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:764 +msgid "spool_process_time" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:606 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:759 msgid "" -"**byte_window_length**: This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that " -"establishes the window length for the byte_burst_limit." +"This specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the daemon waits for " +"before checking the spool directory for records. The daemon picks up the " +"records in the order of modification date and tries to send the record to" +" the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a time. If it was able " +"to send a record successfully, it deletes the record from the spool. If " +"the daemon finds a record older than the \"record_expiry\" time, then it " +"deletes that record. The daemon looks at a maximum of 20 records in a " +"single spool run loop." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:607 -msgid "" -"**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy chosen once the rate-" -"limiting threshold has been reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or " -"'spool', with spool being the default. If spool is chosen, records will " -"be spooled and sent at a later time." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:768 +msgid "rate_limit_enabled" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:767 msgid "" -"**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is enabled (true) the daemon " -"saves a copy of the payload on disk from all valid records. To avoid the " -"excessive use of disk space only the latest 100 records are kept. The " -"default value for this configuration key is false." +"This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled or disabled. When " +"enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent within a window of " +"time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:609 -msgid "" -"**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key controls the delivery of " -"records to server; when enabled (default value), the record will be " -"posted to the address in the configuration file. If this configuration " -"key is disabled (false), records will not be spooled or posted to " -"backend. This configuration key can be used in combination with " -"record_retention_enabled to keep copies of telemetry records locally " -"only." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:772 +msgid "record_burst_limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:613 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:771 +msgid "" +"This is the maximum amount of records allowed to be passed by the daemon " +"within the record_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " +"for record bursts is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:777 +msgid "record_window_length" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:775 +msgid "" +"The time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length for the " +"record_burst_limit. For example, if record_burst_window=1000 and " +"record_window_length=15, then no more than 1000 records can be passed " +"within any given fifteen-minute window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:781 +msgid "byte_burst_limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:780 +msgid "" +"This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be passed by the daemon " +"within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " +"for byte bursts is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +msgid "byte_window_length" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +msgid "" +"This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length " +"for the byte_burst_limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:788 +msgid "rate_limit_strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:787 +msgid "" +"This is the strategy chosen once the rate-limiting threshold has been " +"reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or 'spool', with spool being " +"the default. If spool is chosen, records will be spooled and sent at a " +"later time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:793 +msgid "record_retention_enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:791 +msgid "" +"When this key is enabled (true) the daemon saves a copy of the payload on" +" disk from all valid records. To avoid the excessive use of disk space " +"only the latest 100 records are kept. The default value for this " +"configuration key is false." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:807 +msgid "record_server_delivery_enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:796 +msgid "" +"This key controls the delivery of records to server; when enabled " +"(default value), the record will be posted to the address in the " +"configuration file. If this configuration key is disabled (false), " +"records will not be spooled or posted to backend. This configuration key " +"can be used in combination with record_retention_enabled to keep copies " +"of telemetry records locally only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:804 msgid "" "Configuration options may change as the telemetry client evolves. Please " "use the comments in the file itself as the most accurate reference for " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:619 -msgid "Client Run-time Options" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:810 +msgid "Client run-time options" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:620 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:812 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetry client provides an admin tool called " ":guilabel:`telemctl` for managing the telemetry services and probes. The " @@ -941,28 +1001,740 @@ msgid "" "in the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:639 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:833 msgid "start/stop/restart" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:641 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:835 msgid "" "The commands to start, stop and restart the telemetry services manage all" -" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " -"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons **telemprobd** and " -"**telempostd**. The **restart** command option will call **telemctl " -"stop** followed by **telemctl start** ." +" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " +"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons telemprobd and " +"telempostd. The :command:`restart` command option will call " +":command:`telemctl stop` followed by :command:`telemctl start` ." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:644 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:842 msgid "is-active" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:646 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:844 msgid "" -"The `is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons are active." -" This is useful to verify that the **opt-in** and **opt-out** options " -"have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry is functioning on the " -"system. Note that both daemons are verified." +"The :command:`is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons " +"are active. This is useful to verify that the :command:`opt-in` and " +":command:`opt-out` options have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry" +" is functioning on the system. Note that both daemons are verified." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a " +#~ "client and server solution used to " +#~ "collect data from running |CL| systems" +#~ " to help quickly identify and fix " +#~ "bugs in the OS. Both client and" +#~ " server are customizable, and an API" +#~ " is available on the client side " +#~ "for instrumenting your code for debug" +#~ " and analysis." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetry functionality adheres to " +#~ "`Intel privacy policies`_ regarding the " +#~ "collection and use of :abbr:`PII " +#~ "(Personally Identifiable Information)` and is" +#~ " open source. Specifically, no " +#~ "intentionally identifiable information about " +#~ "the user or system owner is " +#~ "collected." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry reports system-level " +#~ "debug/crash information using specialized " +#~ "probes. The probes monitor system tasks" +#~ " such as swupd, kernel oops, machine" +#~ " error checks, and the BIOS error " +#~ "report table for unhandled hardware " +#~ "failures. Telemetry enables real-time " +#~ "issue reporting to allow system " +#~ "developers to quickly focus on an " +#~ "issue and monitor corrective actions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and" +#~ " can be used during software " +#~ "development for debugging purposes. You " +#~ "can use the libtelemetry library in " +#~ "your code to create custom telemetry " +#~ "records. You can also use the " +#~ "telem-record-gen utility in script " +#~ "files for light touch record creation" +#~ " where instrumenting code files doesn't " +#~ "make sense." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an " +#~ "**opt-in** choice on the client " +#~ "side. By default, the telemetry client" +#~ " is disabled until you choose to " +#~ "enable it. Enabling the client is " +#~ "covered in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry has two fundamental " +#~ "components, which are shown in figure" +#~ " 1:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Client: generates and delivers records " +#~ "to the backend server via the " +#~ "network" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "telemprobd, a daemon that receives and" +#~ " prepares telemetry records from probes " +#~ "and spools them to disk." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "telempostd, a daemon that manages " +#~ "spooled telemetry records and delivers " +#~ "these records according to configurable " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Two Flask apps: * Collector, an " +#~ "ingestion web app for records received" +#~ " from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a" +#~ " web app that exposes different views" +#~ " to visualize the telemetry data." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To Use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From a workflow perspective, the |CL|" +#~ " telemetrics system is straightforward. On" +#~ " the client side, the main decisions" +#~ " after installation and enabling telemetry" +#~ " concern what to do with the " +#~ "record data generated by the probes." +#~ " You can send the data to the" +#~ " default or a custom backend server," +#~ " keep the data local to the " +#~ "system, or both. The backend server " +#~ "has a more complex setup, but once" +#~ " it's running, it is simple to " +#~ "use and configure." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This section walks through some of " +#~ "the possible scenarios for configuring " +#~ "the |CL| telemetrics system, and " +#~ "suggests which make sense according to" +#~ " your needs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enable telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before probes can generate records, the" +#~ " telemetry client daemons must be " +#~ "enabled. You can configure the client" +#~ " before enabling by creating a custom" +#~ " :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you " +#~ "place in the :file:`/etc/telemetrics` " +#~ "directory. If you choose to use " +#~ "the default settings, records will be" +#~ " sent to the telemetrics backend " +#~ "server managed by the |CL| development" +#~ " team at Intel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Save record data locally" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can configure the telemetry client" +#~ " to save records locally. This is" +#~ " convenient when you want instant " +#~ "feedback during a development cycle, or" +#~ " to track system issues if you " +#~ "believe there is a machine specific " +#~ "problem. The client can be set to" +#~ " not send records at all, or to" +#~ " both keep the records locally and" +#~ " send to the backend server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set up a server to collect data" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Whether you are managing a network " +#~ "of |CL| systems or you don't want" +#~ " to send records to the default " +#~ "telemetry server, you can set up a" +#~ " backend server to collect your " +#~ "records. The backend server can be " +#~ "installed on any Linux system and " +#~ "will give you the same dashboard " +#~ "as the default server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the " +#~ "libtelemetry C library, which exposes an" +#~ " API used by the telemprobd and " +#~ "telempostd daemons. You can use these" +#~ " in your applications as well. The" +#~ " API documentation is found in the" +#~ " :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " +#~ "client`_ repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enabling during installation" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the initial installation of |CL|," +#~ " you are requested to join the " +#~ "stability enhancement program and allow " +#~ "|CL| to collect anonymous reports to " +#~ "improve system stability. If you choose" +#~ " not to join this program, then " +#~ "the telemetry software bundle is not " +#~ "added to your system. Choosing to " +#~ "join will automatically enable telemetry " +#~ "on your system after installation is " +#~ "commplete." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enabling after install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Disabling after install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Opt in to telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To opt-in to the telemetry " +#~ "services, simply enter the opt-in " +#~ "command and start the service:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To opt-in but not immediately " +#~ "start telemetry services, you will need" +#~ " to run the command :command:`sudo " +#~ "telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-" +#~ "in` command is entered. Once you " +#~ "are ready to start the service, " +#~ "enter the command :command:`sudo telemctl " +#~ "start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Opt out of telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Saving Data Locally" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This example requires |CL| to be " +#~ "installed, and telemetry to be enabled" +#~ " on the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how records are managed, " +#~ "we will be copying the default " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file" +#~ " to :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and " +#~ "editing it. The changes in the " +#~ ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will " +#~ "override the defaults in the " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file." +#~ " You may need ``root`` permissions to" +#~ " create and edit files in " +#~ ":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for" +#~ " any time you make changes to " +#~ "the configuration file, you will need" +#~ " to restart the client daemons to " +#~ "pick up the changes:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To keep records on the system " +#~ "without sending them to a backend " +#~ "server, set the " +#~ ":guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value " +#~ "to :guilabel:`false`. Note that you " +#~ "will also need to ensure the " +#~ ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key " +#~ "value is set to :guilabel:`true` or " +#~ "the system will not keep local " +#~ "copies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep and send records to custom server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The server is identified by the " +#~ ":guilabel:`server` setting, and by default " +#~ "records will be sent to the |CL|" +#~ " server " +#~ ":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. " +#~ "To change this, you can use an " +#~ "IP address or fully qualified domain " +#~ "name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We will install the telemetrics backend" +#~ " with the :file:`deploy.sh` script file." +#~ " We will set the following options" +#~ " and leave the remainder as default:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-a install* to perform an install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has " +#~ "minimal error checking and makes several" +#~ " changes to your system. Be sure " +#~ "that the options you define on the" +#~ " cmdline are correct before proceeding." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The script will start and list all" +#~ " the defined options and prompt you" +#~ " for the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " +#~ "password" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once all the server components have " +#~ "been installed you are prompted to " +#~ "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " +#~ "password to change it as illustrated " +#~ "below:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the installation is complete you" +#~ " can use your web browser to " +#~ "view the new server by opening the" +#~ " browser on the system and typing " +#~ "in ``localhost`` in the address bar." +#~ " You should see a web page " +#~ "similar to the one shown in figure" +#~ " 1:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetrics bundle provides a record" +#~ " generator tool called ``telem-record-" +#~ "gen``. This tool can be used to" +#~ " create records from shell scripts or" +#~ " the command line when writing a " +#~ "probe in C is not desirable. " +#~ "Records are sent to the backend " +#~ "server, and can also be echoed to" +#~ " stdout." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The machine id reported by the " +#~ "telemetry client is rotated every three" +#~ " days for privacy reasons. If you " +#~ "wish to have a static machine id" +#~ " for testing purposes, you can opt" +#~ " in by creating a file named " +#~ "\"opt-in-static-machine-id\" in the" +#~ " directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `machine id` is different than the system hostname." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Confirm that the telemetrics header file" +#~ " is located on the system at " +#~ ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest " +#~ "version`_ of the file can also be" +#~ " found on github for reference, but" +#~ " installing the `telemetry` bundle will " +#~ "install the header file that matches " +#~ "your |CL| version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Includes and variables" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will need to include the " +#~ "following headers in your code to " +#~ "use the API:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the following code to create " +#~ "the variables we need to hold the" +#~ " data for the record we will be" +#~ " creating:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: uint32_t" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Severity field value. Accepted " +#~ "values are in the range 1-4, with" +#~ " 1 being the lowest severity, and " +#~ "4 being the highest severity. Values " +#~ "provided outside of this range are " +#~ "clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, " +#~ "high, crit]" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Payload format version. The only" +#~ " supported value right now is 1, " +#~ "which indicates that the payload is " +#~ "a freely-formatted (unstructured) string. " +#~ "Values greater than 1 are reserved " +#~ "for future use." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: char array" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: It should have the form, " +#~ "DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the reverse" +#~ " domain to use as a namespace " +#~ "for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux); " +#~ "PROBENAME is the name of the " +#~ "probe; and REST is an arbitrary " +#~ "value that the probe should use to" +#~ " classify the record. The maximum " +#~ "length for the classification string is" +#~ " 122 bytes. Each sub-category may " +#~ "be no longer than 40 bytes long." +#~ " Two / delimiters are required." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Struct pointer declared by the" +#~ " caller, The struct is initialized if" +#~ " the function returns success." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: char pointer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Value: The payload to set" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For this example, we'll set the " +#~ "payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using " +#~ "``asprintf()``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The functions ``asprintf()`` and " +#~ "``vasprintf()`` are analogs of ``sprintf(3)``" +#~ " and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they" +#~ " allocate a string large enough to" +#~ " hold the output including the " +#~ "terminating null byte ('\\0'), and " +#~ "return a pointer to it via the " +#~ "first argument. This pointer should be" +#~ " passed to ``free(3)`` to release the" +#~ " allocated storage when it is no " +#~ "longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Create the new telemetry record" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes" +#~ " a telemetry record and sets the " +#~ "severity and classification of that " +#~ "record, as well as the payload " +#~ "version number. The memory needed to " +#~ "store the telemetry record is allocated" +#~ " and should be freed with " +#~ "``tm_free_record()`` when no longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the" +#~ " provided telemetry record data to " +#~ "the telemetry record. The current " +#~ "maximum payload size is 8192b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The ``free()`` function frees the memory" +#~ " space pointed to by ptr, which " +#~ "must have been returned by a " +#~ "previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``," +#~ " or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if " +#~ "``free(ptr)`` has already been called " +#~ "before, undefined behavior occurs. If " +#~ "ptr is NULL, no operation is " +#~ "performed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the" +#~ " record to the local ``telemprobd(1)`` " +#~ "service. Since the telemetry record was" +#~ " allocated by the program it should" +#~ " be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when" +#~ " it is no longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The Telemetry API" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes" +#~ " the libtelemetry C library, which " +#~ "exposes an API used by the " +#~ "telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " +#~ "can use these in your applications " +#~ "as well. The API documentation is " +#~ "found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in" +#~ " `Telemetrics client`_ repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Options" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**server**: This specifies the web " +#~ "server to which telempostd sends the " +#~ "telemetry records." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**socket_path**: This specifies the path " +#~ "of the unix domain socket that the" +#~ " telemprobd listens on for connections " +#~ "from the probes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**spool_dir**: This configuration option is" +#~ " related to spooling. If the daemon" +#~ " is not able to send the " +#~ "telemetry records to the backend server" +#~ " due to reasons such as the " +#~ "network availability, then it stores the" +#~ " records in a spool directory. This" +#~ " option specifies that path of the" +#~ " spool directory. This directory should " +#~ "be owned by the same user as " +#~ "the daemon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_expiry**: This is the time in" +#~ " minutes after which the records in" +#~ " the spool directory are deleted by" +#~ " the daemon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**spool_process_time**: This specifies the " +#~ "time interval in seconds that the " +#~ "daemon waits for before checking the " +#~ "spool directory for records. The daemon" +#~ " picks up the records in the " +#~ "order of modification date and tries " +#~ "to send the record to the server." +#~ " It sends a maximum of 10 " +#~ "records at a time. If it was " +#~ "able to send a record successfully, " +#~ "it deletes the record from the " +#~ "spool. If the daemon finds a " +#~ "record older than the \"record_expiry\" " +#~ "time, then it deletes that record. " +#~ "The daemon looks at a maximum of" +#~ " 20 records in a single spool " +#~ "run loop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether " +#~ "rate-limiting is enabled or disabled." +#~ " When enabled, there is a threshold" +#~ " on both records sent within a " +#~ "window of time, and record bytes " +#~ "sent within a window a time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum" +#~ " amount of records allowed to be " +#~ "passed by the daemon within the " +#~ "record_window_length of time. If set to" +#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for record " +#~ "bursts is disabled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_window_length**: The time in minutes" +#~ " (0-59) that establishes the window " +#~ "length for the record_burst_limit. EX: " +#~ "if record_burst_window=1000 and " +#~ "record_window_length=15, then no more than " +#~ "1000 records can be passed within " +#~ "any given fifteen minute window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum " +#~ "amount of bytes that can be passed" +#~ " by the daemon within the " +#~ "byte_window_length of time. If set to" +#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for byte " +#~ "bursts is disabled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**byte_window_length**: This is the time, " +#~ "in minutes (0-59), that establishes the" +#~ " window length for the byte_burst_limit." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy" +#~ " chosen once the rate-limiting " +#~ "threshold has been reached. Currently " +#~ "the options are 'drop' or 'spool', " +#~ "with spool being the default. If " +#~ "spool is chosen, records will be " +#~ "spooled and sent at a later time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is" +#~ " enabled (true) the daemon saves a" +#~ " copy of the payload on disk " +#~ "from all valid records. To avoid " +#~ "the excessive use of disk space " +#~ "only the latest 100 records are " +#~ "kept. The default value for this " +#~ "configuration key is false." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key " +#~ "controls the delivery of records to " +#~ "server; when enabled (default value), " +#~ "the record will be posted to the" +#~ " address in the configuration file. " +#~ "If this configuration key is disabled" +#~ " (false), records will not be spooled" +#~ " or posted to backend. This " +#~ "configuration key can be used in " +#~ "combination with record_retention_enabled to " +#~ "keep copies of telemetry records locally" +#~ " only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Client Run-time Options" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The commands to start, stop and " +#~ "restart the telemetry services manage " +#~ "all required services and probes on " +#~ "the system. There is no need to" +#~ " separately start/stop/restart the two " +#~ "client daemons **telemprobd** and " +#~ "**telempostd**. The **restart** command option" +#~ " will call **telemctl stop** followed " +#~ "by **telemctl start** ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `is-active` option reports whether" +#~ " the two client daemons are active." +#~ " This is useful to verify that " +#~ "the **opt-in** and **opt-out** " +#~ "options have taken effect, or to " +#~ "ensure that telemetry is functioning on" +#~ " the system. Note that both daemons" +#~ " are verified." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po index 5fc6f59b..2efca8ed 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -45,28 +45,15 @@ msgid "" " optimization patches are found in our `Linux`_ GitHub\\* repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:24 -msgid "Kernel Container" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-container* bundle contains the kernel used by the IntelĀ® " -"Clear Containers project. This kernel is optimized for fast booting and " -"performs best on |CC| running on the IntelĀ® architectures described on " -"the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The optimization" -" patches are found in our `Linux-Container`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:29 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:22 msgid "Also compatible with VMs" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:39 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 msgid "Kernel LTS" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:25 msgid "" "The *kernel-lts* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms but uses the " "latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel. It is optimized for " @@ -78,15 +65,15 @@ msgid "" "GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:42 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:35 msgid "VM only" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:54 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:47 msgid "Kernel KVM" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:45 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:38 msgid "" "The *kernel-kvm* bundle focuses on the Linux :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based " "Virtual Machine)`. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on " @@ -99,11 +86,11 @@ msgid "" "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:65 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:58 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:57 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:50 msgid "" "The *kernel-hyperv* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft\\* " "Hyper-V. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual " @@ -116,11 +103,11 @@ msgid "" "GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:78 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:71 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V LTS" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:68 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:61 msgid "" "The *kernel-hyperv-lts* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft " "Hyper-V but uses the latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel." @@ -133,3 +120,19 @@ msgid "" "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub repo." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Kernel Container" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-container* bundle contains " +#~ "the kernel used by the IntelĀ® " +#~ "Clear Containers project. This kernel is" +#~ " optimized for fast booting and " +#~ "performs best on |CC| running on " +#~ "the IntelĀ® architectures described on " +#~ "the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The optimization patches are" +#~ " found in our `Linux-Container`_ " +#~ "GitHub repo." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po index b1200801..fd506e00 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" "update content, known as a **mix**." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:29 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:27 msgid "" "The update content that mixer generates consists of various pieces of OS " "content, update metadata, as well as a complete image. The OS content " @@ -71,33 +71,33 @@ msgid "" "information regarding updates and update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:39 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:32 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:34 msgid "Learn the mixer tool set up and workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:43 msgid ":command:`mixer` bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:52 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:45 msgid "" "Add the mixer tool with the :command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to :ref" ":`swupd-guide` for more information on installing bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:55 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 msgid "Docker\\* container" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:57 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 msgid "" "mixer by default runs all build commands in a Docker container to ensure " "the correct tool versions are used. This also allows custom mixes to " @@ -106,63 +106,63 @@ msgid "" " format bumps." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:56 msgid "Refer to `Configure and enable Docker`_ for instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:65 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:58 msgid "Docker proxy (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:67 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:60 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " "and create a proxy configuration file for the Docker daemon and " "container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 msgid "" "Consult your IT department for the correct values if you are behind a " "corporate proxy." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:73 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:66 msgid "Refer to `Configure Docker proxy info`_ for instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:75 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:68 msgid "Location to host the update content and images" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:77 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 msgid "" "In order for swupd to make use of your mix, the update content for your " "mix must be hosted on a web server. Your mix will be configured with an " "update location URL, which swupd will use to pull down updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:81 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:74 msgid "" "Refer to `Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_ for an simple example of " "setting up an update location." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:78 msgid "Mix setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:87 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:80 msgid "" "Follow these steps to create and initialize the mixer workspace. Complete" " the setup before you create a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:83 msgid "Create workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 msgid "" "The mixer tool uses a simple workspace to contain all input and output in" " a basic directory structure. The workspace is simply an empty folder " @@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ msgid "" " workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:97 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 msgid "Initialize the workspace and mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 msgid "" "Before you create a mix, you must explicitly initialize the mixer " "workspace. During initialization, the mixer workspace is configured and " @@ -184,63 +184,63 @@ msgid "" "select other versions or bundle sets from which to start." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:106 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 msgid "" "Initialization creates the directory structure within the workspace and " "adds the :file:`builder.conf` file, which is used to configure the mixer " "tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:102 msgid "" "View the `mixer.init man page`_ for more information on mixer " "initialization." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:112 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:105 msgid "View the list of suitable `releases`_ from which to mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:114 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:107 msgid "Edit builder.conf." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 msgid "" ":file:`builder.conf` tells the mixer tool how to configure the mix. For " "example, it allows you to configure where mixer output is located and " "where swupd update content will be located." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:120 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:113 msgid "" "At minimum, set the URL of your update server so your custom OS knows " "where to get update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 msgid "Refer to the `builder.conf`_ section for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:126 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:119 msgid "Create a mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:121 msgid "A mix is created with the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:130 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 msgid "Add custom RPMs and set up local repo (optional)." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:132 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:125 msgid "" "If you are adding custom RPMs to your mix, you must add the RPMs to your " "mix workspace and set up a corresponding local repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:135 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 msgid "" "Go to the :ref:`autospec` guide to learn to build RPMs from " "scratch. If the RPMs are not built on |CL|, make sure your configuration " @@ -248,71 +248,71 @@ msgid "" "guarantee they will be compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:140 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:133 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`autospec` guide for more information on using autospec" " to build RPMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:143 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:136 msgid "Update and build bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:138 msgid "" "Add, edit, or remove bundles that will be part of your content and build " "them. mixer automatically updates the :file:`mixbundles` file when you " "update the bundles in your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:149 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:142 msgid "" "View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for more information on configuring " "bundles in a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 msgid "View the `mixer.build man page`_ for more information on building bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:154 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:147 msgid "" "View the `Bundles`_ section for more information on how mixer manages " "bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:157 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:150 msgid "Create the update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 msgid "" "mixer creates update content with this step. Zero-packs are created " "automatically, and delta-packs can be optionally created at the same time" " (for all builds after version 0)." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:163 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:156 msgid "" "A zero-pack is the full set of content needed to go from mix version 0 " "(nothing) to the mix version for which you just built content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 msgid "" "A delta-pack provides the content *delta* between a `PAST_VERSION` to a " "`MIX_VERSION` that allows the transition from one mix version to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:169 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:162 msgid "View :ref:`swupd-guide` for more information on update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:164 msgid "Create image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 msgid "" "mixer creates a bootable image from your updated content using the " ":ref:`ister` tool. In this step you can specify which bundles you want " @@ -320,73 +320,73 @@ msgid "" "available in your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:178 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 msgid "Make update available." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:180 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 msgid "Deploy update content and images to your update server." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:182 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:175 msgid "" "View the `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_ for a simple deployment " "scenario." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:186 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:179 msgid "Maintain or modify mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:188 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:181 msgid "" "Update or modify your content to a new version by following the steps to " "create a mix. Increment the mix version number for the next mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:185 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:194 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:187 msgid "" "The following examples are designed to work together and in order. The " "examples use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:197 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:190 msgid "A stock installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:191 msgid "A web server that comes with |CL| to host the content updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:199 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 msgid "" "A simple VM that updates against the locally produced content created in " "Example 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:202 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:195 msgid "Complete all `Prerequisites`_ before using these examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:205 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 msgid "Example 1: Mix set up" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:207 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:200 msgid "" "This example shows the basic steps for the first-time setup of mixer for " "a new mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:210 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:203 msgid "Create an empty directory to use as a workspace for mixer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:216 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:209 msgid "" "In your mixer workspace, generate an initial mix based on the latest " "upstream |CL| version, with minimum bundles. In the initialization " @@ -394,25 +394,25 @@ msgid "" "minimum bundles have been added." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:226 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:219 msgid "" "Edit :file:`builder.conf` to set the value of CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL " "to the IP address of the nginx\\* server you set up in the prerequisite " "`Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:238 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:229 msgid "Example 2: Create a simple mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:231 msgid "" "This example shows how to create a simple custom mix using upstream " "content. We'll create an image for a QEMU virtual machine that we can use" " later to test our mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:244 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:235 msgid "" "We can use the default bundles that were added during initialization, but" " these include the :command:`native-kernel` bundle that is intended to be" @@ -421,40 +421,54 @@ msgid "" "faster to load." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:249 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 msgid "Update bundles in mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:256 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:247 +msgid "" +"In this case, we will add the `editors` bundle from upstream, but we will" +" remove the `joe` editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:255 +msgid "Use an editor and manually remove `joe` from the bundle definition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:261 +msgid "List the bundles in the mix again to confirm removal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:268 msgid "Build bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:262 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:274 msgid "" "Look in ~/mixer/update/image//full for the full chroot after" " the :command:`build` command completes." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:265 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:277 msgid "" "Build update content. Browse to your \\http://localhost site and you'll " "see the web page is now up, but with no update content. Build the update " "content:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:272 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:284 msgid "" "Refresh your \\http://localhost site and now you can see the update " "content for mix version 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:275 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:339 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 msgid "" "Look in ~/mixer/update/www/ to see the update content in " "your workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:278 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:290 msgid "" "Configure image. Edit the ister configuration file for your image to " "include all of the bundles you want preinstalled in the image. If this is" @@ -462,48 +476,48 @@ msgid "" ":`release-image-config.json` template file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:299 msgid "" "For this example, edit :file:`release-image-config.json` so that the root" " partition size is \"5G\" and replace the \"kernel-native\" bundle with " "\"kernel-kvm\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:307 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:319 msgid "Build the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:313 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:325 msgid "" "The output from this step will be :file:`release.img`, which is a live " "image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:315 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:327 msgid "" "Make the next mix. Create a new version of your mix, for the live image " "to update to. Increment your mix version by 10:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:322 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:334 msgid "Repeat steps 1-3 to add the upstream :command:`curl` bundle to the mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:330 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:342 msgid "Build optional delta-packs, which helps reduce client update time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:336 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:348 msgid "" "Refresh your \\http://localhost site to see the update content for mix " "version 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:343 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:355 msgid "Example 3: Deploy updates to target" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:345 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 msgid "" "The image created in Example 2 is directly bootable in QEMU. In this " "example, we'll boot the image from Example 2 to verify it, and update the" @@ -511,79 +525,83 @@ msgid "" "version 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:349 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:361 msgid "Set up the QEMU environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:363 msgid "Install the :command:`kvm-host` bundle to your |CL|:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:369 msgid "" "Get the virtual EFI firmware, download the image launch script, and make " "it executable:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:366 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:378 msgid "Start your VM image (created in Example 2):" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:372 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:384 msgid "Log in as root and set a password" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:374 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 msgid "Try out your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:376 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:388 msgid "Take a look at the default bundles installed in your mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 -msgid "" -"You cannot see the curl bundle that you added in Example 2 because your " -"mix is still on version 10." +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:396 +msgid "Now we will add the `editors` bundle that we modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:389 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:402 msgid "" -"Check for updates. You should see that version 20 is available. Use swupd" -" to update your mix:" +"Try to start the `joe` editor. It should not appear because we removed " +"it from the original `editors` bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:398 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Next we will update from version 10 to 20 to capture the newly available " +"bundles. Use :command:`swupd` to update your mix:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:414 msgid "" "Now your mix should be at version 20 and curl is now available. Try using" " curl. This will fail because curl is not yet installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:406 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:422 msgid "" "Add the new bundle from your update server to your VM. Retry curl. It " "works!" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:413 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:429 msgid "Shutdown your VM:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:424 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:441 msgid "References" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:426 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:443 msgid "" "Reference the `mixer man page`_ for details regarding mixer commands and " "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:435 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:452 msgid "builder.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:437 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:454 msgid "" "mixer initialization creates a :file:`builder.conf` that stores the basic" " configuration for the mixer tool. The items of primary interest are " @@ -591,25 +609,25 @@ msgid "" " your custom content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:470 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 msgid "" "Additional explanation of variables in :file:`builder.conf` is provided " "in Table 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:474 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 msgid "**Variable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:474 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 msgid "**Explanation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:476 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 msgid "`CERT`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:476 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer stores the certificate file used to sign " "content for verification. mixer automatically generates the certificate " @@ -618,123 +636,123 @@ msgid "" " create." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:483 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:500 msgid "" "chroot-builder uses the certificate file to sign the root " ":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for content verification." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 msgid "" "swupd uses this certificate to verify the :file:`Manifest.MoM` file's " "signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:490 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:507 msgid "" "For now, we strongly recommend that you do not modify this variable, as " "swupd expects a certificate with a very specific configuration to sign " "and verify properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:495 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 msgid "`CONTENTURL` and `VERSIONURL`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:495 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 msgid "" "Set these variables to the IP address of the web server hosting the " "update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:498 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:515 msgid "" "VERSIONURL is the IP address where the swupd client looks to determine if" " a new version is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:501 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:518 msgid "CONTENTURL is the location from which swupd pulls content updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:521 msgid "" "If the web server is on the same machine as the SERVER_STATE_DIR " "directory, you can create a symlink to the directory in your web server's" " document root to easily host the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:509 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:526 msgid "These URLs are embedded in the images created by mixer." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:511 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 msgid "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:511 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 msgid "" "Sets the base name of the docker image that mixer pulls down to run " "builds in the proper container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:514 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 msgid "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:514 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer stores the local bundle definition files. The " "bundle definition files include any new, original bundles you create, " "along with any edited versions of upstream bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:519 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 msgid "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:519 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 msgid "" "Sets the path to which mixer outputs content. By default, mixer " "automatically sets the path." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:522 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 msgid "`VERSIONS_PATH`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:522 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 msgid "" "Sets the path for the mix version and upstream version's two state files:" " :file:`mixversion` and :file:`upstreamversion`. mixer creates both files" " for you when you set up the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:527 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 msgid "`YUM_CONF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:527 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer automatically generates the :file:`.yum-" "mix.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:530 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:547 msgid "" "The yum configuration file points the chroot-builder to where the RPMs " "are stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:533 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:550 msgid "**Table 1**: *Variables in builder.conf*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:537 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:554 msgid "Format version" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:556 msgid "" "Compatible versions of an OS are tracked with an OS *compatibility " "epoch*. Versions of an OS within an epoch are fully compatible and can " @@ -744,18 +762,31 @@ msgid "" "should not be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:545 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:563 msgid "" -"If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS has " -"changed in such a way that updating from build M in format X to build N " -"in format Y will not work. Generally, this scenario occurs when the " -"software updater or the software has a change such that it is no longer " -"compatible with the previous update scheme, or when a package is removed " -"from the update stream and the update must ensure the files associated " -"with that package are removed from the system." +"A format bump is like modifying the foundation of a house to create a new" +" level. If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS" +" has changed in such a way that updating from build A in format X to " +"build B in format Y will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:552 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:568 +msgid "A format bump is required when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:570 +msgid "" +"The software updater, :command:`swupd`, or the software is no longer " +"compatible with the previous update scheme" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:573 +msgid "" +"A package is removed from the update stream and the update must ensure " +"the files associated with that package are removed from the system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:576 msgid "" "Using a format increment, we make sure pre- and co-requisite changes flow" " out with proper ordering. The updated client will only update to the " @@ -764,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" " to the final version in their given format." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:558 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:582 msgid "" "The given format *must* contain all the changes needed to understand the " "content built in the next format. Only after reaching the final release " @@ -772,18 +803,18 @@ msgid "" "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:562 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:584 msgid "" "The format version is incremented only when a compatibility breakage is " "introduced. Normal updates, such as updating a software package, do not " "require a format increment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:569 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:590 msgid "Bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:571 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:592 msgid "" "mixer stores information about the bundles included in a mix in a flat " "file called :file:`mixbundles`, which is located in the path set by the " @@ -792,25 +823,25 @@ msgid "" "file each time you change the bundles in the mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:577 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:595 msgid "" "Bundles can include other bundles. Nested bundles can themselves include " "other bundles. If you see an unexpected bundle in your mix, it is likely " "a nested bundle in one of the bundles you explicitly added." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:581 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 msgid "" "A bundle will fill into one of two categories: upstream or local. " "Upstream bundles are those provided by |CL|. Local bundles are either " "modified upstream bundles or new local bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:586 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:603 msgid "Upstream bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:588 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:605 msgid "" "mixer automatically downloads and caches upstream bundle definition " "files. These definition files are stored in the upstream-bundles " @@ -820,18 +851,18 @@ msgid "" "it on-the-fly if a new version must be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:594 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 msgid "" "The mixer tool automatically caches the bundles for the |CL| version " "configured in the :file:`upstreamversion` file. mixer also cleans up old " "versions once they are no longer needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:617 msgid "Local bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:601 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 msgid "" "Local bundles are bundles that you create, or are edited versions of " "upstream bundles. Local bundle definition files are stored in the local-" @@ -839,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "the path of this directory in the :file:`builder.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:606 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:623 msgid "" "*mixer always checks for local bundles first and the upstream bundles " "second.* So bundles in the local-bundles directory will always take " @@ -848,11 +879,11 @@ msgid "" "local variation." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:630 msgid "Bundle configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:614 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:632 msgid "" "mixer provides commands to configure the bundles for a mix, such as to " "add a bundle to a mix, to create a new bundle for a mix, or to remove a " @@ -860,14 +891,14 @@ msgid "" "commands and more information on configuring bundles in a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:637 msgid "" "Editing an existing local bundle is as simple as opening the bundle " "definition file in your favorite editor, making the desired edits, and " "saving your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:624 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:642 msgid "" "Removing bundles from a mix: By default, removing a bundle will only " "remove the bundle from the mix. The local bundle definition file will " @@ -875,43 +906,43 @@ msgid "" "definition file, use the :command:`--local` flag." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:629 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:646 msgid "" "If you remove the bundle definition file for a local, edited version of " "an upstream bundle in a mix, the mix reverts to reference the original " "upstream version of the bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:636 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:652 msgid "Configure and enable Docker" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:638 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:654 msgid "" "Use these steps to enable Docker for the mixer tool. Make sure to " "`Configure Docker proxy info`_ first if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:641 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:657 msgid "Start the Docker daemon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:649 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:665 msgid "Add user to the docker group" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:656 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:672 msgid "Pull Docker container manually (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:658 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 msgid "" "By default, mixer automatically pulls a Docker container for mixing if " "one does not already exist. If you need to troubleshoot the mixer " "container, it may be useful to manually pull a mixer Docker container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:662 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:678 msgid "" "Versions of the mixer Docker container are available under the tags for " "the `clearlinux/mixer repo " @@ -921,154 +952,154 @@ msgid "" "information on upstream format versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:668 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:684 msgid "Use the following steps to manually pull a mixer Docker container:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:670 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:686 msgid "" "Find the version of the container you need by viewing the tags for the " "`clearlinux/mixer repo " "`_ on Docker Hub." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:690 msgid "Pull the latest container version:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:680 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:696 msgid "View local docker images:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:689 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:705 msgid "Configure Docker proxy info" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:691 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:707 msgid "If needed, use these steps to configure the Docker proxy information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:693 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:709 msgid "Create the Docker daemon proxy config directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:699 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:715 msgid "" "Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " "add the following using your own proxy values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:708 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:724 msgid "Reload the Docker daemon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:714 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:730 msgid "" "Configure the Docker container proxies, to pass proxy settings to " "containers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:717 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:733 msgid "Create a directory for your container config:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:723 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 msgid "" "Create the config file :file:`~/.docker/config.json` and add the " "following entries, using your own proxy values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:755 msgid "Set ownership and permission on the docker config directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:746 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:762 msgid "" "Configure proxies to allow mixer to access upstream content from behind a" " firewall." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:749 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 msgid "" "Open your :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` file and add proxy and port values for " "the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:760 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:776 msgid "Log out and log back in for the proxies to take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:781 msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:767 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:783 msgid "" "A web server is needed to host your update content. In this example, we " "use the nginx web server, which comes with |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:770 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:786 msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer with the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:772 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:788 msgid "Install the :command:`nginx` bundle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:778 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:794 msgid "Make the directory where mixer updates will reside:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:784 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:800 msgid "" "Create a symbolic link between your workspace updates and the updates on " "the local nginx web server. In this example, `$HOME/mixer` is the " "workspace for the mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:792 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:808 msgid "Set up ``nginx`` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:798 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:814 msgid "Copy the default example configuration file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:804 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:820 msgid "" "Configure the mixer update server. Create and add the following server " "configuration content to :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` (sudo " "required):" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:817 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 msgid "Restart the daemon, enable nginx on boot, and start the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:827 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:843 msgid "" "Verify the web server is running at \\http://localhost. At this point you" " should no longer see a \"404 Not Found\" message." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:831 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:847 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:849 msgid ":ref:`About mixer `" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:834 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:850 msgid ":ref:`autospec-about`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:835 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:851 msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:836 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:852 msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" msgstr "" @@ -1081,3 +1112,34 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "View the list of `suitable versions`_ from which to mix." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot see the curl bundle " +#~ "that you added in Example 2 " +#~ "because your mix is still on " +#~ "version 10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check for updates. You should see " +#~ "that version 20 is available. Use " +#~ "swupd to update your mix:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If `Format` increments to a new " +#~ "epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS " +#~ "has changed in such a way that " +#~ "updating from build M in format X" +#~ " to build N in format Y will" +#~ " not work. Generally, this scenario " +#~ "occurs when the software updater or " +#~ "the software has a change such " +#~ "that it is no longer compatible " +#~ "with the previous update scheme, or " +#~ "when a package is removed from the" +#~ " update stream and the update must" +#~ " ensure the files associated with " +#~ "that package are removed from the " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c24f554 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:4 +msgid "OS Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:6 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " +"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " +"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:14 +msgid "Security in updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " +"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " +"advisories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:20 +msgid "The latest Linux\\* codebase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:22 +msgid "" +"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " +"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " +"kernel, including security fixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:27 +msgid "Automated effective updating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:29 +msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This `rolling release`_ model allows |CL| to consume the latest security " +"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " +"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:35 +msgid "" +"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system." +" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being" +" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " +"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " +"software update, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " +"effectively. For more information about software updates in |CL|, refer " +"to the :ref:`swupd-guide` guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:46 +msgid "Automated CVE scanning and remediation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is " +"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " +"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" +" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:53 +msgid "" +"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and " +"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" +" automatically scanned against CVEs daily, and security patches are " +"deployed as soon as they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:58 +msgid "" +"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " +"exposed to unnecessary security risk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:61 +msgid "Security in software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:64 +msgid "Minimized attack surface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " +"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " +"Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " +"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " +"to avoid their accidental usage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " +"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:77 +msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:80 +msgid "Verified trust" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:82 +msgid "" +"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " +"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " +"blind trust. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:86 +msgid "" +"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked " +"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " +"information about swupd security can be found in the `Security for " +"software update in Clear Linux* OS`_ blog post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " +"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:94 +msgid "" +"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready " +"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. clrtrust " +"also offers an easy to use command line interface for managing system-" +"wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:100 +msgid "Compiled with secure options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:102 +msgid "" +"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on IntelĀ® architecture," +" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " +"advantage of. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " +"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space " +"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " +"certain memory based attacks. More information about PIE executables can " +"be found in the `Recent GNU* C library improvements`_ blog post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:116 +msgid "Security in system design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " +"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " +"hygiene. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Full disk encryption using :abbr:`LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup)` is " +"available during installation. Refer to `cryptsetup`_ for additional " +"information about LUKS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:126 +msgid "" +"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " +"security resulting in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:129 +msgid "" +"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " +"will be asked to set your own password immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" +" be set in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:135 +msgid "" +"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " +"which have been compromised in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:138 +msgid "" +"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" +" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71d85f32 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:4 +msgid "Stateless" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:6 +msgid "" +"In most operating systems, user data, system data, and configuration " +"files can become intermingled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " +"filesystem over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:16 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy with the goal to provide an " +":abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive user " +"configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does *not* mean" +" ephemeral or non-persistent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:25 +msgid "File-level separation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " +"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " +"filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:38 +msgid "System areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:39 +msgid "" +"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " +"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " +"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " +"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " +"system files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:45 +msgid "User areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " +"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " +"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " +"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " +"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " +"configuration that makes their system unique." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:54 +msgid "Software configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:56 +msgid "" +"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " +"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" +"provided configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:61 +msgid "Default configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " +"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " +"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " +"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " +"referenced as templates for customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " +"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:76 +msgid "Overriding configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " +"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " +"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:82 +msgid "" +"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " +"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:85 +msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:87 +msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:99 +msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:105 +msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " +"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:115 +msgid "System reset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" +" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " +":file:`/var`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " +"was just installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " +"renders a system unable to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:133 +msgid "Additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:135 +msgid "`stateless man page`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po index ec5bb989..880383f4 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -28,6 +28,34 @@ msgid "" "important tools and concepts for managing your install." msgstr "" +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:18 +msgid "Training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Additional training materials are available in the `how-to-clear`_ " +"GitHub\\* project to help you get started with |CL| tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL| and " +"provides complete details on the methods and tools used to create updates" +" and how to deploy updates to targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To complete the training, you will need a clean |CL| installation and a " +"network connection. The project includes all files needed to complete the" +" exercises." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:29 +msgid "`how-to-clear`_ training on GitHub" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "Tooling" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po index dcd04626..c4da51d3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:6 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization platforms, including a " -"Docker\\* solution. |CL| has many `unique features`_ including a minimal " +"Docker solution. |CL| has many unique features including a minimal " "default installation, which makes it compelling to use as a host for " "container workloads, management, and orchestration." msgstr "" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "Additionally, you should have:" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:39 -msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker." +msgid "A basic understanding of Linux\\* and Docker." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:41 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:83 -msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)" +msgid "Integration with Kata Containers\\* (optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:85 @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:96 msgid "" -"The proceeding sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and" -" configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need " -"to continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of" -" completeness." +"The remaining sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and " +"configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need to" +" continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of " +"completeness." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:104 @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration via a configuration file " "typically located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| features a " -"`stateless system`_ so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does " -"*NOT* exist by default." +":ref:`stateless` system so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` " +"does *NOT* exist by default." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:111 @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available container image repository which " "comes preconfigured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and " -"run an the official Docker image for nginx, an open source reverse proxy " -"server." +"run an the official Docker image for nginx\\*, an open source reverse " +"proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:153 msgid "" "First, pull a container image from Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " -"pull` command. Download the latest nginx Docker container image by " +"pull` command. Download the latest nginx\\* Docker container image by " "running this command:" msgstr "" @@ -295,3 +295,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Kata Containers`_" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization" +#~ " platforms, including a Docker\\* solution." +#~ " |CL| has many `unique features`_ " +#~ "including a minimal default installation, " +#~ "which makes it compelling to use " +#~ "as a host for container workloads, " +#~ "management, and orchestration." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The proceeding sections of this tutorial" +#~ " are standard to Docker setup and " +#~ "configuration. If you are familiar with" +#~ " Docker basics, you do not need " +#~ "to continue reading. The following " +#~ "sections are provided here for sake " +#~ "of completeness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration" +#~ " via a configuration file typically " +#~ "located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| " +#~ "features a `stateless system`_ so the" +#~ " configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does " +#~ "*NOT* exist by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available" +#~ " container image repository which comes " +#~ "preconfigured with Docker. In the " +#~ "example below we will pull and run" +#~ " an the official Docker image for " +#~ "nginx, an open source reverse proxy " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, pull a container image from " +#~ "Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " +#~ "pull` command. Download the latest nginx" +#~ " Docker container image by running " +#~ "this command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po index 38e23ec4..e51bcdc0 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -167,60 +167,60 @@ msgid "" " kata-runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:138 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:139 msgid "Configure and run CRI-O + kata-runtime" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:140 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:141 msgid "Enable the CRI-O service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:146 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:147 msgid "Enter the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:153 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:154 msgid "" "Initialize the master control plane with the command below and follow the" " displayed instructions to set up `kubectl`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:159 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:161 msgid "Register kata-runtime as a RuntimeClass handler:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:178 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 msgid "Install pod network add-on" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:182 msgid "" "You must choose and install a `pod network add-on`_ to allow your pods to" " communicate. Check whether or not your add-on requires special flags " "when you initialize the master control plane." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:184 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 msgid "**Notes about flannel add-on**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:188 msgid "" "If you choose the `flannel` add-on, then you must add the following to " "the `kubeadm init` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:193 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:195 msgid "" "Furthermore, if you are using CRI-O and `flannel` and you want to use " "Kata Containers, edit the :file:`/etc/crio/crio.conf` file to add:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:202 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 msgid "Use your cluster" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:206 msgid "" "Once your master control plane is successfully initialized, instructions " "on how to use your cluster and its *IP*, *token*, and *hash* values are " @@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ msgid "" "have a valid period. The values are presented in a format similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:214 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:218 msgid "" "You've successfully installed and set up Kubernetes in |CL| using CRI-O " "and kata-runtime. You are now ready to follow on-screen instructions to " @@ -241,46 +241,46 @@ msgid "" "displayed token and IP information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:222 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 msgid "Read the Kubernetes documentation to learn more about:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 msgid "`Understanding basic Kubernetes architecture`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 msgid "`Deploying an application to your cluster`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 msgid "Installing a `pod network add-on`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:234 msgid "`Joining your nodes`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:235 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:239 msgid "" "Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and follow the " "instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to automate " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:240 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:243 msgid "Package configuration customization (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:242 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:245 msgid "" "|CL| is a stateless system that looks for user-defined package " "configuration files in the :file:`/etc/` directory to be " @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgid "" "distribution-provided configuration files for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:247 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:250 msgid "" "If you customize any of the default package configuration files, you " "**must** store the customized files in the :file:`/etc/` directory. If " @@ -296,21 +296,23 @@ msgid "" "will be lost in the next system update." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:252 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:255 msgid "" "For example, to customize CRI-O configuration in your system, run the " "following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:261 -msgid "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL| and view the |CL| `documentation`_." +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in |CL| and view the |CL| " +"`documentation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:267 msgid "Proxy configuration (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:266 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:269 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " "and create an appropriate proxy configuration file for both CRI-O " @@ -320,78 +322,78 @@ msgid "" "is not enough.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:271 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:274 msgid "" "If you have already set your proxy environment variables, run the " "following commands as a shell script to configure all of these services " "in one step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:289 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:292 msgid "Next steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:291 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:294 msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:295 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:298 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:297 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:300 msgid " not found in message." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:299 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 msgid "" "Your DNS server may not be appropriately configured. Try adding an entry " "to the :file:`/etc/hosts` file with your host's IP and Name." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:305 msgid "For example: 100.200.50.20 myhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:304 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:307 msgid "" "Use the commands :command:`hostname` and :command:`hostname -I` to " "retrieve them." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:306 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:309 msgid "Images cannot be pulled." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:308 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:311 msgid "" "You may be behind a proxy server. Try configuring your proxy settings, " "using the environment variables *HTTP_PROXY*, *HTTPS_PROXY*, and " "*NO_PROXY* as required in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:312 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:315 msgid "Connection refused error." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:314 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, you may need to add the master's IP to " "the environment variable *NO_PROXY*." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:320 msgid "Connection timed-out or Access Refused errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:319 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:322 msgid "" "You must ensure that the appropriate proxy settings are available from " "the same terminal where you will initialize the control plane. To verify " "the proxy settings that Kubernetes will actually use, run the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:329 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:332 msgid "" "If the displayed proxy values are different from your assigned values, " "the cluster initialization will fail. Contact your IT support team to " @@ -400,49 +402,54 @@ msgid "" "SSH access." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:334 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 msgid "" "If the result of the above commands is blank, you may need to add a " "``profile`` to the :file:`/etc` directory. To do so, follow these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:340 msgid "Create a `profile` in :file:`/etc`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:343 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:346 msgid "" "With a preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy settings. " "Example shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:355 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:358 msgid " can be obtained by running :command:`ifconfig`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:357 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:360 msgid "Save and exit the `profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:359 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:362 msgid "Run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:365 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:368 msgid "To ensure your system isn't running previous session variables, run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:371 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:374 msgid "Continue below while passing `-E` in the command as shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:373 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:376 msgid "Missing environment variables." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:375 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:378 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, pass environment variables by adding " "*-E* to the command that initializes the master control plane." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL|" +#~ " and view the |CL| `documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po index 8f20bc16..a44ab12f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -92,17 +92,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:3 msgid "" -"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and " -"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules." +"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " +"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" +" modules." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 -msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:8 msgid "" -"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" +"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" "kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " "kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." msgstr "" @@ -128,35 +129,35 @@ msgid "" "relies on a kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:27 msgid "" "Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` " "bundle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:30 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and " "*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules " "with DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:39 msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:41 msgid "" "Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use " ":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-" "lts-dkms` for the lts kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:49 msgid "or" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." msgstr "" @@ -418,3 +419,22 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" +#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " +#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" +#~ " compiling kernel modules." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " +#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" +#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" +#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " +#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po index 3987c146..5dc89529 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial provides instructions on how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " -"(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use " +"(Linux, Apache\\*, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use " "phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated database. Note that this tutorial " "installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-in replacement for MySQL\\*." msgstr "" @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:78 msgid "" -"|CL| is designed to be a `stateless`_ operating system which means that " -"you must create an optional configuration file to override the default " -"values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, " +"|CL| is designed to be a :ref:`stateless` operating system which means " +"that you must create an optional configuration file to override the " +"default values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, " ":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` " "directory. |CL| can override this directory as part of the stateless " "paradigm. This default :file:`.conf` file includes the following " @@ -545,3 +545,30 @@ msgid "" "with :ref:`wp-install`." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial provides instructions on " +#~ "how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " +#~ "(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server" +#~ " on |CL-ATTR| and how to use" +#~ " phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated " +#~ "database. Note that this tutorial " +#~ "installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-" +#~ "in replacement for MySQL\\*." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| is designed to be a " +#~ "`stateless`_ operating system which means " +#~ "that you must create an optional " +#~ "configuration file to override the " +#~ "default values. The default location of" +#~ " the Apache configuration file, " +#~ ":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` directory. |CL| " +#~ "can override this directory as part " +#~ "of the stateless paradigm. This default" +#~ " :file:`.conf` file includes the following" +#~ " directives that allow for additional " +#~ "locations of configuration definitions:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po index ea6ddd16..169cb1f6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:6 msgid "" -"The live desktop allows you to boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop without " -"modifying the host system, offering you the chance to explore developing " -"on |CL| or install it. In this document, we show how to install |CL| on a" -" target system." +"This page explains how to boot the |CL-ATTR| live desktop image, from " +"which you can install |CL| or explore without modifying the host system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:14 msgid "System requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:17 -msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:19 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "Preliminary steps" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:25 -msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." +msgid "Visit our `Downloads`_ page." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:27 @@ -65,198 +65,208 @@ msgid " is the latest |CL| auto-numbered release." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:34 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:38 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:41 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:45 msgid "Install from live image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:47 msgid "" "After you download and burn the live desktop image on a USB drive, follow" " these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:46 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:48 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:52 msgid "Power on the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:50 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:54 msgid "" "Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " "setup menu entry point may vary." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:57 msgid "" "In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " "first option in the device boot order." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:56 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 msgid "Save these settings, e.g. :kbd:`F10`, and exit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:58 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:62 msgid "Reboot the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:64 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` in the boot menu, shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:70 msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:71 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:75 msgid "Software (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:73 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:77 msgid "" "Explore |CL| bundles and other software. Double-click the " ":guilabel:`Software` icon from the Activities menu, shown in Figure 2. " -"Assure a network connection exists before launching `Software`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:79 -msgid "" -"`Software` application is *only intended for exploring* available " -"bundles, applications, and images. Do not attempt to install them." +"Ensure a network connection exists before launching the Software " +"application." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:83 +msgid "" +"While running the |CL| live desktop image, the Software application is " +"intended only for exploration. Do not attempt to install applications " +"during exploration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 msgid "Launch the |CL| installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:85 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:90 msgid "" "After the live desktop image boots, scroll over the vertical " ":guilabel:`Activities` menu at left." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:93 msgid "Click the |CL| penguin icon to launch the installer, shown in Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:94 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:99 msgid "Figure 2: |CL| installer icon" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:96 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:101 msgid "After the installer is launched, it will appear as shown in Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:102 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 msgid "Figure 3: |CL| OS Desktop Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:104 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:109 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select Language`, select a language from the options, or " "type your preferred language in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:107 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 msgid "Checking prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:112 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:117 msgid "" "The installer automatically launches :guilabel:`Checking Prerequisites`, " "which checks your target system for compatibility and network " "connectivity." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:120 msgid "" "After the installer shows `Prerequisites passed`, select :guilabel:`Next`" " to proceed with installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:122 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 msgid "Figure 4: Checking Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:125 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:130 msgid "Network Proxy (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:127 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:132 msgid "Configure :guilabel:`Network Proxy` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:134 msgid "In the top right menu bar, select the :guilabel:`Power button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Wired Connected` and then :guilabel:`Wired Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Network Proxy`, select the :guilabel:`Gear` icon to view " "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:141 msgid "Select an option from `Automatic`, `Manual` or `Disabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:138 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:143 msgid "Close :guilabel:`Network Proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 msgid "Close :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:150 msgid "Minimum installation requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:147 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 msgid "" "To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " "options`_. We also recommend completing `Advanced options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 msgid "" "The :kbd:`Install` button is only highlighted **after** you complete " "`Required options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:160 msgid "Check marks indicate a selection has been made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:157 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:162 msgid "" "An Internet connection is required. You may want to launch a browser " "prior to installation to verify your Internet connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:166 msgid "|CL| Desktop Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:163 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:168 msgid "" "The |CL| Desktop Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 5. To " "meet the minimum requirements, enter values in all submenus for the " @@ -264,110 +274,110 @@ msgid "" "appear below submenus and a check mark appears at right." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 msgid "Figure 5: Clear Linux OS Desktop Installer - Main Menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:175 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:180 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:177 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 msgid "Use the :kbd:`mouse` to navigate or select options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 msgid "" "Use :kbd:`Tab` key to navigate between :guilabel:`Required options` and " ":guilabel:`Advanced options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:182 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 msgid "Use :kbd:`Up` or :kbd:`Down` arrow keys to navigate the submenus." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:189 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`, or :kbd:`Cancel` in submenus." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 msgid "Required options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:190 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 msgid "Select Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:192 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:197 msgid "" "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`. `UTC` is " "selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:200 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select Time Zone`, navigate to the desired time zone. Or " "start typing the region and then the city. (.e.g., " ":file:`America/Los_Angeles`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:199 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:220 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 msgid "Figure 6: Select System Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:213 msgid "Select Keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:210 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:215 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:217 msgid "" "Navigate to your desired keyboard layout. We select \"us\" for the United" " States." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:221 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:229 msgid "Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:226 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:231 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:233 msgid "" "Choose an installation method: `Safe Installation`_ or `Destructive " "Installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:235 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:238 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:243 msgid "Safe Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:240 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:245 msgid "" "Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " "alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " "schema`_. If enough free space exists, safe installation is allowed." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:246 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:251 msgid "" "|CL| allows installation alongside another OS. Typically, when you boot " "your system, you can press an `F key` to view and select a bootable " @@ -377,175 +387,175 @@ msgid "" " |CL|. Be aware of this possible limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:260 msgid "Destructive Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:257 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:262 msgid "" "Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " "|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 msgid "Disk encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:263 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:268 msgid "" "For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS. Encryption" " is optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:271 msgid "" "To encrypt the root partition, select :guilabel:`Enable Encryption`, as " "shown in Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:278 msgid "Figure 9: Enable Encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:275 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:280 msgid "When :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` appears, enter a passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:281 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:286 msgid "Figure 10: Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:290 msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:292 msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:289 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:294 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in the dialogue box." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:293 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:295 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` in submenu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:298 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:303 msgid "Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:300 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:305 msgid "In Required Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:302 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:307 msgid "In :guilabel:`User Name`, enter a user name." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:308 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:313 msgid "Figure 11: Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:310 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:315 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Login`, create a login name. It must start with a letter " "and can use numbers, hyphens, and underscores. Maximum length is 31 " "characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:314 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:319 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Password`, enter a password. Minimum length is 8 " "characters. Maximum length is 255 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:317 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:322 msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:321 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` rights are selected by default. For security " "purposes, the default user must be assigned as an Administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:325 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:391 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:422 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:442 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:461 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:330 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:396 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:329 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:332 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:337 msgid "Modify User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:334 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:339 msgid "In Manager User, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:336 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:341 msgid "Modify user details as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:338 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:343 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:342 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:347 msgid "" "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Cancel` to return to the Main Menu to revert " "changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:345 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:401 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:424 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:348 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:353 msgid "Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:350 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:355 msgid "" "Choose whether to participate in `telemetry`. :ref:`telem-guide` is a " "|CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to the |CL| development " "team for improvements. For more information, see :ref:`telemetry-about`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:354 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:359 msgid "From :guilabel:`Required Options`, select :guilabel:`Telemetry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:356 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:361 msgid "Select :kbd:`Yes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:362 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 msgid "Figure 12: Enable Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:364 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 msgid "If you don't wish to participate, select :kbd:`No`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:367 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:372 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:369 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:374 msgid "" "After you complete the `Required options`_, we recommend completing " ":guilabel:`Advanced options`--though they're not required. Doing so " @@ -553,222 +563,228 @@ msgid "" "immediately after reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:376 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 msgid "You can always add more bundles later with :ref:`swupd-guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:379 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:384 msgid "Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:381 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:386 msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:383 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:388 msgid "Select your desired bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:389 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:394 msgid "Figure 13: Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:393 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:398 msgid "View the bundles that you selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:399 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 msgid "Figure 14: Bundle Selections - Advanced Options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:404 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:409 msgid "Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:406 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:411 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:408 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:413 msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:414 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:419 msgid "Figure 15: Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:418 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:423 msgid "" "Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " "alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" " characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:427 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:432 msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:429 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:434 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Kernel Configuration`, navigate to select your desired " "kernel. :guilabel:`Native` is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:436 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:441 msgid "Figure 16: Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:438 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:443 msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:440 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:445 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:450 msgid "Software Updater Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Software Updater Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:449 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:454 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Mirror URL`, follow the instructions if you wish to specify" " a different installation source." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:452 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:457 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enable Auto Updates` is selected by default. If you **do not**" " wish to enable automatic software updates, uncheck the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:459 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 msgid "Figure 17: Software Updater Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:464 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:469 msgid "Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:466 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:471 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, select " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:473 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:478 msgid "Figure 18: Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:480 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:485 msgid "" "If you do not enter a selection for all :guilabel:`Required Options`, the" " :guilabel:`Install` button remains disabled, as shown in Figure 19. " "Return to `Required Options`_ and make selections." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:488 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:493 msgid "Figure 19: Required Options - Incomplete" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:490 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:495 msgid "After installation is complete, select :guilabel:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:492 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:497 msgid "Shut down the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:494 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:499 msgid "Remove the USB or any installation media." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:496 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:501 msgid "Power on your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:500 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:505 msgid "" "Allow time for the graphical login to appear. A login prompt shows the " "administrative user that you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:502 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 msgid "Log in as the administrative user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:504 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 msgid "Congratulations. You successfully installed |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:507 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 msgid "Default partition schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:509 -msgid "" -"Table 1 shows the default partition schema with the exception of root, " -"which varies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:512 -msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:514 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:516 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:517 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:518 -msgid "Minimum size" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:519 -msgid "``VFAT``" +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:520 -msgid "/boot" +msgid "FileSystem" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:521 -msgid "150M" +msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:522 -msgid "``swap``" +msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:524 -msgid "256MB" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:523 +msgid "Default size" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:525 -msgid "``root``" +msgid "**VFAT(FAT32)**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:526 -msgid "/" +msgid "boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:527 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgid "/boot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:528 +msgid "150MB" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:530 -msgid "Next steps" +msgid "**linux-swap**" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:532 -msgid ":ref:`guides`" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:531 +msgid "swap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:533 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:535 +msgid "**ext[234] or XFS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:536 +msgid "root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:537 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-desktop/bare-metal-install-desktop.rst:538 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -934,3 +950,64 @@ msgstr "" #~ "which varies." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The live desktop allows you to " +#~ "boot |CL-ATTR| in a GNOME desktop" +#~ " without modifying the host system, " +#~ "offering you the chance to explore " +#~ "developing on |CL| or install it. " +#~ "In this document, we show how to" +#~ " install |CL| on a target system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Visit our Downloads page`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Explore |CL| bundles and other software." +#~ " Double-click the :guilabel:`Software` icon" +#~ " from the Activities menu, shown in" +#~ " Figure 2. Assure a network " +#~ "connection exists before launching `Software`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Software` application is *only intended " +#~ "for exploring* available bundles, " +#~ "applications, and images. Do not attempt" +#~ " to install them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Table 1 shows the default partition " +#~ "schema with the exception of root, " +#~ "which varies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next steps" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`guides`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po index 62fdb04b..281b3912 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,314 +24,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:6 msgid "" -"These instructions guide you through installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " -"from a bootable USB drive using a live server image." +"This page explains how to install |CL-ATTR| on bare metal from a bootable" +" USB drive using a live server image." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:13 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:14 msgid "System requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:15 -msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Before installing |CL|, verify that the host system supports the " +"installation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:17 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`system-requirements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:18 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`compatibility-check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:21 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 msgid "Download the latest |CL| live server image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:23 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:25 msgid "" "Get the latest |CL| installer image from the `Downloads`_ page. Look for " "the :file:`clear-[version number]-live-server.iso` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:26 -msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." -msgstr "" - #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgid "Verify and decompress the file per your OS." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:30 -msgid "After downloading the image, verify and decompress the file per your OS." +msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:33 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:32 +msgid "Follow your OS instructions to create a bootable USB drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`bootable-usb`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:37 msgid "Install |CL| on your target system" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:35 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:39 msgid "" "Ensure that your system is configured to boot UEFI. The installation " "method described below requires a wired Internet connection with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:40 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:44 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can install |CL| over a wireless connection by first " "using `nmtui`. Follow the `nmtui` instructions shown in Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 msgid "Follow these steps to install |CL| on the target system:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:45 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 msgid "Insert the USB drive into an available USB slot." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:47 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:51 msgid "Power on the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:49 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 msgid "" "Open the system BIOS setup menu by pressing the :kbd:`F2` key. Your BIOS " "setup menu entry point may vary." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 msgid "" "|CL| supports UEFI boot. Some hardware may list UEFI and non-UEFI USB " "boot entries. In this case, you should select the `UEFI` boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:57 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:61 msgid "" "In the setup menu, enable the UEFI boot and set the USB drive as the " "first option in the device boot order." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 msgid "Save these settings and exit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:62 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:66 msgid "Reboot the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:64 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:68 msgid "This action launches the |CL| installer boot menu, shown in figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:70 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:74 msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS Installer boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:72 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:76 msgid "With :guilabel:`Clear Linux OS` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:75 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 msgid "Launch the |CL| Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:77 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:81 msgid "At the :guilabel:`login` prompt, enter :command:`root`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:79 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:83 msgid "" "Follow the onscreen instructions, shown in Figure 2, and enter a " "temporary password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:90 msgid "Figure 2: root login" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:92 msgid "" "At the :guilabel:`root` prompt, enter :command:`clr-installer` and press " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:99 msgid "Figure 3: clr-installer command" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:98 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:102 msgid "Minimum installation requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:100 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:104 msgid "" "To fulfill minimum installation requirements, complete the `Required " "options`_. While not required, we encourage you to apply the `Recommended" " options`_. `Advanced options`_ are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:106 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 msgid "" "The :kbd:`Install` button is **only highlighted after** you complete " "`Required options`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:110 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:114 msgid "Main Menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:111 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:115 msgid "The |CL| Installer Main Menu appears as shown in Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:121 msgid "Figure 4: Clear Linux OS Installer" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 msgid "" "The |CL| Installer Main Menu has two tabs: :guilabel:`[R] Required " "options` and :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`. Navigate between tabs " "using the arrow these shortcut keys:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:123 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:127 msgid ":kbd:`Shift+A` for :guilabel:`[A] Advanced options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:128 msgid ":kbd:`Shift+R` for :guilabel:`[R] Required options`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:126 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:130 msgid "" "To meet the minimum requirements, enter your choices in the " ":guilabel:`Required options`. After confirmation, your selections appear " "beside the :guilabel:`>>` chevron, below the menu options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows to highlight your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:135 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:139 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` or :kbd:`Spacebar` to confirm your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:137 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:141 msgid "Select :kbd:`Cancel` or :kbd:`Esc` to cancel your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:144 msgid "Required options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:143 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:147 msgid "Choose Timezone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:149 msgid "" "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Timezone`. `UTC` is the" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:148 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:677 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:681 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:150 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:154 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Select System Timezone`, use :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows navigate" " to the desired timezone." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:155 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:159 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:176 msgid "Press :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:165 msgid "Figure 5: Select System Timezone" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:168 msgid "Choose Language" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:166 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 msgid "From the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Choose Language`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:170 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:174 msgid "In :guilabel:`Select System Language`, navigate to your desired language." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:178 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:182 msgid "Figure 6: Select System Language" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:181 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:185 msgid "Configure the Keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:183 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure the Keyboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 msgid "In :guilabel:`Select Keyboard`, navigate to the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:193 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:195 msgid "" "Optional: In :guilabel:`Test keyboard`, type text to assure that the keys" " map to your keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:198 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:202 msgid "Figure 7: Select Keyboard menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:201 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 msgid "Configure Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:207 msgid "From the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:209 msgid "" "Choose an installation method: * `Safe Installation`_ * `Destructive " "Installation`_ * `Advanced Configuration`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:219 msgid "Figure 8: Select Installation Media" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:217 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:221 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Rescan Media` to show available installation targets." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:222 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:226 msgid "Safe Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:228 msgid "" "Use this method to safely install |CL| on media with available space, or " "alongside existing partitions, and accept the `Default partition " @@ -339,301 +345,301 @@ msgid "" "also `Troubleshooting`_ below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:234 msgid "Destructive Installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:236 msgid "" "Use this method to destroy the contents of the target device, install " "|CL| on it, and accept the `Default partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:237 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:241 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Select Installation Media` menu, select " ":guilabel:`Enable Encryption` to encrypt the root filesystem for either " "option above. See also `Disk encryption`_ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:242 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:246 msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:248 msgid "" "Use this method to manually configure partitions. These must meet " "`Default partition schema`_. You may also choose `Disk encryption`_ " "during configuration of each partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:250 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:254 msgid "" "`Advanced Configuration` is available in the installer versions 1.2.0 and" " above." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:257 msgid "" "From :guilabel:`Select Installation Media`, shown in Figure 8 above, " "select :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:256 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:260 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Advanced Configuration`, navigate to :file:`/dev/sda` and " "then press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:263 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 msgid "Figure 9: Advanced configuration menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:265 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:269 msgid "Choose a partition method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:271 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Auto Partition` Select this option to accept the `Default " "partition schema`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:270 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 msgid "Navigate to and press :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:272 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:276 msgid "Continue with installation configuration. Jump to `Telemetry`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:274 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:278 msgid "`Manual Partition`_ Continue below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 msgid "Manual Partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:279 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:283 msgid "We provide a simple example below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:281 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:285 msgid "" "Navigate to the unallocated media (e.g.,`/dev/sda`) until highlighted, as" " shown in Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:288 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Enter` to edit the partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:286 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 msgid "The :guilabel:`Partition Setup` menu appears, shown in Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:290 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:294 msgid "" "After adding the first partition, select :guilabel:`Free Space` to add " "another partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:293 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:297 msgid "root partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:295 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:299 msgid "" "We configure the `root` partition as shown in Figure 10. Configuration of" " the `root` partition varies." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:302 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:306 msgid "Figure 10: root partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:304 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:317 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:331 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:308 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:321 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:335 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Add` and press :guilabel:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:307 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:311 msgid "boot partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:309 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:313 msgid "We configure the `boot` partition as shown in Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:315 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:319 msgid "Figure 11: boot partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:320 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:324 msgid "swap partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:322 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:326 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`File System` pulldown menu, select `swap`, and enter a " "label. We enter the minimum required size (e.g., 256M)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:329 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 msgid "Figure 12: swap partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:333 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:337 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :guilabel:`Enter`, shown " "in Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:336 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:340 msgid "Manual partitioning is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:342 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:346 msgid "Figure 13: Final configuration of disk partitions" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:344 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:348 msgid "You may skip to the `Telemetry`_ section below." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:347 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:351 msgid "Disk encryption" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:349 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:353 msgid "" "For greater security, disk encryption is supported using LUKS for the any" " partition except `/boot` on |CL|. To encrypt the root partition, see the" " example below. Encryption is optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:354 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:358 msgid "Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:356 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:360 msgid "" "|CL| uses a single passphrase for encrypted partitions. Additional keys " "may be configured post-installation using the ``cryptsetup`` tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:359 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:363 msgid "" "Optional: Select :guilabel:`[X] Encrypt` to encrypt the root partition, " "as shown in Figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:366 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:370 msgid "Figure 14: Encrypt partition" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:368 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 msgid "The :guilabel:`Encryption Passphrase` dialogue appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:372 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:376 msgid "Minimum length is 8 characters. Maximum length is 94 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:378 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 msgid "Figure 15: Encryption Passphrase" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:380 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:384 msgid "Enter the same passphrase in the first and second field." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:382 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:386 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:390 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` is only highlighted if passphrases match." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:389 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:393 msgid "Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:391 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 msgid "" ":ref:`telem-guide` is a |CL| feature that reports failures and crashes to" " the |CL| development team for improvements. For more detailed " "information, visit our :ref:`telemetry-about` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:395 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:399 msgid "Select your desired option on whether to participate in `telemetry`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:397 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:401 msgid "" "In the Main Menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Telemetry` and select " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:400 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:404 msgid "Select :kbd:`Tab` to highlight your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:402 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:406 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to confirm." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:408 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:412 msgid "Figure 16: Enable Telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:411 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:415 msgid "Recommended options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:413 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 msgid "" "After you complete the `Required options`_, we highly recommend " "completing these selected `Advanced options`_ at minimum:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:416 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 msgid "`Manage User`_ Assign a new user with administrative rights" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:417 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:421 msgid "`Assign Hostname`_ Simplify your development environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:420 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:424 msgid "Skip to finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:422 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:426 msgid "" "After selecting values for all :guilabel:`Required options`, you may skip" " to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:425 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 msgid "" "Otherwise, continue below. In the Main Menu, select :guilabel:`Advanced " "options` for additional configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:429 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:433 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:432 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:436 msgid "Configure Network Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:434 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:438 msgid "" "By default, |CL| is configured to automatically detect the host network " "interface using DHCP. However, if you want to use a static IP address or " @@ -642,326 +648,326 @@ msgid "" "default network interface settings are automatically applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:442 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:446 msgid "If DHCP is available, no user selection may be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:444 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:448 msgid "" "Navigate to :guilabel:`Configure Network Interfaces` and select " ":kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:447 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:451 msgid "Navigate to the network :guilabel:`interface` you wish to change." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:449 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:453 msgid "" "When the desired :guilabel:`interface` is highlighted, select " ":guilabel:`Enter` to edit." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:452 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:456 msgid "Multiple network interfaces may appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:458 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 msgid "Figure 17: Configure Network Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:460 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:464 msgid "Notice :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` is selected by default (at bottom)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:462 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:466 msgid "" "Optional: Navigate to the checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic / dhcp` and " "select :kbd:`Spacebar` to deselect." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:469 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:473 msgid "Figure 18: Network interface configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:471 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:475 msgid "" "Navigate to the appropriate fields and assign the desired network " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:474 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:478 msgid "To save settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:479 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:483 msgid "" "To revert to previous settings, navigate to the :guilabel:`Cancel` and " "select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:482 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 msgid "" "Upon confirming network configuration, the :guilabel:`Testing Networking`" " dialogue appears. Assure the result shows success. If a failure occurs, " "your changes will not be saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:486 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:490 msgid "" "Upon confirmation, you are returned to :guilabel:`Network interface` " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:489 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:493 msgid "Navigate to and select :guilabel:`Main Menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:491 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:519 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:540 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:694 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:733 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:495 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:523 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:544 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:568 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:668 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:698 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:718 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:737 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:762 msgid "Optional: Skip to `Finish installation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:494 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:498 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:496 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 msgid "" "|CL| automatically attempts to detect proxy settings, as described in " ":ref:`autoproxy`. If you need to manually assign proxy settings, follow " "this instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:500 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:504 msgid "" "From the Advanced options menu, navigate to :guilabel:`Proxy`, and select" " :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:503 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:507 msgid "Navigate to the field :guilabel:`HTTPS Proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:509 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:513 msgid "Figure 19: Configure the network proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:511 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:515 msgid "" "Enter the desired proxy address and port using conventional syntax, such " "as: \\http://address:port." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:514 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:518 msgid "Navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:516 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:520 msgid "" "To revert to previous settings, navigate to :guilabel:`Cancel` and select" " :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:522 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:526 msgid "Test Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:524 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:528 msgid "" "To manually assure network connectivity before installing |CL|, select " ":guilabel:`Test Network Settings` and select :guilabel:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:527 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:531 msgid "A progress bar appears as shown in Figure 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:533 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 msgid "Figure 20: Testing Networking dialogue" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:537 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:541 msgid "" "Any changes made to network settings are automatically tested during " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:543 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 msgid "Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:545 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 msgid "On the Advanced menu, select :guilabel:`Bundle Selection`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:547 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:551 msgid "Navigate to the desired bundle using :kbd:`Tab` or :kbd:`Up/Down` arrows." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:549 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:553 msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the checkbox for each desired bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:555 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:559 msgid "Figure 21: Bundle Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:557 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:561 msgid "" "Optional: To start developing with |CL|, we recommend adding :file:`os-" "clr-on-clr`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:560 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:564 msgid "Navigate to and select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:562 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:566 msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Advanced options` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:567 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:571 msgid "Manage User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:570 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:572 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:576 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:574 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:578 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add New User` as shown in Figure 22." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:580 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:584 msgid "Figure 22: Add New User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:582 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:586 msgid "Optional: Enter a :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:592 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:596 msgid "Figure 23: User Name" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:594 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:598 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:602 msgid "" "The User Login must be alphanumeric and can include hyphens and " "underscores. Maximum length is 31 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:600 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:604 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Password`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:606 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:610 msgid "In :guilabel:`Confirm`, enter the same password." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:608 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:612 msgid "" "Optional: Navigate to the :guilabel:`Administrative` checkbox and select " ":kbd:`Spacebar` to assign administrative rights to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:613 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:617 msgid "Selecting this option enables sudo privileges for the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:615 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:692 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:696 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:729 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:760 msgid "Select :kbd:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:619 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 msgid "If desired, select :guilabel:`Reset` to reset the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:621 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:625 msgid "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:623 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:627 msgid "With :guilabel:`Confirm` highlighted, select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:626 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:630 msgid "Modify / Delete User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:628 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:632 msgid "" "In :guilabel:`Manage User`, navigate to the user you wish to modify until" " highlighted, as shown in Figure 24." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:631 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:635 msgid "Select :kbd:`Enter` to modify the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:637 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 msgid "Figure 24: Modify User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:639 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:643 msgid "Modify user details as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:641 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:754 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:664 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:758 msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` until highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:645 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 msgid "Optional: Select :guilabel:`Reset` to rest the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:647 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:651 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Confirm` to save the changes you made." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:649 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:653 msgid "" "Optional: In :guilabel:`Modify User`, to delete the user, navigate to the" " :guilabel:`Delete` button and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:656 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:660 msgid "Figure 25: Delete User" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:658 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 msgid "You are returned to :guilabel:`Manage User`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:662 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:666 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Enter` to complete :guilabel:`Manage User` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:667 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:671 msgid "Kernel Command Line" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:669 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:673 msgid "" "For advanced users, |CL| provides the ability to add or remove kernel " "arguments. If you want to append a new argument, enter the argument here." @@ -969,269 +975,283 @@ msgid "" "kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:674 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:678 msgid "" "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Tab` to highlight " ":guilabel:`Kernel Command Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:683 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 msgid "Figure 26: kernel command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:685 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 msgid "Choose from the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:687 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:691 msgid "To add arguments, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Add Extra Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:689 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:693 msgid "To remove an argument, enter the argument in :guilabel:`Remove Arguments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:697 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:701 msgid "Kernel Selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:699 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:703 msgid "" "Select a kernel option. By default, the latest kernel release is " "selected. Native kernel is shown in Figure 27." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:702 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:706 msgid "To select a different kernel, navigate to it using :guilabel:`Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:708 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 msgid "Figure 27: Kernel selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:710 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:714 msgid "Select :kbd:`Spacebar` to select the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:712 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:716 msgid "Navigate to :kbd:`Confirm` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:717 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 msgid "Swupd Mirror" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:719 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 msgid "If you have your own custom mirror of |CL|, you can add its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:721 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:725 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Swupd Mirror`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:723 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:727 msgid "To add a local swupd mirror, enter a valid URL in :guilabel:`Mirror URL:`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:731 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:735 msgid "Figure 28: Swupd Mirror" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:736 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 msgid "Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:738 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:742 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Assign Hostname`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:740 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 msgid "In :guilabel:`Hostname`, enter the hostname only (excluding the domain)." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:744 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:748 msgid "" "Hostname does not allow empty spaces. Hostname must start with an " "alphanumeric character but may also contain hyphens. Maximum length of 63" " characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:752 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:756 msgid "Figure 29: Assign Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:761 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:765 msgid "Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:763 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 msgid "" "Automatical OS updates are enabled by default. In the rare case that you " "need to disable automatic software updates, follow the onscreen " "instructions, shown in Figure 30." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:767 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:771 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Automatic OS Updates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:769 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:773 msgid "Select the desired option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:775 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:779 msgid "Figure 30: Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:777 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:781 msgid "You are returned to the :guilabel:`Main Menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:780 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 msgid "Save Configuration Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:782 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:786 msgid "In Advanced Options, select :guilabel:`Save Configuration Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:784 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:788 msgid "" "A dialogue box shows the installation configuration was saved to :file" ":`clr-installer.yaml`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:791 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:795 msgid "Figure 31: Automatic OS Updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:793 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 msgid "" "Use the :file:`clr-installer.yaml` file to install |CL|, with the same " "configuration, on multiple targets." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:797 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:801 msgid "Finish installation" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:799 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:803 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your installation configuration, navigate to " ":guilabel:`Install` and select :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:806 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:810 msgid "Figure 32: Select Install" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:808 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 msgid "Select :guilabel:`reboot`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:812 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:816 msgid "" "If you do not assign an administrative user, upon rebooting, enter `root`" " and set the root password immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:815 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:819 msgid "When the system reboots, remove any installation media present." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:818 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:822 msgid "Default partition schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:820 -msgid "" -"To add partitions manually, see `Advanced configuration`_ below, and " -"create partitions per requirements in Table 1." +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:824 +msgid "Create partitions per requirements in Table 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:823 -msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:827 -msgid "FileSystem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:828 -msgid "Mount Point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:829 -msgid "Minimum size" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:826 +msgid "**Table 1. Default partition schema**" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:830 -msgid "``VFAT``" +msgid "FileSystem" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:831 -msgid "/boot" +msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:832 -msgid "150M" +msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:833 -msgid "``swap``" +msgid "Default size" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:835 -msgid "256MB" +msgid "``VFAT(FAT32)``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:836 -msgid "``root``" +msgid "boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:837 -msgid "/" +msgid "/boot" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:838 -msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgid "150MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:840 +msgid "``linux-swap``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:841 -msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgid "swap" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:844 -msgid "For Configure Installation Media" +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:843 +msgid "256MB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:845 +msgid "``ext[234] or XFS``" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:846 +msgid "root" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:847 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:848 +msgid "*Size depends upon use case/desired bundles.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:854 +msgid "For Configure Installation Media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 msgid "" "If a warning message appears that no media or space is available after " "entering :guilabel:`Configure Installation Media`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:849 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:859 msgid "Verify that target media has enough free space." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:851 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:861 msgid "Confirm the USB is properly connected to and mounted on target media." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:853 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:863 msgid "Review the size of existing partitions on the target media:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:855 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:865 msgid "Linux\\* OS: :command:`lsblk -a`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:856 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:866 msgid "Windows\\* OS: :command:`diskpart`, then :command:`list disk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:857 +#: ../../get-started/bare-metal-install-server/bare-metal-install-server.rst:867 msgid "macOS\\* platform: :command:`diskutil list`" msgstr "" @@ -1250,3 +1270,43 @@ msgstr "" #~ "instruction." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions guide you through " +#~ "installing |CL-ATTR| on bare metal " +#~ "from a bootable USB drive using a" +#~ " live server image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure that your target system supports the installation:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After downloading the image, verify and" +#~ " decompress the file per your OS." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add partitions manually, see " +#~ "`Advanced configuration`_ below, and create" +#~ " partitions per requirements in Table " +#~ "1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Table 1. Disk Partition Setup**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Minimum size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``VFAT``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "150M" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``swap``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``root``" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po index 9e652b02..6fe447c4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ msgid "" "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 msgid "" "Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" " eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." @@ -135,57 +135,202 @@ msgid "" "SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:11 +msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:12 msgid "Start Command Prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:13 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:14 msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:20 msgid "" "Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" " downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:24 msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:26 msgid "" "Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " "environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:30 msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:31 msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:32 msgid "" "From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " ":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:39 msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 +msgid "Image types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " +"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " +"platform specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 +msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 +msgid "Image Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 +msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 +msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 +msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 +msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 +msgid "aws.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 +msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 +msgid "azure.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 +msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 +msgid "azure-docker.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " +"Docker\\* pre-installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 +msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " +"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 +msgid "cloudguest.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 +msgid "gce.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 +msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 +msgid "hyperv.vhdx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " +"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 +msgid "kvm.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " +"kernel`_ for KVM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 +msgid "kvm-legacy.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " +"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 +msgid "pxe.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 +msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 +msgid "vmware.vmdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " +"Workstation, and ESXi." +msgstr "" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:75 msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" msgstr "" @@ -194,78 +339,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:78 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:81 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:80 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:82 msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:84 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:83 msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:91 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:90 msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:93 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:92 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`I will install the operating system later` option. " "See figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:100 msgid "" "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select install operating system " "later." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:104 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:120 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:131 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:130 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:229 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:106 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:105 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System` screen, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:114 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:113 msgid "" "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " "type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:116 msgid "" "Set :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " "kernel 64-bit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:122 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:121 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, give your new VM a " "name. See figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:128 msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:132 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button. Keep the default disk settings unchanged. When " @@ -274,220 +415,220 @@ msgid "" "figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:143 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:142 msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:145 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:151 msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:154 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:153 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:160 msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:163 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:166 msgid "" "To disconnect the virtual CD/DVD (IDE) since it is not needed, under the " ":guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`New CD/DVD (IDE)`. See figure " "8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:173 msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD (IDE)" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:176 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:175 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck :guilabel:`Connect " "at power on`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:179 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:178 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:181 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:258 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:180 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:257 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:183 msgid "Attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:186 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:185 msgid "" "Move the downloaded and decompressed pre-configured |CL| VMware image " "file :file:`clear-[version number]-basic.vmdk` to the directory where " "your newly-created VM resides." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:192 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:276 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:278 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:194 msgid "On Windows: :file:`C:\\Users\\username\\Documents\\Virtual Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:197 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:196 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " "newly-created VM. See figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:203 msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit virtual machine settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:206 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:205 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit virtual machine settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:207 msgid "" "To remove the default hard disk, under the :guilabel:`Device` list, " "select :guilabel:`Hard Disk (SCSI)`. See figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:215 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:214 msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Remove hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:217 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:216 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Remove` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:219 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:218 msgid "" "To add a new hard disk and attach the pre-configured |CL| VMware image, " "click the :guilabel:`Add...` button. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:226 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:225 msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Add new hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:227 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Hardware types` section, select :guilabel:`Hard " "Disk`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:231 msgid "Select your preferred :guilabel:`Virtual disk type`. See figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:238 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:237 msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select virtual disk type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:240 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:239 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Use an existing virtual disk` option. See figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:246 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:245 msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Use existing virtual disk" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:248 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:247 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the pre-configured |CL| " "VMware image file. See figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:254 msgid "" "Figure 14: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select ready-made VMware |CL| " "image file" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:262 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:261 msgid "" "When asked to convert the existing virtual disk to a newer format, " "selecting either option works." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:265 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:268 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:267 msgid "" "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot.To enable it, add the following line to " "the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:280 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:279 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:282 msgid "Power on the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:284 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:286 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." " See figure 15." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:294 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:293 msgid "Figure 15: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:296 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:295 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:299 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:298 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:301 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:300 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:302 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:303 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:305 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player-preconf.rst:304 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -523,3 +664,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po index 21043f49..3b4fa683 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:6 msgid "" "This page explains how to create a new VM and install |CL| on it with the" -" VMware Workstation 14 Player hypervisor." +" VMware Workstation Player hypervisor." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:14 @@ -34,293 +34,219 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:16 msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of" -" another operating system such as Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " -"ESXi, you can create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " -"(Virtual Machines)` on your local system." +"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is a type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top of " +"Windows\\* or Linux\\* operating systems. With VMware ESXi, you can " +"create, configure, manage, and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs (Virtual " +"Machines)` on your local system." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:21 msgid "" -"Installing |CL| into a new VM provides you flexibility when configuring " -"the VM. You can configure the VM's size, number of partitions, installed " -"bundles, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " -":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 -msgid "" "VMware offers a type 1 hypervisor called `VMware ESXi`_ designed for the " "cloud environment. For information on how to install |CL| as guest OS on " "it, see :ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:33 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:27 msgid "" -"Screenshots in this document show VMware Workstation 14 Player for " -"Windows. Menus and prompts in the Linux version have minor wording " -"differences." +"The screenshots on this document show the Windows version of the VMware " +"Workstation 15 Player. The menus and prompts are similar to those in " +"other versions and for the Linux OS save some minor wording differences." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you prefer to use a pre-configured |CL| VMware image instead, see our " +":ref:`vmw-player-preconf` guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:35 msgid "Install the VMware Workstation Player hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:39 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:37 msgid "" "Enable :abbr:`IntelĀ® VT (IntelĀ® Virtualization Technology)` and " ":abbr:`IntelĀ® VT-d (IntelĀ® Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O)` " "in your system's BIOS." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:43 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:41 msgid "" -"`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. " -"Download your preferred version." +"`VMware Workstation Player`_ is available for Windows and Linux. Download" +" your preferred version." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:46 msgid "" -"Install VMware Workstation 14 Player following the instructions " -"appropriate for your system's OS:" +"By default, selecting download means you receive the latest version of " +"this application. Commands may differ based on the version." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:49 -msgid "On supported Linux distros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:51 -msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." +msgid "" +"Install VMware Workstation Player following the instructions appropriate " +"for your system's OS:" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:52 +msgid "On supported Linux distros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:54 +msgid "Enable a GUI desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:55 msgid "Start a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:56 msgid "" "Start the installer by issuing the command below and follow the guided " "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63 msgid "On Windows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:62 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:65 msgid "Start the installer." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:63 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:66 msgid "Follow the setup wizard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:65 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68 msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player Documentation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:68 -msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Get the latest |CL| installer ISO image from the `image`_ repository. " -"Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:71 +msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer" msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:73 +msgid "Get the latest installer with |CL| OS Desktop from the `downloads`_ page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:75 msgid "" "Visit :ref:`image-types` for additional information about all available " "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:4 -msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:77 msgid "" -"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" -" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." -" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " -"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:11 -msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:12 -msgid "Start Command Prompt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:13 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:14 -msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" -" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:24 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:30 -msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:31 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:32 -msgid "" -"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " -":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-windows.rst:39 -msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:78 -msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:80 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:81 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:84 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:83 msgid "Start the `VMware Workstation Player` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:85 msgid "" "On the home screen, click :guilabel:`Create a New Virtual Machine`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:95 -msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:92 +msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation Player - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:98 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard` screen, " "select the :guilabel:`Installer disc image file (iso)` option. See Figure" " 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:106 -msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:103 +msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:105 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Browse` button and select the decompressed |CL| " "installer ISO." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:111 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:127 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:138 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:108 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:135 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:151 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:113 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Select a Guest Operating System`, set the " ":guilabel:`Guest operating system` setting to :guilabel:`Linux`. See " "Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select guest operating system " -"type" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:118 +msgid "Figure 3: VMware Workstation Player - Select guest operating system type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:121 msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or " +"Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to :guilabel:`Other Linux 4.x or " "later kernel 64-bit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:126 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Name the Virtual Machine` screen, name the new VM. See " "Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:136 -msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:133 +msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation Player - Name virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:137 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Specify Disk Capacity` screen, set the VM's maximum " "disk size. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:147 -msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:144 +msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation Player - Set disk capacity" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:150 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:148 msgid "" -"A minimal |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref" -":`system-requirements` for more details." +"For optimal performance with the |CL| Desktop image, we recommend 32GB of" +" drive space. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:153 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Ready to Create Virtual Machine` screen, click the " ":guilabel:`Customize Hardware...` button. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 -msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:160 +msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation Player - Customize hardware" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:164 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:162 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Memory` and set the size to 2GB. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:170 -msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:168 +msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation Player - Set memory size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:173 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:171 msgid "" "The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM. After completing " "installation, |CL| can run on as little as 128MB of RAM. Thus, you can " @@ -328,170 +254,165 @@ msgid "" " details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:178 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:176 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Device` list, select :guilabel:`Processors`. See " "Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:185 -msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set virtualization engine option" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:183 +msgid "Figure 8: VMware Workstation Player - Set virtualization engine option" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:188 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:186 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Virtualization engine` section, check " ":guilabel:`Virtualize Intel VT-x/EPT or AMD-V/RVI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:189 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:191 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:194 msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:198 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:196 msgid "" "Select the newly-created VM and click the :guilabel:`Play virtual " "machine` button. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 -msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:203 +msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation Player - Power on virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:207 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:205 msgid "" "Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " "installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:210 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:208 msgid "" "After the installation completes, reboot the VM. This reboot restarts the" " |CL| installer." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:212 msgid "Detach the |CL| installer ISO from the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:216 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:214 msgid "" "To enable the mouse pointer so you access VMware Workstation Player's " "menus, press :kbd:`` + :kbd:`` on the keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:219 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:217 msgid "" "To disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " "again, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 10." msgstr "" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:224 +msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:226 -msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Disconnect`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:228 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:230 -msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Connected` and the :guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. " -"See Figure 11." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:238 -msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:240 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:242 -msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:248 -msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:250 -msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:231 msgid "Enable UEFI boot support" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 -msgid "" -"|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI, add the following line " -"to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:233 +msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. To enable UEFI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:264 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:235 +msgid "Power off the VM. click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 11." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:241 +msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation Player - Power off virtual machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:243 +msgid "Go to :guilabel:`Power` and select :guilabel:`Shut Down Guest`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:245 +msgid "Add the following line to the end of your VM's :file:`.vmx` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:253 msgid "Depending on the OS, you can typically find the VMware VM files under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:255 msgid "On Linux distros: :file:`/home/username/vmware`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:256 msgid "" "On Windows: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\username\\\\Documents\\\\Virtual " "Machines`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:270 -msgid "Power on the VM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:272 -msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:274 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:259 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your VM." -" See Figure 13." +"After configuring the settings above, power on your |CL| virtual machine." +" On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player` home screen, select your " +"VM. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:281 -msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:263 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Play virtual machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:286 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:265 +msgid "" +"Install Open VM Tools. You may want to install the `open-vm-tools` in " +"your virtual machine. The Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) are " +"the open source implementation of VMware Tools for Linux guest operating " +"systems. In |CL| you can use the following to install the bundle in your " +"VM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:275 +msgid "" +"More information is available on the `VMWare Tools Product " +"Documentation`_ site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:278 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:288 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:280 msgid "For other guides on using the VMWare Player and ESXi, see:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:290 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:282 msgid ":ref:`vmw-player-preconf`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:291 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:283 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:292 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmw-player.rst:284 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -521,3 +442,215 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "For additional help, see the `VMware Workstation Player guide`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page explains how to create a" +#~ " new VM and install |CL| on it" +#~ " with the VMware Workstation 14 " +#~ "Player hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is a " +#~ "type 2 hypervisor. It runs on top" +#~ " of another operating system such as" +#~ " Windows\\* or Linux\\*. With VMware " +#~ "ESXi, you can create, configure, manage," +#~ " and run |CL-ATTR| :abbr:`VMs " +#~ "(Virtual Machines)` on your local " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installing |CL| into a new VM " +#~ "provides you flexibility when configuring " +#~ "the VM. You can configure the VM's" +#~ " size, number of partitions, installed " +#~ "bundles, etc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screenshots in this document show VMware" +#~ " Workstation 14 Player for Windows. " +#~ "Menus and prompts in the Linux " +#~ "version have minor wording differences." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`VMware Workstation 14 Player`_ is " +#~ "available for Windows and Linux. " +#~ "Download your preferred version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install VMware Workstation 14 Player " +#~ "following the instructions appropriate for " +#~ "your system's OS:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the latest |CL| installer ISO" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get the latest |CL| installer ISO " +#~ "image from the `image`_ repository. Look" +#~ " for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you use a downloaded |CL| " +#~ "image, verify its integrity. This action" +#~ " eliminates the small chance of a " +#~ "corrupted image due to download issues." +#~ " To support verification, each released " +#~ "|CL| image has a corresponding SHA512" +#~ " checksum file designated with the " +#~ "suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start Command Prompt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Manually compare the output with the " +#~ "original checksum value shown in the " +#~ "downloaded checksum file and make sure" +#~ " they match." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the pop-up menu, select " +#~ ":guilabel:`7-Zip` and select :guilabel:`Extract " +#~ "Here` as shown in Figure 1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "We also provide instructions for other operating systems:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-linux`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Create a new virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 2: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Select |CL| installer ISO" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 3: VMware Workstation 14 Player" +#~ " - Select guest operating system type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the :guilabel:`Version` setting to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other Linux 3.x or later " +#~ "kernel 64-bit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 4: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Name virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 5: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set disk capacity" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A minimal |CL| installation can exist" +#~ " on 600MB of drive space. See " +#~ ":ref:`system-requirements` for more details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 6: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Customize hardware" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 7: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Set memory size" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 8: VMware Workstation 14 Player" +#~ " - Set virtualization engine option" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 9: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 10: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Edit CD/DVD settings" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Removable Devices-->CD/DVD (IDE)-->Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Device status` section, " +#~ "uncheck the :guilabel:`Connected` and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Connect at power on` settings. " +#~ "See Figure 11." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 11: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Disconnect CD/DVD" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To power off the VM, click the :guilabel:`Player` menu. See Figure 12." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 12: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power off virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| needs UEFI support to boot. " +#~ "To enable UEFI, add the following " +#~ "line to the end of your VM's " +#~ ":file:`.vmx` file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Power on the VM" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After configuring the settings above, " +#~ "power on your |CL| virtual machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`VMware Workstation Player`" +#~ " home screen, select your VM. See " +#~ "Figure 13." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 13: VMware Workstation 14 Player - Power on virtual machine" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po index b8c01b9d..93fd3a0a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -73,205 +73,172 @@ msgid "" "Look for :file:`clear-[version number]-installer.iso.xz`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:41 msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:45 -msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:48 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 msgid "Upload the |CL| installer ISO to the VMware server" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:53 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:47 msgid "" "Connect to the VMware server and log into an account with sufficient " "permission to create and manage VMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:55 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:49 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Storage`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:57 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:51 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:64 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:58 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`ISOs`. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:73 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:67 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:75 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:76 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:78 msgid "" "Select the decompressed |CL| installer ISO file :file:`clear-[version " "number]-installer.iso` and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:82 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:90 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:84 msgid "" "In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" " such as drive size, number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the " "|CL| installer ISO." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:93 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:89 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:95 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:97 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:105 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:99 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:132 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:126 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:179 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:107 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:115 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:109 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:117 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:111 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:118 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:112 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:119 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:113 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:120 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:114 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:127 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:121 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:129 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:123 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:125 msgid "Accept the default option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:134 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:128 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:130 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:137 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:131 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:144 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:138 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:140 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Memory` size to 2048MB (2GB). See Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:152 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:146 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Set memory size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:156 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:150 msgid "" "The |CL| installer ISO needs a minimum of 2GB of RAM to work properly. " "You can reduce the memory size after the installation completes if you " @@ -279,21 +246,21 @@ msgid "" "128MB of RAM. See :ref:`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:155 msgid "Set :guilabel:`Hard disk 1` to the desired capacity. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:167 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:161 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Set hard disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:171 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:165 msgid "" "A minimum |CL| installation can exist on 600MB of drive space. See :ref" ":`system-requirements` for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:168 msgid "" "Attach the |CL| installer ISO. For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " "setting, click the drop-down list to the right of it and select the " @@ -302,173 +269,173 @@ msgid "" "uploaded to the VMware server. See Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:177 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Set CD/DVD to boot installer ISO" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:186 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:180 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:183 msgid "Install |CL| into the new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:185 msgid "Power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:193 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:187 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:189 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:196 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:276 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:190 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:270 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:197 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:277 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:191 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 msgid "" "Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " "its window." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:204 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:198 msgid "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:200 msgid "" "Follow the :ref:`install-on-target-start` guide to complete the " "installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:202 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, follow the |CL| instruction to reboot" " it. This will restart the installer again." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:206 msgid "Reconfigure the VM's settings to boot the newly-installed |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:208 msgid "" "After |CL| has been installed using the installer ISO, it must be " "detached so it will not run again. Also, in order to boot the newly-" "installed |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:218 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:212 msgid "Power off the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:220 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:214 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button - located on the top-right corner of" " the VM's windows - and go to the :guilabel:`Power` setting and select " "the :guilabel:`Power off` option. See Figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:228 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:222 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Actions > Power off" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:230 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:224 msgid "Edit the VM settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:232 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:226 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Actions` button again and select :guilabel:`Edit " "settings`. See Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:239 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:233 msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Actions > Edit settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:241 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:235 msgid "" "Disconnect the CD/DVD to stop it from booting the |CL| installer ISO " "again." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:243 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:237 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 14." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:238 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` setting, uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:245 msgid "Figure 14: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:253 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:247 msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:255 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:249 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 15." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:256 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:250 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:257 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:251 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:264 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:258 msgid "Figure 15: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:266 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:260 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:263 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:271 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:265 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:267 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 16." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:275 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:269 msgid "In the right window, select the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:284 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:278 msgid "Figure 16: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:287 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:281 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:289 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-install-cl.rst:283 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image`" msgstr "" @@ -517,3 +484,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Install steps:" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po index 5ce8bef9..79301b8d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -75,135 +75,102 @@ msgid "" "|CL| images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:4 -msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:6 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:44 msgid "" -"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " -"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " -"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:10 -msgid "Start a terminal emulator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:11 -msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:13 -msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress-linux.rst:19 -msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +"We also provide instructions for downloading and verifying a Clear Linux " +"ISO. For more information, refer to :ref:`download-verify-decompress`." msgstr "" #: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:48 -msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:54 msgid "Upload the |CL| image to the VMware server" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:56 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been downloaded and decompressed " "on your local system, it must be uploaded to a datastore on the VMware " "ESXi server." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:60 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:54 msgid "" "The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " "documentation `Using Datastore File Browser in the VMware Host Client`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:63 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:57 msgid "" "Connect to the VMware ESXi server and login to an account with sufficient" " permission to create and manage VMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:66 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:60 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window on the left side, select " ":guilabel:`Storage`. See Figure 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:70 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:64 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Datastores` tab, click the :guilabel:`Datastore " "browser` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:77 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:71 msgid "Figure 1: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:79 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:73 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create directory` button and name the directory " "`Clear Linux VM`. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:86 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:80 msgid "Figure 2: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Create directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:88 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:82 msgid "" "Select the newly-created directory and click the :guilabel:`Upload` " "button. See Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:89 msgid "Figure 3: VMware ESXi - Datastore > Upload VMware image" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:91 msgid "" "Select the decompressed |CL| VMware image file :file:`clear-[version " "number]-vmware.vmdk` and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:95 msgid "Convert the |CL| image to an ESXi-supported format" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the |CL| VMware prebuilt image has been uploaded to the VMware ESXi " "datastore, it must be converted to a format for usable with VMware's ESXi" " hypervisor." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:107 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:101 msgid "" "The steps in this section can also be referenced from the VMware " "documentation on `Cloning and converting virtual machine disks with " "vmkfstools`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:109 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:103 msgid "" "SSH into the `vSphere Management Assistant`_ appliance that is managing " "the ESXi host or connect to the vSphere hosting using the `vSphere CLI`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:114 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:108 msgid "" "If there is no :abbr:`vMA (vSphere Management Assistant)` appliance or " ":abbr:`vCLI (vSphere CLI)` configured and available, you can temporarily " @@ -211,258 +178,258 @@ msgid "" "`Enable the Secure Shell (SSH) in the VMware Host Client`_ ." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:118 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:112 msgid "" "As a security best practice, remember to disable SSH access after " "following the steps in this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:121 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:115 msgid "" "Locate the uploaded image, which is typically found in " ":file:`/vmfs/volumes/datastore1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:124 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:118 msgid "" "Use the :command:`vmkfstools` command to perform the conversion, as shown" " below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:131 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:125 msgid "Two files should result from this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:133 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:127 msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi-flat.vmdk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:128 msgid ":file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk`" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:136 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:130 msgid "" "The :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file will be used in the " "next section when you create a new VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:134 msgid "Create and configure a new VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:142 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:136 msgid "" "In this section, you will create a new VM, configure its basic parameters" " such as number of CPUs, memory size, and then attach the converted |CL| " "VMware image. Also, in order to boot |CL|, you must enable UEFI support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:146 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:140 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:143 msgid "In the right window, click the :guilabel:`Create / Register VM` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:155 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:149 msgid "Figure 4: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:157 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:151 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select creation type` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:159 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:153 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Create a new virtual machine` option. See Figure 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:190 -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:261 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:156 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:173 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:184 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:255 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Next` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:162 msgid "Figure 5: VMware ESXi - Create a new virtual machine" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:164 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select a name and guest OS` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:172 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:166 msgid "Give the new VM a name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. See Figure 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:174 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:168 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Compatability` option to :guilabel:`ESXi 6.5 virtual " "machine`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:176 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:170 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS family` option to :guilabel:`Linux`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:177 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:171 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Guest OS version` option to :guilabel:`Other 3.x or " "later Linux (64-bit)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:185 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:179 msgid "Figure 6: VMware ESXi - Give a name and select guest OS type" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:187 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:181 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Select storage` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:183 msgid "Accept the default option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:192 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:186 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Customize settings` step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:194 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:188 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Virtual Hardware` button. See Figure 7." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:195 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:189 msgid "" "Expand the :guilabel:`CPU` setting and enable :guilabel:`Hardware " "virtualization` by checking :guilabel:`Expose hardware assisted " "virtualization to the guest OS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:203 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:197 msgid "Figure 7: VMware ESXi - Enable hardware virtualization" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:205 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:199 msgid "" "Remove the default :guilabel:`Hard drive 1` setting by clicking the `X` " "icon on the right side. See Figure 8." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:212 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:206 msgid "Figure 8: VMware ESXi - Remove hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:214 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:208 msgid "" "Since a preconfigured image will be used, the :guilabel:`CD/DVD Drive 1` " "setting will not be needed. Disable it by unchecking the " ":guilabel:`Connect` checkbox. See Figure 9." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:222 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:216 msgid "Figure 9: VMware ESXi - Disconnect the CD/DVD drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:224 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:218 msgid "" "Attach the :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file that was " "converted from the preconfigured |CL| VMware image." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:227 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:221 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Add hard disk` button and select the " ":guilabel:`Existing hard drive` option. See Figure 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:234 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:228 msgid "Figure 10: VMware ESXi - Add an existing hard drive" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:236 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:230 msgid "" "Select the converted :file:`clear-[version number]-esxi.vmdk` file. Do " "not use the original unconverted :file:`clear-[version " "number]-vmware.vmdk` file. See Figure 11." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:238 msgid "" "Figure 11: VMware ESXi - Select the converted :file:`clear-[version " "number]-esxi.vmdk` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:247 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:241 msgid "|CL| needs UEFI support in order to boot. Enable UEFI boot support." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:249 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:243 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`VM Options` button. See Figure 12." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:250 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:244 msgid "Expand the :guilabel:`Boot Options` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:251 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:245 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Firmware` setting, click the drop-down list to the " "right of it and select the :guilabel:`EFI` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:258 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:252 msgid "Figure 12: VMware ESXi - Set boot firmware to EFI" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:260 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:254 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:262 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:256 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Finish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:259 msgid "Power on the VM and boot |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:261 msgid "After configuring the settings above, power on the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:269 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:263 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Navigator` window, select :guilabel:`Virtual " "Machines`. See Figure 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:271 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:265 msgid "In the right window, select the newly-created VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:272 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:266 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Power on` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:273 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:267 msgid "" "Click on the icon representing the VM to bring it into view and maximize " "its window." msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:280 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:274 msgid "Figure 13: VMware ESXi - Navigator > Virtual Machines > Power on VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:283 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:277 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:285 +#: ../../get-started/virtual-machine-install/vmware-esxi-preconfigured-cl-image.rst:279 msgid ":ref:`vmware-esxi-install-cl`" msgstr "" @@ -518,3 +485,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ " Enable the Secure Shell (SSH)`_ ." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Released |CL| images are compressed with" +#~ " either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +#~ "(*.xz*). The compression type depends on" +#~ " the target platform or environment. " +#~ "To decompress the image, follow these" +#~ " steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start a terminal emulator." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For alternative instructions on other operating systems, see:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-mac`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`download-verify-decompress-windows`" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po index dee8e26b..6526a817 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/deploy-at-scale.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,37 +24,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable with |CL-ATTR| :ref:`concepts `, your " -"next step as a system administrator is to understand how to deploy |CL| " -"at scale in your environment." +"This guide describes deployment considerations and strategies when " +"deploying |CL-ATTR| at scale in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:10 -msgid "" -"In this document the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL|" -" installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " -"field." +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:16 msgid "" -"This is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " +"In this guide the term *endpoint* refers to a system targeted for |CL| " +"installation, whether that is a datacenter system or unit deployed in " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This guide is not a replacement or blueprint for designing your own IT " "operating environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:24 msgid "" -"Your |CL| deployment should complement the existing environment and " -"available tools. It is assumed foundational core IT dependencies of your " -"environment, such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the " -"deployment." +"Implementation details for a scale deployment are beyond the scope of " +"this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:29 -msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your |CL| deployment should complement your existing environment and " +"available tools. It is assumed core IT dependencies of your environment, " +"such as your network, are healthy and scaled to suit the deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:32 +msgid "Pick a usage and update strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:34 msgid "" "Different business scenarios call for different deployment methodologies." " |CL| offers the flexibility to continue consuming the upstream |CL| " @@ -62,56 +70,54 @@ msgid "" "act as your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 msgid "Below is an overview of some considerations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:42 msgid "Create your own Linux distribution (mix)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:44 msgid "" "This approach forks away from the |CL| upstream and has you act as your " -"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer " -"process`_ to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of " +"own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System Vendor)` by leveraging the :ref:`mixer` " +"process to create customized images based on |CL|. This is a level of " "responsibility that requires having more infrastructure and processes to " "adopt. In return, this approach *offers you a high degree of control and " -"customization*." +"customization*. Consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:50 msgid "" "Development systems that generate bundles and updates should have " -"sufficient performance for the task and separate from the swupd update " -"webservers that serve update content to production machines." +"sufficient performance for the task and be separate from the swupd update" +" webservers that serve update content to production machines." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:54 msgid "" "swupd update webservers that serve update content to production machines " -"(see `mixer process`_ for more information) should be appropriately " -"scaled." +"should be appropriately scaled. Specific implementation details for a " +"scalable, resilient web server are beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Your swupd update server is just like any other web application. |WEB-" -"SERVER-SCALE|" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:58 +msgid "(See :ref:`mixer` for more information about update servers.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:61 msgid "Adopt an agile methodology" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 msgid "" "The cloud, and other scaled deployments, are all about flexibility and " "speed. It only makes sense that any |CL| deployment strategy should " "follow suit." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:63 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:66 msgid "" "Manually rebuilding your own bundles or mix for every release is not " "sustainable at a large scale. A |CL| deployment pipeline should be agile " @@ -121,92 +127,92 @@ msgid "" " of software to your endpoints is an important prerequisite." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 msgid "" "You own the validation and lifecycle of the OS and should treat it like " "any other software development lifecycle. Below are some pointers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 msgid "" "Thoroughly understand the custom software packages that you will need to " "integrate with |CL| and maintain along with their dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 msgid "" "Setup a path to production for building |CL| based images. At minimum " "this should include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 msgid "" "A development clr-on-clr environment to test building packages and " "bundles for |CL| systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 msgid "A pre-production environment to deploy |CL| versions to before production" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 msgid "" "Employ a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) " "philosophy in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 msgid "" "Automatically pull custom packages as they are updated from their " "upstream projects or vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:91 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 msgid "" "Generate |CL| bundles and potentially bootable images with your " "customizations, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 msgid "" "Measure against metrics and indicators which are relevant to your " "business (e.g. performance, power, etc) from release to release." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:100 msgid "" "Integrate with your organization's governance processes, such as change " "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:101 -msgid "Versioning Infrastructure" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:104 +msgid "Versioning infrastructure" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:106 msgid "" "|CL| version numbers are very important as they apply to the whole " "infrastructure stack from OS components to libraries and applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:107 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:109 msgid "" "Good record keeping is important, so you should keep a detailed registry " "and history of previously deployed versions and their contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:110 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:112 msgid "" "With a glance at the |CL| version numbers deployed, you should be able to" " tell if your Clear systems are patched against a particular security " "vulnerability or incorporate a critical new feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 msgid "Pick an image distribution strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:119 msgid "" "Once you have decided on a usage and update strategy, you should " "understand *how* |CL| will be deployed to your endpoints. In a large " @@ -214,56 +220,56 @@ msgid "" "automated installations or prebuilt images." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:124 msgid "" "There are many well-known ways to install an operating system at scale. " "Each have their own benefits, and one may lend itself easier in your " "environment depending on the resources available to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 msgid "See the available :ref:`image-types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:130 msgid "Below are some common ways to install |CL| to systems at scale:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:131 -msgid "Baremetal" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 +msgid "Bare metal" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:135 msgid "" "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or other out-of-band booting options" -" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical baremetal systems on a LAN." +" are one way to distribute |CL| to physical bare metal systems on a LAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:138 msgid "" "This option works well if your customizations are fairly small in size " "and infrastructure can be stateless." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:141 msgid "" -"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a live image that can be deployed as a " +"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers a live image that can be deployed as a " "PXE boot server if one doesn't already exist in your environment. Also " "see documentation on how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:145 -msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:146 +msgid "Cloud instances or virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:148 msgid "" "Image templates in the form of cloneable disks are an effective way to " "distribute |CL| for virtual machine environments, whether on-premises or " "hosted by a Cloud Solution Provider (CSP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:151 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:152 msgid "" "When used in concert with cloud VM migration features, this can be a good" " option for allowing your applications a degree of high availability and " @@ -271,24 +277,24 @@ msgid "" "or moved between datacenters transparently." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:157 msgid "" -"The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers example prebuilt VM images and is " +"The |CL| `Downloads`_ page offers example prebuilt VM images and is " "readily available on popular CSPs. Also see documentation on how to :ref" ":`virtual-machine-install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:161 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:162 msgid "Containers" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:163 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:164 msgid "" "Containerization platforms allow images to be pulled from a repository " "and deployed repeatedly as isolated containers." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:167 msgid "" "Containers with a |CL| image can be a good option to blueprint and ship " "your application, including all its dependencies, as an artifact while " @@ -296,59 +302,59 @@ msgid "" "applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:172 msgid "" "|CL| is capable of running a Docker host, has a container image which can" " be pulled from DockerHub, or can be built as a customized container. For" -" more information visit the `containers page`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:176 -msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" +" more information visit the `Containers`_ page." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:177 +msgid "Considerations with stateless systems" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:179 msgid "" "An important |CL| concept is statelessness and partitioning of system " "data from user data. This concept can change the way you think about an " "at scale deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 msgid "Backup strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:184 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:186 msgid "" "A |CL| system and its infrastructure should be considered a commodity and" " be easily reproducible. Avoid focusing on backing up the operating " "system itself or default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:190 msgid "" "Instead, focus on backing up what's important and unique - the " "application and data. In other words, only focus on backing up critical " -"areas like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:193 -msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry" +"areas like :file:`/home`, :file:`/etc`, and :file:`/var`." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:195 +msgid "Meaningful logging & telemetry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:197 msgid "" "Offload logging and telemetry from endpoints to external servers, so it " "is persistent and can be accessed on another server when an issue occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:198 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:200 msgid "" -"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd journal-" -"remote service`_" +"Remote syslogging in |CL| is available through the `systemd-journal-" +"remote.service`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:201 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:203 msgid "" "|CL| offers a :ref:`telem-guide`, which can be a powerful tool for a " "large deployment to quickly crowdsource issues of interest. Take " @@ -357,33 +363,34 @@ msgid "" "appropriately." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:207 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:209 msgid "" -"Your telemetry server is just like any other web application. |WEB-" -"SERVER-SCALE|" +"Like any web server, the telemetry server should be appropriately scaled " +"and resilient. Specific implementation details for a scalable, resilient " +"web server are beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:211 -msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management" +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:214 +msgid "Orchestration and configuration management" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:213 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 msgid "" "In cloud environments, where systems can be ephemeral, being able to " "configure and maintain generic instances is valuable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:219 msgid "" "|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init style solution, `micro-config-" "drive`_, through the *os-cloudguest* bundles which allow you to configure" " many Day 1 tasks such as setting hostname, creating users, or placing " "SSH keys in an automated way at boot. For more information on automating " -"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the `documentation " -"on bulk provisioning`_ ." +"configuration during deployment of |CL| endpoints see the :ref:`bulk-" +"provision` guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:223 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:226 msgid "" "A configuration management tool is useful for maintaining consistent " "system and application-level configuration. Ansible\\* is offered through" @@ -391,11 +398,11 @@ msgid "" "automation tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:232 msgid "Cloud-native applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:231 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:234 msgid "" "An Infrastructure OS can design for good behavior, but it is ultimately " "up to applications to make agile design choices. Applications deployed on" @@ -403,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" "run. References should be relative and dynamic when possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:236 +#: ../../guides/deploy-at-scale.rst:239 msgid "" "The application architecture should incorporate an appropriate tolerance " "for infrastructure outages. Don't just keep stateless design as a noted " @@ -441,3 +448,155 @@ msgstr "" #~ " appropriately." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you are comfortable with |CL-" +#~ "ATTR| :ref:`concepts `, your next" +#~ " step as a system administrator is" +#~ " to understand how to deploy |CL| " +#~ "at scale in your environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this document the term *endpoint* " +#~ "refers to a system targeted for " +#~ "|CL| installation, whether that is a " +#~ "datacenter system or unit deployed in" +#~ " field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is not a replacement or " +#~ "blueprint for designing your own IT " +#~ "operating environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your |CL| deployment should complement " +#~ "the existing environment and available " +#~ "tools. It is assumed foundational core" +#~ " IT dependencies of your environment, " +#~ "such as your network, are healthy " +#~ "and scaled to suit the deployment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pick a |CL| usage and update strategy" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This approach forks away from the " +#~ "|CL| upstream and has you act as" +#~ " your own :abbr:`OSV (Operating System " +#~ "Vendor)` by leveraging the `mixer " +#~ "process`_ to create customized images " +#~ "based on |CL|. This is a level " +#~ "of responsibility that requires having " +#~ "more infrastructure and processes to " +#~ "adopt. In return, this approach *offers" +#~ " you a high degree of control " +#~ "and customization*." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Development systems that generate bundles " +#~ "and updates should have sufficient " +#~ "performance for the task and separate" +#~ " from the swupd update webservers " +#~ "that serve update content to production" +#~ " machines." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "swupd update webservers that serve " +#~ "update content to production machines " +#~ "(see `mixer process`_ for more " +#~ "information) should be appropriately scaled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your swupd update server is just " +#~ "like any other web application. |WEB-" +#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Versioning Infrastructure" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Baremetal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Preboot Execution Environments (PXE) or " +#~ "other out-of-band booting options " +#~ "are one way to distribute |CL| to" +#~ " physical baremetal systems on a LAN." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers a " +#~ "live image that can be deployed as" +#~ " a PXE boot server if one " +#~ "doesn't already exist in your " +#~ "environment. Also see documentation on " +#~ "how to :ref:`bare-metal-install-server`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cloud Instances or Virtual Machines" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| `downloads page`_ offers " +#~ "example prebuilt VM images and is " +#~ "readily available on popular CSPs. Also" +#~ " see documentation on how to :ref" +#~ ":`virtual-machine-install`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| is capable of running a " +#~ "Docker host, has a container image " +#~ "which can be pulled from DockerHub, " +#~ "or can be built as a customized" +#~ " container. For more information visit " +#~ "the `containers page`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Instead, focus on backing up what's " +#~ "important and unique - the application" +#~ " and data. In other words, only " +#~ "focus on backing up critical areas " +#~ "like `/home`, `/etc`, and `/var`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Meaningful Logging & Telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remote syslogging in |CL| is available" +#~ " through the `systemd journal-remote " +#~ "service`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your telemetry server is just like " +#~ "any other web application. |WEB-" +#~ "SERVER-SCALE|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Orchestration and Configuration Management" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| offers an efficient cloud-init " +#~ "style solution, `micro-config-drive`_, " +#~ "through the *os-cloudguest* bundles " +#~ "which allow you to configure many " +#~ "Day 1 tasks such as setting " +#~ "hostname, creating users, or placing SSH" +#~ " keys in an automated way at " +#~ "boot. For more information on automating" +#~ " configuration during deployment of |CL|" +#~ " endpoints see the `documentation on " +#~ "bulk provisioning`_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po index b6b78e41..d7f2b02c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/guides.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/guides.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/guides.rst:32 msgid "Kernel" msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/guides.rst:41 +msgid "Stacks" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po index df7dbf55..8af53a76 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-development.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,28 +24,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux* kernel source using " -"|CL-ATTR| development tooling." +"This guide shows how to obtain and compile a Linux\\* kernel source using" +" |CL-ATTR| development tooling." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:17 msgid "" "The :ref:`compatible-kernels` available in |CL| aim to be performant and " "practical. In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to " "suit your specific needs or test new kernel code as a developer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:21 msgid "" "`Source RPMs (SRPMS)`_ are also available for all |CL| kernels, and can " "be used for development instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:25 msgid "Request changes be included with the |CL| kernel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:27 msgid "" "If the kernel modification you need is already open source and likely to " "be useful to others, consider submitting a request to include it in the " @@ -53,39 +57,41 @@ msgid "" "maintain your own modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:29 -msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on GitHub." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project`_ on " +"GitHub\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:35 msgid "Set up kernel development environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 msgid "" "In some cases, it may be necessary to modify the kernel to suit your " "specific needs or to test new kernel code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 msgid "You can build and install a custom kernel; however you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 msgid "Disable Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:43 msgid "Maintain any updates to the kernel going forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a custom kernel, start with the |CL| development environment. " "Then make changes to the kernel, build it, and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:50 msgid "Install the |CL| development tooling framework" msgstr "" @@ -138,47 +144,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This global setting is used by |CL| tools that make use of Git." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 msgid "Clone the kernel package" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:59 msgid "" "Clone the existing kernel package repository from |CL| as a starting " "point." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:61 msgid "" "Clone the Linux kernel package from |CL|. Using the :command:`make " "clone_` command in the :file:`clearlinux/` directory clones " "the package from the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:71 msgid "Navigate into the cloned package directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:78 msgid "" -"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the `kernel-" -"native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel variant as " -"the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names which you " -"can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." +"The \"linux\" package is the kernel that comes with |CL| in the :command" +":`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you can use a different kernel " +"variant as the base for modification. For a list of kernel package names " +"which you can clone instead, see the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 msgid "" "The latest version of the |CL| kernel package is pulled as a starting " "point. An older version can pulled by switching to different git tag by " "using :command:`git checkout tag/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:90 msgid "Change the kernel version" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:92 msgid "" "|CL| tends to use the latest kernel available from `kernel.org`_, the " "Linux upstream. The kernel version that will be built can be changed in " @@ -188,198 +194,198 @@ msgid "" "made manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:93 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:294 msgid "Open the Linux kernel package RPM SPEC file in an editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:104 msgid "" "Modify the Version, Release, and Source0 URL entries at the top of the " "file to change the version of Linux kernel that will be compiled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:102 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:107 msgid "" "A list of current and available kernel release can be found on " "`kernel.org`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:121 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:126 msgid "" "Consider changing the Name from *linux* in the RPM spec file to easily " "identify a modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:123 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:129 msgid "" "Consider changing the ktarget from *native* in the RPM spec file to " "easily identify a modified kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:137 msgid "Pull a copy of the Linux kernel source code" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:130 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:139 msgid "Obtain a local copy of the source code to make modifications against." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:132 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:141 msgid "" "Run make sources to pull the kernel source code specified in the RPM SPEC" " file. In the example, it downloads the :file:`linux-4.20.8.tar.xz` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:149 msgid "" "Extract the kernel source code archive. This will create a working copy " "of the Linux source that you can modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 msgid "" "Navigate to the extracted directory. In this example, it has been " "extracted into a :file:`linux-4.20.8` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 msgid "Customize the Linux kernel source" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:158 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 msgid "" "After the kernel sources have been obtained, customizations to the kernel" " configuration or source code can be made for inclusion with the kernel " "build. These customizations are optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:163 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 msgid "Modify kernel configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:165 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:174 msgid "" "The kernel source has many configuration options available to pick " "support for different hardware and software features." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:167 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 msgid "" "These configuration values must be provided in the :file:`.config` file " "at compile time. You will need to make modifications to the " ":file:`.config` file, and include it in the kernel package." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:172 -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:238 msgid "" -"Make sure you have followed the steps to `Pull a copy of the Linux kernel" -" source code`_ and are in the kernel source working directory." +"Make sure you have followed the steps to :ref:`pull-copy-kernel-source` " +"and are in the kernel source working directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:177 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 msgid "" "If you have an existing :file:`.config` file from an old kernel, copy it " "into the working directory as :file:`.config` for comparison. Otherwise, " "use the |CL| kernel configuration file as template" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:186 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 msgid "" "Make any desired changes to the :file:`.config` using a kernel " "configuration tool. Below are some popular options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:189 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 msgid "" ":command:`$EDITOR .config` - the .config file can be directly edited for " "simple changes with names that are already known." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:192 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:201 msgid "" ":command:`make config` - a text-based tool that asks questions one-by-one" " to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:204 msgid "" ":command:`make menuconfig` - a terminal user interface that provides " "menus to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:198 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 msgid "" ":command:`make xconfig` - a graphical user interface that provides tree " "views to decide configuration options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:211 msgid "" "More configuration tools can be found by looking at the make help: " ":command:`make help | grep config`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:205 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:214 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`.config` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:207 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:216 msgid "" "Copy the :file:`.config` file from the kernel source directory into the " "kernel package directory as :file:`config` for inclusion in the build." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:215 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 msgid "Modify kernel source code" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:217 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:226 msgid "" "Changes to kernel code are applied with patch files. Patch files are " "formatted git commits that can be applied to the main source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:220 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:229 msgid "" "You will need to obtain a copy of the source code, make modifications, " "generate patch file(s), and add them to the RPM SPEC file for inclusion " "during the kernel build." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:233 msgid "" "If you have a large number of patches or a more complex workflow, " "consider using a patch management tool in addition to Git such as " "`Quilt`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:234 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:242 msgid "" "Initialize the kernel source directory as a new git repo and create a " "commit with all the existing source files to begin tracking changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 msgid "" "Apply patches provided by the |CL| kernel package to the kernel source in" " the working directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:252 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:260 msgid "Make any of your desired code changes to the Linux source code files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 msgid "Track and commit your changes to the local git repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:271 msgid "" "Generate a patch file based on your git commits. represents the " "number of local commits to create patch file. See the `git-format-patch`_" @@ -387,17 +393,17 @@ msgid "" "patch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:272 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 msgid "" "Copy the patch files from the patches directory in the linux source tree " "to the RPM build directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:280 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:288 msgid "Navigate back to the RPM build directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:292 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:300 msgid "" "Locate the section of the SPEC file that contains existing patch variable" " definitions and append your patch file name. Ensure the patch number " @@ -405,104 +411,104 @@ msgid "" "is called :file:`2001-my-patch-for-driver-A.patch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:315 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:323 msgid "" "Locate the section of the SPEC file further down that contains patch " "application and append your patch file number used in the step above. In " "this example, patch2001 is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:334 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:342 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the RPM SPEC file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:337 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:345 msgid "Modify kernel boot parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 msgid "" "The kernel boot options are passed from the bootloader to the kernel with" " command-line parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:341 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:349 msgid "" "While temporary changes can be made to kernel parameters on a running " "system or on a during boot, you can also modify the default parameters " "that are persistent and distributed with a customized kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:346 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:354 msgid "Open the kernel :file:`cmdline` file in an editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:353 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:361 msgid "" "Make any desired change to the kernel parameters. For example, you can " "remove the :command:`quiet` parameter to see more verbose output of " "kernel log messages during the boot process." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:357 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:365 msgid "Commit and save the changes to the :file:`cmdline` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:359 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 msgid "" "See the `kernel parameters`_ documentation for a list of available " "parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:363 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:371 msgid "Build and install the kernel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:364 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:372 msgid "" "After changes have been made to the kernel source and RPM SPEC file, the " "kernel is ready to be compiled and packaged into an RPM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:375 msgid "" "The |CL| development tooling makes use of :command:`mock` environments to" " isolate building of packages in a sanitized workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:370 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 msgid "" "Start the compilation process by issuing the :command:`make build` " "command. This process is typically resource intensive and will take a " "while." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:378 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:386 msgid "" "The mock plugin `ccache`_ can be enabled to help speed up any future " "rebuilds of the kernel package by caching compiler outputs and reusing " "them." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:383 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:391 msgid "" "The result will be multiple :file:`.rpm` files in the :file:`rpms` " "directory as output." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:390 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:398 msgid "" "The kernel RPM will be named " ":file:`linux--.x86_64.rpm`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:394 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 msgid "" "The kernel RPM file can be input to the :ref:`mixer` to create a custom " "bundle and mix of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:397 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:405 msgid "" "Alternatively, the kernel RPM bundle can be installed manually on a local" " machine for testing. This approach works well for individual development" @@ -510,29 +516,29 @@ msgid "" "using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel with updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:402 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 msgid "" "Install the kernel onto the local system by extracting the RPM with the " ":command:`rpm2cpio` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:410 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:418 msgid "Update the |CL| boot manager using :command:`clr-boot-manager` and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:420 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:428 msgid "After a reboot, verify the customized kernel is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:427 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:435 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:429 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:437 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:430 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-development.rst:438 msgid ":ref:`mixer`" msgstr "" @@ -604,3 +610,32 @@ msgstr "" #~ " reusing them." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide shows how to obtain and" +#~ " compile a Linux* kernel source using" +#~ " |CL-ATTR| development tooling." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The \"linux\" package is the kernel " +#~ "that comes with |CL| in the " +#~ "`kernel-native` bundle. Alternatively, you " +#~ "can use a different kernel variant " +#~ "as the base for modification. For " +#~ "a list of kernel package names " +#~ "which you can clone instead, see " +#~ "the `clearlinux-pkgs`_ repo on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure you have followed the " +#~ "steps to `Pull a copy of the " +#~ "Linux kernel source code`_ and are " +#~ "in the kernel source working directory." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po index cce46a8e..df321a87 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 msgid "" +"This guide describes how to add kernel modules with :abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic " +"Kernel Module System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 +msgid "" "Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " "additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" " may need to build out-of-tree kernel modules. Use this guide to add " @@ -31,11 +41,11 @@ msgid "" "to :ref:`kernel-modules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:16 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:22 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:24 msgid "" "Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " "inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " @@ -44,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" " (out-of-tree)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:29 msgid "" ":abbr:`DKMS (Dynamic Kernel Module System)` is a framework that " "facilitates the building and installation of kernel modules. DKMS allows " @@ -94,46 +104,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project " -"`_ on GitHub." +msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:38 msgid "Install DKMS" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 msgid "" -"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and " -"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules." +"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " +"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" +" modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:44 -msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:45 +msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:47 msgid "" -"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" +"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" "kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " "kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:52 msgid "" "Disables kernel module signature verification by appending a kernel " "command-line parameter (:command:`module.sig_unenforce`) from the " ":file:`/usr/share/kernel/cmdline.d/clr-ignore-mod-sig.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 msgid "" "Adds a notification to the Message of the Day (MOTD) indicating kernel " "module signature verification is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:61 msgid "" "We recommend that you always review the :command:`swupd update` output to" " make sure kernel modules were successfully rebuilt against the new " @@ -173,71 +182,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:105 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:108 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:107 msgid "" "Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " "through |CL|. For a more scalable and customizable approach, we recommend" -" using the :ref:`mixer` tool to provide a custom kernel and updates." +" using :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:113 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:115 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:119 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:117 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in UEFI/BIOS. The loading of new out-of-tree modules " "modifies the signatures that Secure Boot relies on for trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:120 msgid "" -"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code and/or " -"precompiled binaries." +"Obtain a kernel module package in the form of source code or pre-compiled" +" binaries." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:124 msgid "Obtain kernel module source" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:130 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:126 msgid "" "A required :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the kernel module's source " "code directory informs DKMS how the kernel module should be compiled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:129 msgid "Kernel modules may come packaged as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:131 msgid "Source code without a :file:`dkms.conf` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:132 msgid "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:133 msgid "" "Source code with a premade :file:`dkms.conf` file and precompiled module " "binaries" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:139 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:135 msgid "Precompiled module binaries only (without source code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:137 msgid "" "Of the package types listed above, only precompiled kernel module " "binaries will not work, because |CL| requires kernel modules to be built " @@ -247,166 +256,166 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:143 msgid "Download the kernel module's source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:145 msgid "" "Review the available download options. Some kernel modules provide " "separate archives that are specifically enabled for DKMS support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:152 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:148 msgid "" "Review the README documentation, because it often provides required " "information to build the module with DKMS support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:159 msgid "Build kernel module with an existing dkms.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:161 msgid "" "If the kernel module maintainer packaged the source archive with the " ":command:`dkms mktarball` command, the entire archive can be passed to " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` which completes many steps for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:170 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:165 msgid "" "The archive contains the required :file:`dkms.conf` file, and may contain" " a :file:`dkms_source_tree` directory and a :file:`dkms_binaries_only` " "directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:175 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:169 msgid "" "Run the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command against the kernel module " "archive." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:177 msgid "" ":command:`dkms ldtarball` places the kernel module source under " ":file:`/usr/src/-/`, builds it if necessary," " and adds the module into the DKMS tree." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:187 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:182 msgid "" "Verify the kernel module is detected by checking the output of the " ":command:`dkms status` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:190 msgid "Install the kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:204 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:197 msgid "Build kernel module without an existing dkms.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:206 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:199 msgid "" "If the kernel module source does not contain a :file:`dkms.conf` file or " "the :command:`dkms ldtarball` command encounters errors, you must " "manually create the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:210 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:203 msgid "" "Review the kernel module README documentation for guidance on what needs " "to be in the :file:`dkms.conf` file, including special variables that may" " be required to build successfully." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:207 msgid "Here are some additional resources that can be used for reference:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:209 msgid "" "DKMS manual page (:command:`man dkms`) shows detailed syntax in the " "DKMS.CONF section." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:212 msgid "" "Ubuntu community wiki entry for the `Kernel DKMS Package`_ shows an " "example where a single package contains multiple modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:215 msgid "Sample `dkms.conf`_ file in the GitHub\\* repository for the DKMS project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:226 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:219 msgid "" ":command:`AUTOINSTALL=yes` must be set in the dkms.conf for the module to" " be automatically recompiled with |CL| updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:229 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:222 msgid "The instructions below show a generic example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:231 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:224 msgid "" "Create or modify the :file:`dkms.conf` file inside of the extracted " "source code directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:247 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:240 msgid "" "This example identifies a kernel module named *custom_module* with " "version *1.0*." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:250 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:243 msgid "Copy the kernel module source code into the :file:`/usr/src/` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:259 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:252 msgid "" "** and ** must match the entries in the " ":file:`dkms.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:255 msgid "Add the kernel module to the DKMS tree so that it is tracked by DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:269 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:261 msgid "" "Build the kernel module using DKMS. If the build encounters errors, you " "may need to edit the :file:`dkms.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:276 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:268 msgid "Install the kernel module using DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:285 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:275 msgid "Load kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:287 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:277 msgid "" "By default, DKMS installs modules \"in-tree\" under :file:`/lib/modules` " "so the :command:`modprobe` command can be used to load them." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:280 msgid "Load the installed module with the :command:`modprobe` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:296 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:286 msgid "Validate the kernel module is loaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:293 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" @@ -460,22 +469,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:314 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:300 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:316 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:302 msgid "`Dynamic Kernel Module System (DKMS)`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:304 msgid "" "`Dell Linux Engineering Dynamic Kernel Module Support: From Theory to " "Practice " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:320 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:306 msgid "" "`Linux Journal: Exploring Dynamic Kernel Module Support " "`_" @@ -512,3 +521,45 @@ msgstr "" #~ "project on GitHub `_" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project " +#~ "`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" +#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " +#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" +#~ " compiling kernel modules." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " +#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" +#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" +#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " +#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Follow the steps in this section " +#~ "if you are an individual user or" +#~ " testing, and you need an out-" +#~ "of-tree kernel module that is not " +#~ "available through |CL|. For a more " +#~ "scalable and customizable approach, we " +#~ "recommend using the :ref:`mixer` tool to" +#~ " provide a custom kernel and updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Obtain a kernel module package in " +#~ "the form of source code and/or " +#~ "precompiled binaries." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po index 89da7a2b..3fa6972b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/kernel/kernel-modules.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,6 +23,14 @@ msgid "Add kernel modules manually" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:6 +msgid "This guide describes how to add kernel modules manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:15 msgid "" "Certain kernel modules are enabled by default in |CL-ATTR|. To use " "additional kernel modules that are not part of the Linux source tree, you" @@ -30,11 +38,11 @@ msgid "" "kernel modules manually, or refer to :ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:21 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:23 msgid "" "Kernel modules are additional pieces of software capable of being " "inserted into the Linux kernel to add functionality, such as a hardware " @@ -43,11 +51,11 @@ msgid "" " (out-of-tree)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:32 msgid "Kernel module availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:34 msgid "" "|CL| comes with many upstream kernel modules available for use. Using an " "existing module is significantly easier to maintain and retains signature" @@ -55,17 +63,17 @@ msgid "" "practices, see the :ref:`security` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:39 msgid "" "Before continuing, check if the kernel module you're looking for is " "already available in |CL| or submit a request to add the module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:44 msgid "Check if the module is already available" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:47 msgid "" "You can search for kernel module file names, which end with the " ":file:`.ko` file extension, using the :command:`swupd search` command, as" @@ -73,28 +81,26 @@ msgid "" "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:57 msgid "Submit a request to add the module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 msgid "" "If the kernel module you need is already open source (for example, in the" " Linux upstream) and likely to be useful to others, consider submitting a" " request to add or enable it in the |CL| kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Make enhancement requests to the |CL| `Distribution Project " -"`_ on GitHub." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:63 +msgid "Make enhancement requests to the |CL| 'Distribution Project'_ on GitHub." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:66 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:69 msgid "Build, install, and load an out-of-tree module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:68 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:71 msgid "" "Follow the steps in this section if you are an individual user or " "testing, and you need an out-of-tree kernel module that is not available " @@ -102,122 +108,122 @@ msgid "" " using the :ref:`mixer` to provide a custom kernel and updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:78 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 msgid "Before you begin, you must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 msgid "Disable Secure Boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:83 msgid "Disable kernel module integrity checking." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:84 msgid "Have a kernel module package in the form of source code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:85 msgid "Rebuild the module against new versions of the Linux kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:89 msgid "" "Any time the kernel is upgraded on your Clear Linux system, you must " "rebuild your out-of-tree modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:91 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:94 msgid "Build and install kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:93 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:96 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. In the example below, " "the *native* kernel is in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:104 msgid "" "Install the kernel dev bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. The " "kernel dev bundle contains the kernel headers, which are required for " "compiling kernel modules. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:105 -msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:108 +msgid ":command:`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:106 -msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:109 +msgid ":command:`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:115 msgid "" "Follow instructions from the kernel module source code to compile the " "kernel module. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:128 msgid "Load kernel module" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:127 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:130 msgid "" "Disable Secure Boot in your system's UEFI settings, if you have enabled " "it. The loading of new out-of-tree modules modifies the signatures that " "Secure Boot relies on for trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 msgid "" "Disable signature checking for the kernel by modifying the kernel boot " "parameters and reboot the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:137 msgid "" "All kernel modules from |CL| have been signed to enforce kernel security." " However, out-of-tree modules break this chain of trust so this mechanism" " needs to be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:146 msgid "" "Update the boot manager and reboot the system to implement the changed " "kernel parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:153 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 msgid "" "If successful, the :command:`clr-boot-manager update` command does not " "return any console output." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:159 msgid "" "After rebooting, manually load out-of-tree modules using the " ":command:`insmod` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:167 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:172 msgid "Optional: Specify module options and aliases" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:174 msgid "Use the :command:`modprobe` command to load a module and set options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:176 msgid "" ":command:`modprobe` may add or remove more than one module due to module " "interdependencies. You can specify which options to use with individual " @@ -225,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "" "directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:181 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:184 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modprobe.d` directory that end with " "the :file:`.conf` extension specify module options to use when loading. " @@ -234,36 +240,36 @@ msgid "" "special requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:186 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:189 msgid "Learn more about :command:`modprobe` on the modprobe.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:193 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:196 msgid "Optional: Configure kernel modules to load at boot" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:198 msgid "" "Use the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` configuration directory to specify " "kernel modules to load automatically at boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:205 msgid "" "All files underneath the :file:`/etc/modules-load.d` directory that end " "with the :file:`.conf` extension contain a list of module names of " "aliases (one per line) to load at boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:206 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:209 msgid "Learn more about module loading in the modules-load.d manual page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:219 msgid "Related topic" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:218 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules.rst:221 msgid ":ref:`kernel-modules-dkms`" msgstr "" @@ -281,3 +287,15 @@ msgstr "" #~ "provide a custom kernel and updates." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make enhancement requests to the |CL|" +#~ " `Distribution Project " +#~ "`_ on GitHub." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`linux-dev` for developing against the native kernel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`linux-lts-dev` for developing against the LTS kernel." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po index b2d99763..8a1884d1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,115 +24,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide provides DevOps with a model to architect the life-cycle of a " -"|CL| derivative that integrates custom software and content using " -"distinct workflows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:10 -msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:12 -msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:13 -msgid "Building software packages and staging" +"This guide describes the basic, recommended infrastructure and workflow " +"for maintaining a |CL-ATTR| derivative." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:14 -msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:15 -msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:17 -msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:16 msgid "" "A repository with software RPM artifacts and a CI/CD system with a |CL| " "machine for building `mixes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:19 msgid "Experience using :ref:`mixer ` to create a |CL|-based distro" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:21 msgid "" "Experience using :ref:`swupd ` for maintaining the |CL| " "build environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:24 msgid "Familiarity with |CL| architecture and reuse of its content in releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:27 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:29 +msgid "Maintaining a |CL| derivative requires:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:31 +msgid "Monitoring upstream |CL| for new releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:32 +msgid "Building software packages and staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:33 +msgid "Employing CI/CD automation for building releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:34 +msgid "Integrating Quality Assurance for testing and validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:36 msgid "" "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to automate the life-cycle of your" " |CL| derivative. We divide deployment of this infrastucture in two " -"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1. " -"Distro Factory manages the *Release Workflow* while capturing the " -"requirements for maintaining a long-term release cadence." +"parts: *Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*, shown in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:44 msgid "Figure 1: Architect the life-cycle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:52 -msgid "Content workflow" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:47 +msgid "Content Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:49 msgid "" -"The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to " -"manage the creation of content for the distribution. This includes " -"everything from detecting a new release in a custom software repository " -"to generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary " +"The Content Workflow (Figure 1) orchestrates the processes used to manage" +" the creation of content for the distribution. This includes everything " +"from detecting a new release in a custom software repository to " +"generating RPM package files. The RPM files serve as intermediary " "artifacts that track software dependencies and provide file-level data " -"consumed in a *Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| " -"and a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " +"consumed in a Release Workflow. The `Watcher Pipeline`_ checks |CL| and " +"a content provider, such as Koji, to determine if a new release is " "necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:63 -msgid "Release workflow" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:58 +msgid "Release Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:60 msgid "" -"The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and " +"The Release Workflow (Figure 1) gathers the content of the RPMs and " "ensures it can be consumed by :ref:`mixer `. A content web server " "hosts the |CL| derivative, to which targets connect for updating their " -"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* " +"OSes. As an integral part of this toolchain, the `Release Pipeline`_ " "enables these derivatives to incorporate |CL| content into their own " -"custom content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers the `Release Pipeline`_ " -"to create new releases." +"custom content. The Watcher Pipeline triggers the Release Pipeline to " +"create new releases." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:69 msgid "Implementation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/architect-lifecycle.rst:71 msgid "" -"Distro factory implements the *Release workflow*. To get started on a " -"full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro Factory`_ documentation." +"The |CL| Distro Factory manages the Release Workflow. For detailed " +"information about Distro Factory deployment, refer to the `clr-distro-" +"factory`_ GitHub\\* repo." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +136,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ "factory documentation`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide provides DevOps with a " +#~ "model to architect the life-cycle " +#~ "of a |CL| derivative that integrates " +#~ "custom software and content using " +#~ "distinct workflows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide provides the foundation of the recommended infrastructure." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Coordinated infrastructure is deployed to " +#~ "automate the life-cycle of your " +#~ "|CL| derivative. We divide deployment of" +#~ " this infrastucture in two parts: " +#~ "*Content Workflow*; and *Release Workflow*," +#~ " shown in Figure 1. Distro Factory" +#~ " manages the *Release Workflow* while " +#~ "capturing the requirements for maintaining " +#~ "a long-term release cadence." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Content workflow" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *Content Workflow* (Figure 1) " +#~ "orchestrates the processes used to " +#~ "manage the creation of content for " +#~ "the distribution. This includes everything " +#~ "from detecting a new release in a" +#~ " custom software repository to generating" +#~ " RPM package files. The RPM files " +#~ "serve as intermediary artifacts that " +#~ "track software dependencies and provide " +#~ "file-level data consumed in a " +#~ "*Release Workflow*. The `Watcher Pipeline`_" +#~ " checks |CL| and a content provider," +#~ " such as Koji, to determine if " +#~ "a new release is necessary." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Release workflow" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *Release Workflow* (Figure 1) " +#~ "gathers the content of the RPMs " +#~ "and ensures it can be consumed by" +#~ " :ref:`mixer `. A content web " +#~ "server hosts the |CL| derivative, to " +#~ "which targets connect for updating their" +#~ " OSes. As an integral part of " +#~ "this toolchain, the *Release Pipeline* " +#~ "enables these derivatives to incorporate " +#~ "|CL| content into their own custom " +#~ "content. The *Watcher Pipeline* triggers " +#~ "the `Release Pipeline`_ to create new" +#~ " releases." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distro factory implements the *Release " +#~ "workflow*. To get started on a " +#~ "full implementation, visit |CL| `Distro " +#~ "Factory`_ documentation." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po index e8a36566..50f13c0b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -22,12 +22,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assign a static IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:7 msgid "" -"By default, your |CL-ATTR| system automatically gets an IP address from " -"your network via DHCP. If you do not have a DHCP server on your network " -"or simply want to use a static IP address, follow the steps in this " -"guide." +"This guide explains how to assign a static IP address. This may be " +"helpful in scenarios such as a network with no DHCP server." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:15 @@ -36,26 +34,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:17 msgid "" -"New installations of |CL| use NetworkManager as the default network " +"New installations of |CL-ATTR| use NetworkManager as the default network " "interface manager for all network connections." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:22 msgid "" -"The *cloud* |CL| images continue to use systemd-networkd to manage " +"The cloud |CL| images continue to use `systemd-networkd` to manage " "network connections." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:25 msgid "" -"In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-network was used to manage Ethernet " +"In earlier |CL| versions, `systemd-network` was used to manage Ethernet " "interfaces and NetworkManager was used for wireless interfaces." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:29 msgid "" -"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, you " -"should verify which program is managing the network interface." +"Before defining a configuration for assigning a static IP address, verify" +" which program is managing the network interface." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:32 @@ -67,28 +65,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:39 msgid "" "If the STATE column for the device shows *connected* or *disconnected*, " -"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager and the " -"instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager ` should be " -"used." +"the network configuration is being managed by NetworkManager, then use " +"the instructions for :ref:`using NetworkManager `." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:43 msgid "" -"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, check to see if the" -" device is being managed by systemd-networkd" +"If the STATE column for the device shows *unmanaged*, then check if the " +"device is being managed by systemd-networkd." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:47 msgid "" -"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if systemd-networkd" -" is managing the device." +"Check the output of :command:`networkctl list` to see if `systemd-" +"networkd` is managing the device." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:54 msgid "" "If the SETUP column for the device shows *configured*, the network " -"configuration is being managed by systemd-networkd and the instructions " -"for :ref:`using systemd-networkd ` should be used." +"configuration is being managed by `systemd-networkd`, then use the " +"instructions for :ref:`using systemd-networkd `." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:62 @@ -124,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:78 msgid "" -"The method below uses the command line tool *nmcli* to modify network " +"The method below uses the command line tool nmcli to modify network " "connection." msgstr "" @@ -133,20 +130,20 @@ msgid "Identify the existing connection name:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:88 -msgid "The output will look like this:" +msgid "Sample output:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:95 msgid "" -"If a connection does not exist, it will need to be created with " -":command:`nmcli connection add`." +"If a connection does not exist, create it with the :command:`nmcli " +"connection add` command." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:99 msgid "" "Modify the connection to use a static IP address. Replace the variables " -"in brackets with the appropriate values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be " -"replaced with the NAME from the command above." +"in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace *[CONNECTION_NAME]* with" +" the NAME from the command above." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:112 @@ -186,16 +183,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:144 msgid "" -"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it doesn't exist " -"already:" +"Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory if it does not already " +"exist:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:150 msgid "" "Create a :file:`.network` file and add the following content. Replace the" -" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* " -"should be replaced with LINK from the output of :command:`networkctl " -"list` ran previously." +" variables in brackets with the appropriate values. Replace " +"*[INTERFACE_NAME]* with LINK from the output of the :command:`networkctl " +"list` command that was run previously." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:168 @@ -206,6 +203,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/assign-static-ip.rst:172 -msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" +msgid "Restart the `systemd-networkd` service:" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By default, your |CL-ATTR| system " +#~ "automatically gets an IP address from" +#~ " your network via DHCP. If you " +#~ "do not have a DHCP server on " +#~ "your network or simply want to use" +#~ " a static IP address, follow the " +#~ "steps in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New installations of |CL| use " +#~ "NetworkManager as the default network " +#~ "interface manager for all network " +#~ "connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *cloud* |CL| images continue to " +#~ "use systemd-networkd to manage network" +#~ " connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In earlier |CL| versions, systemd-" +#~ "network was used to manage Ethernet " +#~ "interfaces and NetworkManager was used " +#~ "for wireless interfaces." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before defining a configuration for " +#~ "assigning a static IP address, you " +#~ "should verify which program is managing" +#~ " the network interface." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the STATE column for the device" +#~ " shows *connected* or *disconnected*, the" +#~ " network configuration is being managed " +#~ "by NetworkManager and the instructions " +#~ "for :ref:`using NetworkManager ` should be used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the STATE column for the device" +#~ " shows *unmanaged*, check to see if" +#~ " the device is being managed by " +#~ "systemd-networkd" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check the output of :command:`networkctl " +#~ "list` to see if systemd-networkd " +#~ "is managing the device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the SETUP column for the device" +#~ " shows *configured*, the network " +#~ "configuration is being managed by " +#~ "systemd-networkd and the instructions for" +#~ " :ref:`using systemd-networkd ` should be used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The method below uses the command " +#~ "line tool *nmcli* to modify network " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The output will look like this:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If a connection does not exist, it" +#~ " will need to be created with " +#~ ":command:`nmcli connection add`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Modify the connection to use a " +#~ "static IP address. Replace the variables" +#~ " in brackets with the appropriate " +#~ "values. *[CONNECTION_NAME]* should be replaced" +#~ " with the NAME from the command " +#~ "above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory" +#~ " if it doesn't exist already:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a :file:`.network` file and add" +#~ " the following content. Replace the " +#~ "variables in brackets with the " +#~ "appropriate values. *[INTERFACE_NAME]* should " +#~ "be replaced with LINK from the " +#~ "output of :command:`networkctl list` ran " +#~ "previously." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Restart the systemd-networkd service:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po index 5d96769f..ee809b37 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,36 +24,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:6 msgid "" -"The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically provisioned in bulk using a " -"combination of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister " -"Cloud Init Service)`. This guide covers how to perform a bulk provision " -"of |CL| using **Ister** and **ICIS**." +"This guide explains how to perform a bulk provision of |CL-ATTR| using a " +"combination of the |CL| installer, Ister, and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud " +"Init Service)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To configure a bulk provision, Ister configuration files and cloud-init " -"files must be defined. Hosting the configuration files in **ICIS** allows" -" **Ister** to use them during the installation. The Ister configuration " -"files allow us to customize the installation process. The cloud-init\\* " -"files allow us to customize the instance of the installation." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:17 +msgid "To configure a bulk provision:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:19 +msgid "Define Ister configuration files to customize the installation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:20 +msgid "Define cloud-init\\* files to customize the installation instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Host the configuration files in ICIS to allow Ister to use them during " +"the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:24 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE " "client that needs to be set up to perform a bulk provision." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:30 msgid "Figure 1: Bulk provision information flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:26 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:35 msgid "" "Before performing a bulk provision, verify you have a PXE server capable " "of performing network boots of |CL|. Please refer to our :ref:`guide on " @@ -61,76 +73,77 @@ msgid "" "address translation)` for details." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:40 msgid "" "Because a bulk provision relies on a reboot, ensure the following " "preparations have been made:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 msgid "No existing disks are bootable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:44 msgid "" "The network boot option must come immediately after the disk boot option " "on any computer performing the installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:48 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:50 msgid "" -"Install **ICIS** by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " -"GitHub repository." +"Install ICIS by following the getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " +"GitHub\\* repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:53 msgid "" "Create an Ister installation file and save it to the :file:`static/ister`" -" directory within the web hosting directory for **ICIS**. The " -"installation file is a JSON block and provides **Ister** with the steps " -"it needs to perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, " -"file systems, and mount points **Ister** should set up. Lastly, the file " -"outlines which bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for " -"the list of available bundles. The following example shows the contents " -"of an Ister installation file:" +" directory within the web hosting directory for ICIS. The installation " +"file is a JSON block and provides Ister with the steps it needs to " +"perform an installation. The file outlines what partitions, file systems," +" and mount points Ister should set up. Lastly, the file outlines which " +"bundles to install. See our :ref:`bundles` document for the list of " +"available bundles. The following example shows the contents of an Ister " +"installation file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:92 msgid "" -"Every Ister installation file hosted on **ICIS** must contain the the " -"``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. " -"These entries allow **Ister** to customize an instance of of an install." +"Every Ister installation file hosted on ICIS must contain the the " +"`IsterCloudInitSvc` parameter as well as the :command:`os-cloudguest` " +"bundle. These entries allow Ister to customize an instance of of an " +"install." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:97 msgid "" "Create an Ister configuration file to define the location of the Ister " "installation file. Save it to the :file:`static/ister` directory within " -"the web hosting directory of **ICIS**. The following example shows an " -"Ister configuration file:" +"the web hosting directory of ICIS. The following example shows an Ister " +"configuration file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:106 msgid "" "Modify the iPXE boot script by adding a kernel parameter to the command " -"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter " -"``isterconf`` with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on" -" **ICIS** as the kernel parameter value. The following example shows an " -"iPXE boot script with the ``isterconf`` parameter:" +"line for booting the network image. Add the kernel parameter `isterconf` " +"with the location of the Ister configuration file hosted on ICIS as the " +"kernel parameter value. The following example shows an iPXE boot script " +"with the `isterconf` parameter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:121 msgid "" -"After the network image of |CL| boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters " -"used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the " -"Ister configuration file." +"After the network image of |CL| boots, Ister inspects the parameters used" +" during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` to find the location of the Ister " +"configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:118 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:125 msgid "" "Write a cloud-init document to customize the instance of the installation" " according to your requirements. The `cloud-init`_ documentation provides" @@ -138,62 +151,62 @@ msgid "" "customization options provided by cloud-init after an installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:123 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:130 msgid "" "Save the cloud-init document to the :file:`static/roles` directory within" -" the web hosting directory for **ICIS** with the name of a role you would" -" like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " +" the web hosting directory for ICIS with the name of a role you would " +"like to create. For example, a role may be \"database\", \"web\", or " "\"ciao\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:127 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:134 msgid "" "After creating the roles, also known as cloud-init files, assign roles to" " MAC addresses of PXE clients. To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt` " -"file in the ``static`` directory within the web hosting directory of " -"**ICIS**. The following example shows one such assignment:" +"file in the :file:`static` directory within the web hosting directory of " +"ICIS. The following example shows an example assignment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:137 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:144 msgid "" "If MAC addresses of PXE clients are not listed within the " ":file:`config.txt` file, a default role for those MAC address may be " "defined as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:153 msgid "Verify the following URLs are accessible on your local network:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:148 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:149 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:150 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:151 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:152 -msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:154 -msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:155 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:156 -msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:157 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:158 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:159 +msgid "http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:161 +msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch it boot and install |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:163 +msgid "Power-cycle the PXE client and watch it customize the |CL| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/bulk-provision.rst:165 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully performed a bulk provision of " "|CL|." @@ -216,3 +229,126 @@ msgstr "" #~ "by cloud-init after an installation." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL-ATTR| can be automatically " +#~ "provisioned in bulk using a combination" +#~ " of the |CL| installer, **Ister**, " +#~ "and :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init " +#~ "Service)`. This guide covers how to " +#~ "perform a bulk provision of |CL| " +#~ "using **Ister** and **ICIS**." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure a bulk provision, Ister " +#~ "configuration files and cloud-init files" +#~ " must be defined. Hosting the " +#~ "configuration files in **ICIS** allows " +#~ "**Ister** to use them during the " +#~ "installation. The Ister configuration files" +#~ " allow us to customize the " +#~ "installation process. The cloud-init\\* " +#~ "files allow us to customize the " +#~ "instance of the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install **ICIS** by following the " +#~ "getting started guide on the `ICIS`_ " +#~ "GitHub repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create an Ister installation file and" +#~ " save it to the :file:`static/ister` " +#~ "directory within the web hosting " +#~ "directory for **ICIS**. The installation " +#~ "file is a JSON block and provides" +#~ " **Ister** with the steps it needs" +#~ " to perform an installation. The file" +#~ " outlines what partitions, file systems," +#~ " and mount points **Ister** should " +#~ "set up. Lastly, the file outlines " +#~ "which bundles to install. See our " +#~ ":ref:`bundles` document for the list of" +#~ " available bundles. The following example" +#~ " shows the contents of an Ister " +#~ "installation file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Every Ister installation file hosted on" +#~ " **ICIS** must contain the the " +#~ "``IsterCloudInitSvc`` parameter as well as " +#~ "the ``os-cloudguest`` bundle. These " +#~ "entries allow **Ister** to customize an" +#~ " instance of of an install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create an Ister configuration file to" +#~ " define the location of the Ister " +#~ "installation file. Save it to the " +#~ ":file:`static/ister` directory within the web" +#~ " hosting directory of **ICIS**. The " +#~ "following example shows an Ister " +#~ "configuration file:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Modify the iPXE boot script by " +#~ "adding a kernel parameter to the " +#~ "command line for booting the network " +#~ "image. Add the kernel parameter " +#~ "``isterconf`` with the location of the" +#~ " Ister configuration file hosted on " +#~ "**ICIS** as the kernel parameter value." +#~ " The following example shows an iPXE" +#~ " boot script with the ``isterconf`` " +#~ "parameter:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the network image of |CL| " +#~ "boots, **Ister** inspects the parameters " +#~ "used during boot in :file:`/proc/cmdline` " +#~ "to find the location of the Ister" +#~ " configuration file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Save the cloud-init document to " +#~ "the :file:`static/roles` directory within the" +#~ " web hosting directory for **ICIS** " +#~ "with the name of a role you " +#~ "would like to create. For example, " +#~ "a role may be \"database\", \"web\", " +#~ "or \"ciao\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After creating the roles, also known " +#~ "as cloud-init files, assign roles " +#~ "to MAC addresses of PXE clients. " +#~ "To do so, modify the :file:`config.txt`" +#~ " file in the ``static`` directory " +#~ "within the web hosting directory of " +#~ "**ICIS**. The following example shows " +#~ "one such assignment:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.conf``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/static/ister/ister.json``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_config/``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/icis/get_role/``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "``http://192.168.1.1:60000/ipxe/ipxe_boot_script.txt``" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po index 4b0f55ae..ed3cc8e7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,13 +23,21 @@ msgid "CPU Power and Performance" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:6 +msgid "This guide explains the CPU power and performance mechanisms in |CL-ATTR|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:15 msgid "" "Modern x86 :abbr:`CPUs (central processing units)` employ a number of " "features and technologies to balance performance, energy, and thermal " "efficiencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 msgid "" "By default, |CL| prioritizes maximum CPU performance with the philosophy " "that the faster the program finishes execution, the faster the CPU can " @@ -38,45 +46,45 @@ msgid "" "changing the defaults." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:28 msgid "CPU power saving mechanisms" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:30 msgid "" "C-states and P-states are both CPU power saving mechanisms that are " "entered under different operating conditions. The tradeoff is a slightly " "longer time to exit these states when the CPU is needed once again." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:37 msgid "C-states (idle states)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 msgid "" "C-states are hardware sleep states that are entered when it is determined" " that the CPU is idle and not executing instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:42 msgid "" "C-states aim to reduce power utilization by increasingly reducing clock " "frequency, voltages, and features in each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 msgid "" "Although C-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's UEFI" " or BIOS configuration, these settings are overridden when the " "`intel_idle driver`_ is in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:49 msgid "To view the current cpuidle driver run this command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:55 msgid "" "For troubleshooting, C-states can be limited with a kernel command line " "boot parameter by adding :command:`processor.max_cstate=N " @@ -84,71 +92,71 @@ msgid "" ":command:`idle=poll`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:61 msgid "" ":command:`processor.max_cstate=0` is changed to " ":command:`processor.max_cstate=1` by the kernel to be a valid value." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:64 msgid "" ":command:`intel_idle.max_cstate=0` disables the Intel Idle driver, not " "set it to C-state 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:70 msgid "P-states (performance states)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 msgid "" -"P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet*" -" on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is active and " -"executing instructions." +"P-states, also known as *Intel SpeedStepĀ® technology* on Intel processors" +" or *Cool'n'Quiet* on AMD processors, are states entered while the CPU is" +" active and executing instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:66 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:76 msgid "" "P-states aim to reduce power utilization by adjusting CPU clock frequency" " and voltages based on CPU demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 msgid "" "P-states can typically be limited or disabled in a system's firmware " "(UEFI/BIOS)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:72 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 msgid "Turbo boost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:84 msgid "" -"`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows " -"core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU " -"clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " +"`IntelĀ® Turbo Boost Technology`_, found on some modern Intel CPUs, allows" +" core(s) on a processor to temporarily operate at a higher than rated CPU" +" clock frequency to accommodate demanding workloads if the CPU is under " "defined power and thermal thresholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:89 msgid "" "Turbo boost is an extension of P-states. As such, changing or limiting " "C-states or P-states impact the ability of a process to enter Turbo " "boost." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 msgid "" "Turbo boost can be disabled in a system's UEFI or BIOS. Turbo boost can " "also be disabled within |CL| with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 msgid "Linux CPU clock frequency scaling" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:102 msgid "" "The CPUFreq subsystem in Linux allows the OS to control :ref:`C-states ` and :ref:`P-states ` via CPU drivers " @@ -156,29 +164,29 @@ msgid "" "these states." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:108 msgid "Scaling driver" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:100 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:110 msgid "" -"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel " -"processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other processors " -"may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* driver which reads values from the " -"systems UEFI or BIOS." +"Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_, :command:`intel_pstate`, for " +"modern Intel processors from the Sandy Bridge generation or newer. Other " +"processors may default to the :command:`acpi-cpufreq*` driver which reads" +" values from the systems UEFI or BIOS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:115 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling driver run this command in a " "terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:122 msgid "Scaling governor" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:124 msgid "" "|CL| sets the CPU governor to *performance* which calls for the CPU to " "operate at maximum clock frequency. In other words, P-state P0. While " @@ -187,43 +195,43 @@ msgid "" "clock frequency without a workload." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:120 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the current CPU frequency scaling governor run this command in a " "terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:136 msgid "To change the CPU frequency scaling governor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:128 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:138 msgid "Disable |CL| enforcement of certain power and performance settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:144 msgid "" "Change the governor. In the example below, the governor is set to " "*performance*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 msgid "" "The list of all governors can be found in the Linux kernel documentation " "on `CPUFreq Governors`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 msgid "" "The intel_pstate driver only supports *performance* and *powersave* " "governors." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:159 msgid "Thermal management" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:151 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:161 msgid "" "`thermald`_ is a Linux thermal management daemon used to prevent the " "overheating of platforms. When temperature thresholds are exceeded, " @@ -231,28 +239,29 @@ msgid "" "available cooling methods. This can be especially desirable for laptops." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:166 msgid "" "By default, thermald is disabled in |CL| and starts automatically if " "battery power is detected. thermald can be manually enabled using the " "systemd service by running the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:165 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:175 msgid "For more information, see the thermald man page:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:171 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:181 msgid "" "`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application that can visually graph and log " -"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-" -"extras bundle and add your user account to the power group:" +"temperatures from thermald. To use ThermalMonitor, add the :command" +":`desktop-apps-extras` bundle and add your user account to the power " +"group:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:183 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/cpu-performance.rst:194 msgid "" -"After adding a new group you must log out and log back in for the new " -"group to take affect." +"After adding a new group, you must log out and log back in for the new " +"group to take effect." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +270,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "documentation on CPUFreq Governors`_." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "P-states, also known as *SpeedStep* on" +#~ " Intel processors or *Cool'n'Quiet* on " +#~ "AMD processors, are states entered while" +#~ " the CPU is active and executing " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Turbo Boost technology`_, found on some" +#~ " modern Intel CPUs, allows core(s) on" +#~ " a processor to temporarily operate " +#~ "at a higher than rated CPU clock" +#~ " frequency to accommodate demanding " +#~ "workloads if the CPU is under " +#~ "defined power and thermal thresholds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Linux uses the `Intel P-state driver`_," +#~ " *intel_pstate*, for modern Intel " +#~ "processors from the Sandy Bridge " +#~ "generation or newer. Other processors " +#~ "may default to the *acpi-cpufreq* " +#~ "driver which reads values from the " +#~ "systems UEFI or BIOS." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`ThermalMonitor`_ is a GUI application " +#~ "that can visually graph and log " +#~ "temperatures from thermald. To use " +#~ "ThermalMonitor, add the desktop-apps-" +#~ "extras bundle and add your user " +#~ "account to the power group:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After adding a new group you must" +#~ " log out and log back in for" +#~ " the new group to take affect." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po index 0c6edf64..43a022c7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,176 +24,263 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:6 msgid "" -"*Developer Workstation* helps you find the :ref:`bundles-about` you need " -"to start your |CL-ATTR| development project." +"This guide helps you find the minimum set of bundles needed to start your" +" |CL-ATTR| development project." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Before continuing, we recommend that you learn how to use :ref:`swupd " -"`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-about` page to understand how |CL| " -"simplifies software versioning compared to other Linux\\* distributions." +"Before continuing, review the :ref:`swupd ` guide to learn " +"more about the swupd tool and how |CL| simplifies software versioning " +"compared to other Linux\\* distributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:18 msgid "Workstation Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:20 msgid "" -"This guide helps you understand the minimum bundles required to get " -"started. After installing them, you can add more bundles relevant to your" -" use case. To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add " -"the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, " -"given how many packages this bundle contains, you may want instead to " -"deploy a leaner OS with only those bundles relevant to your project. " -"Developer Workstation responds to this need." +"After installing the minimum set of bundles required to get started, you " +"can add more bundles relevant to your specific use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To run any process required for |CL| development, you can add the large " +"bundle :ref:`*os-clr-on-clr* `. However, given how " +"many packages this bundle contains, you may want to deploy a leaner OS " +"with only bundles relevant to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:28 msgid "" "Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to identify the *minimum required " "bundles* to get started developing based on your role or project. While " -"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider using " -"Table 1 as a starting point." +"your role may not neatly fit in one of these categories, consider Table 1" +" as a starting point." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:33 msgid "**Table 1. Developer Profiles**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 msgid "|CL| Bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:38 msgid "*Internet of Things (IoT)*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 msgid "*System Administrator*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 msgid "*Client/Cloud/Web Developer*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:39 -msgid "`editors`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 +msgid ":command:`editors`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:40 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:41 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:45 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:46 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:50 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:51 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:56 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:61 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:66 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:60 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69 #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:70 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:71 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 msgid "āœ“" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:44 -msgid "`network-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:47 +msgid ":command:`network-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:49 -msgid "`openssh-server`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:52 +msgid ":command:`openssh-server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:54 -msgid "`webserver-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:57 +msgid ":command:`webserver-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:59 -msgid "`application-server`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:62 +msgid ":command:`application-server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:64 -msgid "`database-basic`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:67 +msgid ":command:`database-basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:69 -msgid "`desktop-autostart`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:72 +msgid ":command:`desktop-autostart`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:74 -msgid "`dev-utils`" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:77 +msgid ":command:`dev-utils`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:80 -msgid "`swupd` search" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:83 +msgid "swupd search" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 msgid "" "We recommend learning about :ref:`swupd `, to learn the " "commands to search for and add bundles relevant to your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 msgid "" "The guide provides an :ref:`example `" " that shows you how to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:88 -msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:89 -msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:91 +msgid "Use swupd to search for bundles" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:92 +msgid "Use swupd to add bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:95 msgid "Core Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 msgid "" "We recommend that you understand these core concepts in |CL| *before* " "developing your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:97 -msgid ":ref:`Bundles `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:98 -msgid ":ref:`Software update `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:99 -msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" -msgstr "" - #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:100 -msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" +msgid ":ref:`Software update `" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:103 -msgid "Other resources for developers" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:101 +msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:102 +msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:105 +msgid "Other resources for developers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:107 msgid "`Developer Tooling Framework`_ for |CL|" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/developer-workstation.rst:108 msgid "`Bundle Definition Files`_" msgstr "" #~ msgid "`Bundle definition files`_" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "*Developer Workstation* helps you find " +#~ "the :ref:`bundles-about` you need to " +#~ "start your |CL-ATTR| development " +#~ "project." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before continuing, we recommend that you" +#~ " learn how to use :ref:`swupd " +#~ "`. Visit our :ref:`swupd-" +#~ "about` page to understand how |CL| " +#~ "simplifies software versioning compared to " +#~ "other Linux\\* distributions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide helps you understand the " +#~ "minimum bundles required to get started." +#~ " After installing them, you can add" +#~ " more bundles relevant to your use" +#~ " case. To run any process required" +#~ " for |CL| development, you can add" +#~ " the large bundle :ref:`*os-clr-" +#~ "on-clr* `. However, " +#~ "given how many packages this bundle " +#~ "contains, you may want instead to " +#~ "deploy a leaner OS with only those" +#~ " bundles relevant to your project. " +#~ "Developer Workstation responds to this " +#~ "need." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Table 1, *Developer Profiles*, to" +#~ " identify the *minimum required bundles*" +#~ " to get started developing based on" +#~ " your role or project. While your " +#~ "role may not neatly fit in one " +#~ "of these categories, consider using " +#~ "Table 1 as a starting point." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`editors`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`network-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`openssh-server`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`webserver-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`application-server`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`database-basic`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`desktop-autostart`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`dev-utils`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`swupd` search" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to search for bundles" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `swupd` to add bundles" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Bundles `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Software update `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Mixer `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":ref:`Autospec `" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..589a018a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.po @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:4 +msgid "Download, verify, and decompress a |CL-ATTR| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes the available types of |CL| images, where to " +"download them, how to verify their integrity, and how to decompress them." +" Follow the steps for your OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| offers many types of `images`_ for different platforms and " +"environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:7 +msgid "The naming convention of a |CL| image filename is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "The *[version number]* field specifies the version number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *[image type]* field specifies the type of image and its " +"corresponding file format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The *[compression type]* field specifies the compression type. Two types " +"of compressions are used: GNU\\* zip (*.gz*) and XZ (*.xz*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:22 +msgid "Linux OS steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:131 +msgid "Verify the integrity of the |CL| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Before you use a downloaded |CL| image, verify its integrity. This action" +" eliminates the small chance of a corrupted image due to download issues." +" To support verification, each released |CL| image has a corresponding " +"SHA512 checksum file designated with the suffix `-SHA512SUMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:93 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:138 +msgid "Download the corresponding SHA512 checksum file of your |CL| `image`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:94 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:114 +msgid "Open a Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:95 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:140 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and checksum files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Verify the integrity of the image and compare it to its original checksum" +" with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " +"checksum, a warning is displayed with a message indicating the computed " +"checksum does **not** match. Otherwise, the name of the image is printed " +"on the screen followed by `OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For a more in-depth discussion of image verification including checking " +"the certificate see :ref:`image-content-validation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:108 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:151 +msgid "Decompress the |CL| image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Released |CL| images are compressed with either GNU zip (*.gz*) or XZ " +"(*.xz*). The compression type depends on the target platform or " +"environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:115 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:64 +msgid "To decompress an XZ image, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:70 +msgid "To decompress a GZ image, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:81 +msgid "macOS\\* steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If the checksum of the downloaded image is different than the original " +"checksum, the differences will be displayed. Otherwise, an empty output " +"indicates a match and your downloaded image is good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:110 +msgid "" +"We compress all released |CL| images by default with either GNU zip " +"(`.gz`) or xz (`.xz`). The compression type we use depends on the target " +"platform or environment. To decompress the image, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Use the :command:`gunzip` command to decompress either compression type. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:126 +msgid "Windows\\* OS steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:139 +msgid "Start Command Prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:141 +msgid "Get the SHA512 checksum of the image with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Manually compare the output with the original checksum value shown in the" +" downloaded checksum file and make sure they match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:157 +msgid "Download and install `7-Zip`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:158 +msgid "Go to the directory with the downloaded image and right-click it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:159 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up menu, select :guilabel:`7-Zip` and select " +":guilabel:`Extract Here` as shown in Figure 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:166 +msgid "Figure 1: Windows 7-Zip extract file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/download-verify-decompress.rst:171 +msgid "Image types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Table 1 lists the currently available images that are platform " +"independent. Table 2 lists the currently available images that are " +"platform specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:6 +msgid "Table 1: Types of platform-independent |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:10 ../../reference/image-types.rst:23 +msgid "Image Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:11 ../../reference/image-types.rst:24 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:13 +msgid "live-desktop.img or live-desktop.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:14 +msgid "Image for booting to GNOME\\* desktop to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:16 +msgid "live-server.img or live-server.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:17 +msgid "Image for booting to server command prompt to preview or install the OS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:19 +msgid "Table 2: Types of platform-specific |CL| images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:26 +msgid "aws.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:27 +msgid "Image suitable for use with Amazon\\* AWS\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:29 +msgid "azure.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:30 +msgid "Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft\\* Azure\\* cloud platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:32 +msgid "azure-docker.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with " +"Docker\\* pre-installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:35 +msgid "azure-machine-learning.vhd" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use on Microsoft Azure cloud platform with the " +"`machine-learning-basic` bundle installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:38 +msgid "cloudguest.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Image with generic cloud guest virtual machine (VM) requirements " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:41 +msgid "gce.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:42 +msgid "Image with the Google Compute Engine (GCE) specific kernel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:44 +msgid "hyperv.vhdx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Virtual Hard Disk for use with Microsoft Hyper-V\\* hypervisor. Includes " +"`optimized kernel`_ for Hyper-V." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:47 +msgid "kvm.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM with start_qemu.sh. Includes `optimized " +"kernel`_ for KVM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:51 +msgid "kvm-legacy.img" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Image for booting in a simple VM using legacy BIOS, if using " +"start_qemu.sh make sure to remove -bios parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:54 +msgid "pxe.tar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:55 +msgid "Image suitable for use with PXE server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:57 +msgid "vmware.vmdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../reference/image-types.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Virtual Machine Disk for VMware\\* platforms inclduing Player, " +"Workstation, and ESXi." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po index f3eda600..69d5368e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:6 msgid "" -"This section provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks " -"for a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" +"This guide provides steps to complete the following basic setup tasks for" +" a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:14 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:16 msgid "" "To create a new user and set a password for that user, enter the " -"following commands as a `root` user:" +"following commands as a root user:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:24 @@ -47,27 +47,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:30 -msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group" +msgid "Add the new user to the *wheel* group" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:32 msgid "" "Before logging off as root and logging into your new user account, enable" -" the :command:`sudo` command for your new ``." +" the :command:`sudo` command for your new ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:35 msgid "" "To be able to execute all applications with root privileges, add the " -"`` to the `wheel group`_." +" to the `wheel group`_." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:38 -msgid "Add `` to the `wheel` group:" +msgid "Add to the wheel group:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:44 -msgid "Log out of root and into the new ``." +msgid "Log out of root and into the new ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:46 @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ msgid "To log off as root, enter :command:`exit`." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:48 -msgid "Enter the new `` and the password created earlier." +msgid "Enter the new and the password created earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:50 -msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ``." +msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:53 @@ -104,16 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:67 msgid "" "Software applications are installed as bundles using the command " -":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users might compare " -"`swupd` to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for " -"package management. Yet |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, " -"which are integrated stacks of packages." +":command:`swupd bundle-add`. Experienced Linux users might compare swupd " +"to running :command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install` for package " +"management. However |CL| manages packages at the level of bundles, which " +"are integrated stacks of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:73 msgid "" -"For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority of " -"applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" +"For example, the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle installs the majority " +"of applications useful to a system administrator. To install it, enter:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/enable-user-space.rst:80 @@ -161,3 +161,63 @@ msgstr "" #~ "deprecated." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This section provides steps to complete" +#~ " the following basic setup tasks for" +#~ " a newly installed |CL-ATTR| system:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new user and set " +#~ "a password for that user, enter " +#~ "the following commands as a `root` " +#~ "user:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Add the new user to the `wheel` group" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before logging off as root and " +#~ "logging into your new user account, " +#~ "enable the :command:`sudo` command for " +#~ "your new ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To be able to execute all " +#~ "applications with root privileges, add " +#~ "the `` to the `wheel group`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Add `` to the `wheel` group:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Log out of root and into the new ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enter the new `` and the password created earlier." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You will now be in the home directory of ``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Software applications are installed as " +#~ "bundles using the command :command:`swupd " +#~ "bundle-add`. Experienced Linux* users " +#~ "might compare `swupd` to running " +#~ ":command:`apt-get` or :command:`yum install`" +#~ " for package management. Yet |CL| " +#~ "manages packages at the level of " +#~ "bundles, which are integrated stacks of" +#~ " packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, the `sysadmin-basic` bundle" +#~ " installs the majority of applications " +#~ "useful to a system administrator. To " +#~ "install it, enter:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po index befb7e98..1d2fb86c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,39 +19,48 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:4 -msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" +msgid "Fix a broken installation" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:6 msgid "" -"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL| using a live" -" desktop image on a USB. It's assumed you already installed |CL| on a " -"target system, but your operating system does not boot or function " -"properly." +"This guide explains how to fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR| using a" +" live desktop image on a USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:10 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:16 msgid "" -"This process can only verify and fix files that :ref:`swupd`" -" owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this path, such as /home/, /etc, " -"/var, etc., cannot be repaired by this process." +"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on a target system, but the OS" +" does not boot or function properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The process described in this guide can only verify and fix files that " +":ref:`swupd` owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of this " +"path, such as :file:`/home/`, :file:`/etc`, :file:`/var`, etc., cannot be" +" repaired by this process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:25 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:27 msgid "" -":ref:`Download and install the live desktop image on a USB `" +"Download and install the live desktop image on a USB. See :ref:`bare-" +"metal-install-desktop` for install instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 msgid "Boot a live desktop image to fix target system" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 msgid "Boot the |CL| live desktop image." msgstr "" @@ -101,59 +110,96 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Figure 1: Clear Linux OS in boot menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:40 msgid "Mount root partition, verify, and fix" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:42 msgid "Open a Terminal window." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:33 -msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:44 +msgid "Ensure the system is connected to the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:46 msgid "Mount the systemā€™s root partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:48 msgid "To find the root partition, run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:43 -msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:54 +msgid "We'll use :file:`/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:45 -msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:56 +msgid "Next, mount the partition to the :file:`/mnt` folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:62 msgid "" "Verify that you mounted the correct root partition by checking for some " "files commonly found on |CL| systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:70 msgid "Next, run swupd to fix any issues on the target system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:76 msgid ":ref:`Learn more about how swupd works `." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:78 msgid "After the process is complete, unmount the root partition:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:84 msgid "" "Reboot the system, remove the live desktop USB drive, and boot into the " "repaired system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/fix-broken-install.rst:91 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully restored |CL|." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Fix a broken installation of |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide explains how to fix a" +#~ " broken installation of |CL| using a" +#~ " live desktop image on a USB. " +#~ "It's assumed you already installed |CL|" +#~ " on a target system, but your " +#~ "operating system does not boot or " +#~ "function properly." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This process can only verify and " +#~ "fix files that :ref:`swupd` " +#~ "owns in :file:`/usr`. Files outside of" +#~ " this path, such as /home/, /etc, " +#~ "/var, etc., cannot be repaired by " +#~ "this process." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":ref:`Download and install the live " +#~ "desktop image on a USB `" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Assure the system is connected to the network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "We'll use `/dev/sda3/` as the root partition example." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, mount the partition to the `/mnt` folder." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po index 49c9c89b..f9983fd9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/hostname.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:4 -msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" +msgid "Modify hostname" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:6 @@ -28,7 +28,11 @@ msgid "" "ATTR| system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:16 msgid "" "By default, |CL| installations have a machine generated name, which is a " "long string of letters and numbers. The generated name is fine for " @@ -39,37 +43,37 @@ msgid "" "examples show human-friendly machine names:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 msgid "*regression-test*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:25 msgid "*sally-test-box1*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:26 msgid "*az-bldg2-lab*" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:29 msgid "Set your hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:31 msgid "" "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command to display and modify the " -"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the **os-core** bundle, " -"which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." +"machine name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of the :command:`os-core` " +"bundle, which provides a basic Linux\\* user space and utilities." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:35 msgid "" "This example sets the hostname to *telemetry-test-2-h15*, to identify a " "|CL| telemetry test machine on the second floor at grid location H15. " "Make sure to reboot after setting a new hostname." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:46 msgid "" "There are three types of hostname: *static*, *transient*, and *pretty*. " "The most common is the static hostname. Static hostnames must be between " @@ -77,34 +81,46 @@ msgid "" "and may contain letters (case-insensitive), numbers, dashes, or dots." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 msgid "" "If the static hostname exists, it is used to generate the transient " "hostname, which is maintained by the kernel. The transient hostname can " "be changed by DHCP or mDNS at runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:55 msgid "" "The pretty hostname is a free-form UTF8 name used for presentation to the" " user." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:58 msgid "View your hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:60 msgid "View your current hostname using the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:66 msgid "You should see output similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/hostname.rst:81 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You successfully modified the hostname of your |CL| " "system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Modify hostname on |CL-ATTR|" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| uses the :command:`hostnamectl` command" +#~ " to display and modify the machine" +#~ " name. :command:`hostnamectl` is part of" +#~ " the **os-core** bundle, which " +#~ "provides a basic Linux\\* user space " +#~ "and utilities." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po index b2dfd8ac..0228dca0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,59 +19,60 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:4 -msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" +msgid "Increase virtual disk size of an image" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:6 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to" -" 20 GB. This guide describes how to increase the size of your prebuilt " -"|CL| image if you need more capacity." +"This guide describes how to increase the disk size of your prebuilt |CL-" +"ATTR| image if you need more capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:10 -msgid "This guide will cover:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:14 msgid "Determine the partition order and sizes of the prebuilt image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:15 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:16 +msgid "" +"|CL| prebuilt images come in different sizes, ranging from 300 MB to 20 " +"GB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:19 msgid "" "There are two methods to find the order and sizes of partitions virtual " "disk of your prebuilt |CL| image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 msgid "" "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V image has a disk size of 8.5 GB " -"with / dev/sda3 being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" +"with :file:`/dev/sda3` being the partition for the root filesystem (/)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:22 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:26 msgid "Checking :command:`lsblk` on the VM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:28 msgid "" "The first method is to boot up your :abbr:`VM (Virtual Machine)` and " "execute the :command:`lsblk` command as shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:35 msgid "An example output of the :command:`lsblk` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:45 msgid "An example of this can also be seen in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:48 msgid "Checking :file:`config.json` used to build the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:50 msgid "" "The second method to determine partition to check the :file:`config.json`" " file used to create prebuilt image, located in the `releases`_ " @@ -79,167 +80,238 @@ msgid "" " number 20450, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:55 msgid "Go to the `releases`_ repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 msgid "Drill down into the `20450 > clear > config > image` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:57 msgid "Open the :file:`hyperv-config.json` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:58 msgid "Locate the `PartitionLayout` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:60 msgid "" "The example shows 512 MB for the EFI partition, 32 MB for the swap " "partition, and 8 GB for the root partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:80 msgid "Increase virtual disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you have determined the disk and partition to be increased, you are " "ready to perform the actual increase of the disk, partition, and " "filesystem." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:81 -msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:85 +msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:83 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 msgid "" "To increase the virtual disk size for a prebuilt image, perform the steps" " below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 msgid "Shut down your VM if it is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:91 msgid "" -"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase " -"the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." +"Use the process defined by your hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" +" the virtual disk size of your |CL| VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:93 msgid "Power up the VM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:94 -msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:" +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 +msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:96 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:99 msgid "Log in to an account with root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:100 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:101 msgid "" -"Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` and " -":command:`resize2fs` tools." +"Add the :command:`storage-utils` bundle to install the :command:`parted` " +"and :command:`resize2fs` tools." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:108 msgid "Launch the `parted` tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:111 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 msgid "In the `parted` tool, perform these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:116 msgid "Press :command:`p` to print the partitions table." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:114 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:117 msgid "If the warning message below is displayed, enter :command:`Fix`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:124 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127 msgid "" "Enter :command:`resizepart [partition number]` where *[partition number]*" " is the partition number of the partition to modify." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:129 msgid "Enter :command:`yes` when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:127 -msgid "Enter the new `End` size." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:130 +msgid "Enter the new End size." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:134 msgid "" "If you want a partition to take up the remaining disk space, then enter " "the total size of the disk. When you print the partitions table with the " -":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the `Disk` " -"label." +":command:`p` command, the total disk size is shown after the " +":guilabel:`Disk` label." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:139 msgid "An example of this can be seen in Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:138 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter :command:`q` to exit `parted` when you are finished resizing the " "image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:141 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:144 msgid "" "Figure 1 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:147 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 msgid "Figure 1: Increase root partition size." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:150 -msgid "Resize the filesytem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " -"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in " -"`parted`." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:153 +msgid "Resize the filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p /dev/[modified partition name]` where " +"*[modified partition name]* is the partition that was changed in the " +"`parted` tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:159 msgid "Run the :command:`df -h` to verify that the filesystem size has increased." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:158 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:162 msgid "" "Figure 2 depicts the described steps to resize the partition of the " "virtual disk from 8.5GB to 20GB." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:164 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:169 msgid "Figure 2: Increase root filesystem size after partition has been expanded." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/increase-virtual-disk-size.rst:171 msgid "" -"Congratulations! You have resized the disk, partition, and filesystem. At" -" this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." +"**Congratulations!** You have resized the disk, partition, and " +"filesystem. At this point, the increase in disk capacity is usable." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Increase virtual disk size of a |CL-ATTR| image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| prebuilt images come in " +#~ "different sizes, ranging from 300 MB " +#~ "to 20 GB. This guide describes how" +#~ " to increase the size of your " +#~ "prebuilt |CL| image if you need " +#~ "more capacity." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide will cover:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In both examples, the prebuilt Hyper-V" +#~ " image has a disk size of 8.5" +#~ " GB with / dev/sda3 being the " +#~ "partition for the root filesystem (/)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Power off VM and increase virtual disk size:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the process defined by your " +#~ "hypervisor or cloud provider to increase" +#~ " the virtual disk size of your " +#~ "|CL| VM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resize the partition of the virtual disk:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the |CL| `storage-utils` bundle " +#~ "to install the :command:`parted` and " +#~ ":command:`resize2fs` tools." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enter the new `End` size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a partition to take" +#~ " up the remaining disk space, then" +#~ " enter the total size of the " +#~ "disk. When you print the partitions " +#~ "table with the :command:`p` command, the" +#~ " total disk size is shown after " +#~ "the `Disk` label." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resize the filesytem" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter :command:`sudo resize2fs -p " +#~ "/dev/[modified partition name]` where " +#~ "*[modified partition name]* is the " +#~ "partition that was changed in `parted`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Congratulations! You have resized the " +#~ "disk, partition, and filesystem. At this" +#~ " point, the increase in disk capacity" +#~ " is usable." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80577672 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/query-upstream.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:4 +msgid "Query package info from upstream repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes how to query package information from the |CL| " +"upstream repositories. This guide is intended for developers and advanced" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:15 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In |CL-ATTR|, the :ref:`swupd` tool manages software " +"dependencies and installs bundles instead of packages. Although a bundle " +"is a collection of one or more packages, |CL| does not work with packages" +" on the client side. However, on the upstream/factory side, |CL| does " +"work with packages using a process called *mixing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Currently, :command:`swupd` does not report which packages are installed," +" provide package version information, or return other package details. " +"This guide describes a method for retrieving package information from the" +" |CL| upstream repositories using :abbr:`DNF(Dandified Yum)` commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This guide assumes you have installed |CL| on your host system. For " +"detailed instructions on installing |CL| on a bare metal system, visit " +"the :ref:`bare metal installation guide `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Before you install any new packages, update |CL| with the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:42 +msgid "Configure DNF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:44 +msgid "Install the DNF bundle with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:50 +msgid "Create a :file:`dnf.conf` file with the commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Edit the :file:`/etc/dnf/dnf.conf` file and set the **baseurl** variable " +"for binary and source RPMs as shown in lines 3 and 9 in the following " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:78 +msgid "Initialize the RPM database with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:86 +msgid "DNF command usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:93 +msgid "List all binary and source RPMs in the current release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:95 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:129 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:196 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:215 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:135 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:202 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:221 +msgid "Sample output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:125 +msgid "Show version information for a package in current release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:127 +msgid "This example queries version information for the zstd package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:145 +msgid "Show version information for a package in a specific release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This example queries version information for the zstd package in release " +"21000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Show only version and release information for a package in a specific " +"release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:170 +msgid "" +"This example queries version and release information for the zstd package" +" in release 15000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:191 +msgid "Show the binary package for a specified binary file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:193 +msgid "" +"This example returns the binary package that contains the " +":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:210 +msgid "Show the source package for a specified binary file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/query-upstream.rst:212 +msgid "" +"This example returns the source package that contains the " +":file:`/usr/bin/zip` binary file." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00f2f43e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/restart.po @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:4 +msgid "Restart system services after an OS update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:6 +msgid "This guide describes how to use the :command:`clr-service-restart` tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:15 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| includes a :command:`clr-service-restart` tool that shows which" +" system daemons require a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:18 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` reads various files in the :file:`procfs` " +"filesystem provided by the kernel and relies on :command:`systemd` to " +"determine which services to restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:24 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:26 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` implements a whitelist to identify which " +"daemons can be restarted. As a system administrator, you can customize " +"the default |CL| OS whitelist using :command:`allow` or " +":command:`disallow` options for restarting system services. When a " +"software update occurs, :command:`clr-service-restart` consults the " +"whitelist to see if a service daemon is allowed to be restarted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:35 +msgid "Basic options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:37 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` has three basic options: :command:`allow`," +" :command:`disallow`, and :command:`default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:41 +msgid "allow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :command:`allow` option identifies a daemon to restart after an OS " +"software update. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " +"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` as a record. The example " +"below tells :command:`clr-service-restart` to restart the *tallow* daemon" +" after an OS software update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:54 +msgid "disallow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :command:`disallow` option tells :command:`clr-service-restart` not " +"to restart the specified daemon even if the OS defaults permit the daemon" +" to be restarted. The :command:`clr-service-restart` daemon creates a " +"symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-service-restart` that points to " +":file:`/dev/null` as a record. The example below tells :command:`clr-" +"service-restart` not to restart the *rngd* daemon after an OS software " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:68 +msgid "default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :command:`default` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` revert" +" back to the OS defaults and delete any symlink in :file:`/etc/clr-" +"service-restart`. The example below tells :command:`clr-service-restart`" +" to restart *rngd* automatically again, because *rngd* is whitelisted for" +" automatic service restarts by default in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:81 +msgid "Monitor options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:83 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` works in the background and is invoked " +"with :command:`swupd` automatically. Review the journal output to verify " +"that services are restarted after an OS software update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you pass both options (:command:`-a` and :command:`-n`) described " +"below, :command:`clr-service-restart` displays a complete list of system " +"services that require a restart. Use both options to verify that all " +"desired daemons are restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:94 +msgid "-n option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :command:`-n` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` perform no " +"restarts. Instead it displays the services that could potentially be " +"restarted. When used, :command:`clr-service-restart` outputs a list of " +"messages showing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:100 +msgid "Which service needs a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:101 +msgid "What unit it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:102 +msgid "Why it needs a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:103 +msgid "Which command is required to restart the unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:106 +msgid "-a option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :command:`-a` option makes :command:`clr-service-restart` consider " +"all system services, not only the ones that are whitelisted. Because the " +"default whitelist in |CL| is relatively short, you can use this option to" +" restart all impacted services when you log in on the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:114 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In the example below, :command:`clr-service-restart` is invoked with both" +" the :command:`-a` and :command:`-n` options, which displays a complete " +"list of system services that require a restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:120 +msgid "Command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:126 +msgid "Sample output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:138 +msgid "Telemetry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:140 +msgid "" +":command:`clr-service-restart` may cause problems such as a short service" +" outage when a daemon is being restarted, or if a daemon fails to " +"properly restart. To minimize issues, :command:`clr-service-restart` " +"creates a telemetry record and sends it to the optional |CL| telemetry " +"service if both conditions below are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:146 +msgid "If a unit fails to automatically restart after an OS update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:147 +msgid "" +"If that unit resides in the system location " +":file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If you do not install the |CL| telemetrics bundle, the data is discarded." +" If you install the telemetrics bundle and you opt to send telemetry, " +"then the system unit name is sent to the |CL| telemetry service. We " +"evaluate the report and update the whitelist to remove services that are " +"not safe to restart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:157 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The |CL| team enjoys coming up with simple and efficient solutions to " +"make your work easier. We made a GitHub\\* project of :command:`clr-" +"service-restart` and we invite you to look at the code, share your " +"thoughts, and work with us on improving the project. You can find the " +"project at:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/restart.rst:164 +msgid "https://github.com/clearlinux/clr-service-restart" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po index 48c75bf6..9846debc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/time.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,56 +23,72 @@ msgid "Set the time" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:6 -msgid "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:8 msgid "" -"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL| system when the " -"default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be reached." +"This guide describes how to reset the time in your |CL-ATTR| system when " +"the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time Protocol)` servers cannot be " +"reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:11 -msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:9 +msgid "|CL| uses the `systemd-timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:12 +msgid "Install the :command:`sysadmin-basic` bundle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:18 msgid "Set your time zone. This example uses Los Angeles." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:26 msgid "" "To see a list of time zones, use the command: :command:`timedatectl list-" "timezones | grep `" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:29 msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/systemd/` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:35 msgid "" "Create a new file named :file:`/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf` and enter the" " following text." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:44 msgid "Enable the `systemd-timesyncd` service." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:52 msgid "" "To check the service status, use the :command:`timedatectl status` " "command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:54 msgid "" "To restart the `timesyncd` daemon, enter :command:`systemctl restart " "systemd-timesyncd` into your terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/time.rst:57 msgid "**Congratulations!** You successfully set up the time in your |CL| system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| uses the `systemd-" +#~ "timesyncd.service` daemon to synchronize time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide describes how to reset " +#~ "the time in your |CL| system when" +#~ " the default :abbr:`NTP (Network Time " +#~ "Protocol)` servers cannot be reached." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the `sysadmin-basic` bundle." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po index 82f9392d..187531b6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -22,121 +22,219 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:6 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:7 +msgid "This guide describes how to validate the contents of a |CL-ATTR| image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:16 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. " -"All validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " +"Validating the contents of an image is a manual process and is the same " +"process that :ref:`swupd-guide` performs internally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:19 +msgid "" +"|CL| offers a way to validate the content of an image or an update. All " +"validation of content works by creating and signing a hash. A valid " "signature creates a chain of trust. A broken chain of trust, seen as an " "invalid signature, means the content is not valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:11 -msgid "" -"This guide covers how to validate the contents of an image, which is a " -"manual process and is the same process ``swupd`` performs internally to " -"validate an update." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:28 msgid "Image content validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:20 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:30 msgid "" -"For the outlined steps, the installer image of the latest release of |CL|" -" is used for illustrative purposes. You may use any image of |CL| you " -"choose." +"In the steps below, we used the installer image of the latest release of " +"|CL|. You may use any image of |CL| you choose." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:33 msgid "" "Download the image, the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image, and the" " |CL| certificate used for signing the SHA512 sum." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:45 msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:51 msgid "" "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the |CL| certificate matches the " "following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:58 msgid "Generate the SHA512 sum of the image and save it to a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 msgid "" "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 sum of the image was created using the" -" |CL| certificate. This validates the image is trusted and it has not " +" |CL| certificate. This confirms that the image is trusted and has not " "been modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:64 -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:125 msgid "" -"The `-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using " -"an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform signature " -"validation. The `openssl version` command may be used to determine the " -"version of OpenSSL in use." +"The :command:`-purpose any` option is required when using OpenSSL 1.1. If" +" you use an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit this option to perform " +"signature validation. The :command:`openssl version` command may be used" +" to determine the version of OpenSSL in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:79 msgid "" -"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output " -"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." +"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " +"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the image is not trustworthy." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:73 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:83 msgid "Update content validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:85 msgid "" -"``swupd`` validates all update content automatically before applying the " -"update content. The process ``swupd`` follows internally is illustrated " -"here with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to" -" perform these steps manually when performing a ``swupd update``." +"**swupd** validates all update content automatically before applying the " +"update content. The process swupd follows internally is illustrated here " +"with manual steps using the latest |CL| release. There is no need to " +"perform these steps manually when performing a :command:`swupd update`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:80 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:90 msgid "" "Download the :abbr:`MoM (top-level manifest)`, the signature of the MoM, " "and the Swupd certificate used for signing the signature of the MoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:92 -msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate." +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:102 +msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:108 msgid "" -"Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate matches " -"following SHA256 sum to verify the integrity of the certificate." +"Confirm that the generated SHA256 sum of the swupd certificate matches " +"the SHA256 sum shown below to verify the integrity of the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:105 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:115 msgid "" -"Ensure the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd certificate. " -"This signature validates the update content is trustworthy and has not " -"been modified." +"Confirm that the signature of the MoM was created using the Swupd " +"certificate. This signature validates the update content is trustworthy " +"and has not been modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:132 msgid "" "The SHA512 sum of the MoM is not generated and then signed. Instead, the " "MoM is signed directly because it is small in size compared to an image " "of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/maintenance/validate-signatures.rst:136 msgid "" -"The output should contain ``Verification successful``. If the output " -"contains ``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " +"The output should contain \"Verification successful\". If the output " +"contains \"bad_signature\" anywhere, then the MoM cannot be trusted. " "Because the MoM contains a list of hashes for bundle manifests, if the " "MoM cannot be trusted, then the bundle content cannot be trusted." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| offers a way to validate" +#~ " the content of an image or an" +#~ " update. All validation of content " +#~ "works by creating and signing a " +#~ "hash. A valid signature creates a " +#~ "chain of trust. A broken chain of" +#~ " trust, seen as an invalid signature," +#~ " means the content is not valid." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide covers how to validate " +#~ "the contents of an image, which is" +#~ " a manual process and is the " +#~ "same process ``swupd`` performs internally " +#~ "to validate an update." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For the outlined steps, the installer" +#~ " image of the latest release of " +#~ "|CL| is used for illustrative purposes." +#~ " You may use any image of |CL|" +#~ " you choose." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the signature of the SHA512 " +#~ "sum of the image was created using" +#~ " the |CL| certificate. This validates " +#~ "the image is trusted and it has" +#~ " not been modified." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `-purpose any` option is required" +#~ " when using OpenSSL 1.1. If using" +#~ " an earlier version of OpenSSL, omit" +#~ " this option to perform signature " +#~ "validation. The `openssl version` command " +#~ "may be used to determine the " +#~ "version of OpenSSL in use." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " +#~ "successful``. If the output contains " +#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the image " +#~ "is not trustworthy." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "``swupd`` validates all update content " +#~ "automatically before applying the update " +#~ "content. The process ``swupd`` follows " +#~ "internally is illustrated here with " +#~ "manual steps using the latest |CL| " +#~ "release. There is no need to " +#~ "perform these steps manually when " +#~ "performing a ``swupd update``." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Generate the SHA256 sum of the Swupd certificate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the generated SHA256 sum of " +#~ "the Swupd certificate matches following " +#~ "SHA256 sum to verify the integrity " +#~ "of the certificate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ensure the signature of the MoM " +#~ "was created using the Swupd certificate." +#~ " This signature validates the update " +#~ "content is trustworthy and has not " +#~ "been modified." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The output should contain ``Verification " +#~ "successful``. If the output contains " +#~ "``bad_signature`` anywhere, then the MoM " +#~ "cannot be trusted. Because the MoM " +#~ "contains a list of hashes for " +#~ "bundle manifests, if the MoM cannot " +#~ "be trusted, then the bundle content " +#~ "cannot be trusted." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po index 446b005f..9a7897f8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/custom-clear-container.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,154 +24,193 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:6 msgid "" -"The official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub" -" and is updated on a regular basis. This guide contains the steps to " -"build a custom container image." +"This guide contains the steps to build a custom container image. The " +"official base |CL-ATTR| container image is published on Docker\\* Hub and" +" is updated on a regular basis." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:11 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:15 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:17 msgid "" "You must perform these steps on a |CL| system because the :abbr:`swupd " "(software updater)` is used to manage bundles in the container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:16 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:20 msgid "" "You must install the :file:`containers-basic` bundle on the |CL| system " "or Docker will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:22 msgid "You have a basic understanding of Docker." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:21 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:25 msgid "Build the base container image" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:27 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:33 msgid "Verify Docker is installed and running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:39 msgid "If Docker is installed and running, the output is similar to this example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:82 msgid "If Docker is not installed, enter the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:85 -msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:92 -msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:94 -msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:95 -msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:89 +msgid "Use :command:`os-install` to download and install the bundles." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:96 +msgid "The swupd example uses the following flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:98 +msgid ":command:`os-install` tells swupd to download and install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 +msgid ":command:`-V / --version` specifies the version of the |CL| bundles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:100 msgid ":command:`--url` specifies the URL of the bundles repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:101 msgid "" ":command:`--statedir` specifies the state directory where downloaded " "bundles and any state information are stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:103 msgid "" -":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` to skip updating boot files " +":command:`--no-boot-update` tells swupd to skip updating boot files " "because boot files are not required for a container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:102 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:106 msgid "" -"For more information on `swupd` flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-" -"install -h` command." +"For more information on swupd flags, enter the :command:`swupd os-install" +" -h` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:104 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:167 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:194 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:228 -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:172 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:199 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:233 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:295 msgid "Example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:141 -msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored." +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:146 +msgid "The WARNING message is expected and can be ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:148 msgid "Create a tarball and compress it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:155 msgid "Create the Dockerfile to build the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:161 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:166 msgid "Build the |CL| container image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:193 msgid "List the newly created |CL| container image." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:201 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:206 msgid "Launch the built |CL| container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:208 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:213 msgid "Manage bundles in a container" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:210 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:215 msgid "" "You can add and remove bundles from a |CL| container using the " ":command:`RUN swupd` command in the Dockerfile." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:219 msgid "Add a bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:221 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile adds the :file:`pxe-server` bundle to an existing" " |CL| Docker image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:272 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:277 msgid "" -"The `WARNING` message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside " -"a container." +"The WARNING message can be ignored because systemd does not run inside a " +"container." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:276 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:281 msgid "Remove a bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:278 +#: ../../guides/network/custom-clear-container.rst:283 msgid "" "This example Dockerfile removes the :file:`pxe-server` bundle from an " "existing |CL| Docker image:" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The official base |CL-ATTR| container" +#~ " image is published on Docker\\* Hub" +#~ " and is updated on a regular " +#~ "basis. This guide contains the steps " +#~ "to build a custom container image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Use `os-install` to download and install the bundles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `swupd` example uses the following flags:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid ":command:`os-install` tells `swupd` to download and install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":command:`--no-boot-update` tells `swupd` " +#~ "to skip updating boot files because " +#~ "boot files are not required for a" +#~ " container." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information on `swupd` flags," +#~ " enter the :command:`swupd os-install " +#~ "-h` command." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `WARNING` message is expected and can be ignored." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `WARNING` message can be ignored " +#~ "because systemd does not run inside " +#~ "a container." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po index 86dac763..a6d64105 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/dpdk.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,354 +23,415 @@ msgid "Use DPDK to send packets between platforms" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:6 -msgid "" -"This document describes how to send packets between two platforms in the " -"simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure 1 `. The example uses the " -":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, " -"drivers, sample applications, and tools for fast packet processing." +msgid "This guide describes how to send packets between two platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:17 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:13 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Figure 1 shows how to send packets between two platforms in a simple " +"configuration. The example uses the :abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit " +"(DPDK)`, which is a set of libraries, drivers, sample applications, and " +"tools for fast packet processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:24 msgid "Figure 1: Environment for l3fwd DPDK application" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 msgid "This example uses the following DPDK components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:21 -msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:22 -msgid "" -"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd documentation`_" -" for details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:26 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:28 -msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." +msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen`_ documentation for details." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:29 -msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`." +msgid "" +"l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example application. See `l3fwd`_ documentation" +" for details." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:30 -msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:33 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:35 +msgid "Two platforms using |CL-ATTR| release `13330`_ or higher." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:36 +msgid "Both images must include the :command:`kernel-native` bundle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:37 +msgid "Install the :command:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:43 msgid "" "Each platform must have at least one :abbr:`NIC (Network Interface " "Card)`. Check the `DPDK project`_ for the list of supported `dpdk.org " "NICs`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:46 msgid "Two network cables." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:49 msgid "Install dpdk and build l3fwd example (Platform B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:51 msgid "Change to the :file:`l3fwd` example directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:57 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the makefiles path." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:56 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 msgid "" "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` variable to the location of the gcc\\* config" " file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:63 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:70 msgid "" "Build the `l3fwd` application and add the configuration header to the " ":makevar:`CFLAGS` variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:72 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:79 msgid "Build pktgen (Platform A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:81 msgid "Download the `pktgen tar package`_ v3.1.2 or newer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:83 msgid "Decompress packages and move to uncompressed source directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:85 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_SDK` variable to the path where makefiles are located." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:91 msgid "Assign :envvar:`RTE_TARGET` to the location of the gcc config file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:90 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:97 msgid "" "Build the `pktgen` project and set the " ":makevar:`CONFIG_RTE_BUILD_SHARED_LIB` variable to \"n\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:105 msgid "Bind NICs to DPDK kernel drivers (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:100 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:107 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application uses two NICs. The DPDK includes tools for " "binding NICs to DPDK modules to run DPDK applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:110 msgid "Load the DPDK I/O kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:116 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to determine which network cards are not busy. When " -"another application is using them, the status shows `Active`, and those " -"NICs cannot be bound." +"another application is using them, the status shows \"Active\", and those" +" NICs cannot be bound." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:124 msgid "" "Bind two available NICs. The general syntax for binding is: :command" ":`dpdk-devbind --bind=vfio-pci `. A working example is " "shown below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:125 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:132 msgid "" "Check the NIC status to verify that the NICs are bound correctly. If " "successful, `drv` displays the value `igb_uio`, which confirms that the " "NICs are using the DPDK modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:131 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:138 msgid "Set hugepages (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:140 msgid "" "|CL| supports `hugepages` for the large memory pool allocation used for " "packet buffers." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:136 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:143 msgid "Set the number of hugepages." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:142 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 msgid "Allocate pages on NUMA machines." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:149 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:156 msgid "Make memory available for DPDK." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:155 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 msgid "" "For more information, refer to the `DPDK guide`_ System Requirements " "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:160 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:167 msgid "Set up the physical environment (Platforms A and B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:162 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 msgid "" "Connect the NICs on Platform A to the NICs on Platform B using the " -"network cables as shown in :ref:`Figure 2`." +"network cables as shown in figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:174 msgid "Figure 2: Physical network environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:173 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:178 msgid "Run l3fwd application (Platform B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:175 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:180 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application is one of the DPDK examples available when you " "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. `l3fwd` forwards packets from one " -"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd documentation`_." +"NIC to another. For details, refer to the `l3fwd`_ documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:184 msgid "Open the l3fwd example directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:185 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 msgid "**This step is very important.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:187 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:192 msgid "DPDK needs poll mode drivers to operate." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:188 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 msgid "Poll mode drivers are shared objects in :file:`/usr/lib64`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:189 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:194 msgid "See the full list of supported NICs at `dpdk.org NICs`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:190 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:195 msgid "" "You must know which kernel module each NIC is using and choose a poll " "mode driver that corresponds to your NICs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:193 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:198 msgid "" "NIC binding and `pktgen` configuration depends upon network use cases and" " available system resources. Use the :command:`-d` flag to set the poll " "mode driver." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:197 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:202 msgid "" "The following example assumes that the NICs use the `e1000` network " "driver and the `e1000` poll mode driver. The :file:`librte_pmd_e1000.so` " "is located in :file:`/usr/lib64` in |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:205 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:210 msgid "" "The `l3fwd` application shows port initialization details at startup. " "After port 0 initialization completes, `l3fwd` shows a MAC address and " "information for port 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:209 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 msgid "Save the MAC address for configuring the `pktgen` project." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:212 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:217 msgid "Run pktgen application (Platform A)" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:219 msgid "`pktgen` is a network traffic generator included in the DPDK." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:216 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:221 msgid "" "`pktgen` configuration depends upon the network setup and the available " "system resources. The following example shows a basic configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:229 msgid "Enable active colorful output (optional)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:230 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:235 msgid "" "Use the MAC addresses shown by the `l3fwd` application during " "initialization. The command to set the MAC addresses in `pktgen` has the " "format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:237 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:296 -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:314 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:242 ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:301 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:319 msgid "Here is a working example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:249 msgid "Send packets." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:250 -msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 +msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen`_ documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:253 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 msgid "Appendix A: Use pass-through for virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 msgid "" "This section explains how to set up a virtual environment where virtual " "machines control the NICs on the host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:258 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:263 msgid "Create a new directory and move to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:260 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:265 msgid "" "Download or create a :file:`start_qemu.sh` script for running a kvm " "virtual machine:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:267 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:272 msgid "Download a bare-metal image of |CL| and rename it as :file:`clear.img`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:269 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:274 msgid "Look for an Ethernet\\* device entry that contains vendor and device ID:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:275 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:280 msgid "An example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:281 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 msgid "" "where `03:00.0` is the device entry and `8086:1521` is the `vendor:device" " ID`. Record this information, because you need it to unbind the NICs " "from a host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:291 msgid "" "Unbind the NICs from the host to do pass-through with virtual machines. " "|CL| supports this action. The commands take the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:310 msgid "" "Assign the unbound NICs to the KVM virtual machine (guest). Modify the " ":file:`start_qemu.sh` script in `qemu-system-x86_64` arguments, and add " "the lines with the host's NICs information in the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:321 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:326 msgid "" "Add more NUMA machines to the virtual machine by adding lines to the " "Makefile boot target in the format:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:328 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:333 msgid "" "Here is a working example for a virtual machine with 4096 memory and four" " CPUs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:336 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:341 msgid "Each NUMA machine must use the same quantity of memory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/network/dpdk.rst:343 msgid "Run the :file:`start_qemu.sh` script." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This document describes how to send " +#~ "packets between two platforms in the " +#~ "simple configuration shown in :ref:`Figure " +#~ "1 `. The example uses the " +#~ ":abbr:`Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK)`, " +#~ "which is a set of libraries, " +#~ "drivers, sample applications, and tools " +#~ "for fast packet processing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pktgen: Traffic generator. See `pktgen documentation`_ for details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "l3fwd: Layer 3 forwarding example " +#~ "application. See `l3fwd documentation`_ for" +#~ " details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Both images must include the :file:`kernel-native bundle`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the :file:`network-basic-dev` bundle with the command:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check the NIC status to determine " +#~ "which network cards are not busy. " +#~ "When another application is using them," +#~ " the status shows `Active`, and those" +#~ " NICs cannot be bound." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the NICs on Platform A to" +#~ " the NICs on Platform B using " +#~ "the network cables as shown in " +#~ ":ref:`Figure 2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `l3fwd` application is one of " +#~ "the DPDK examples available when you " +#~ "install the :file:`dpdk-dev` bundle. " +#~ "`l3fwd` forwards packets from one NIC" +#~ " to another. For details, refer to" +#~ " the `l3fwd documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For more details, see the `pktgen documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po index 36ed2863..29157ea6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/ipxe-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,23 +19,27 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:4 -msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" +msgid "Install over the network with iPXE" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This guide describes how to install |CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " -"Execution Environment)`." +"Execution Environment)` over the network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:9 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:16 msgid "" "PXE is an industry standard that describes client-server interaction with" " network-boot software and uses the DHCP and TFTP protocols. This guide " "shows one method of using the PXE environment to install |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:13 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:20 msgid "" "The PXE extension called `iPXE`_ adds support for additional protocols " "such as HTTP, :abbr:`iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface)`, " @@ -44,117 +48,117 @@ msgid "" " PXE support." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:18 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:25 msgid "" "To install |CL| through iPXE, you must create a PXE client. Figure 1 " "depicts the flow of information between a PXE server and a PXE client." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:24 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:31 msgid "Figure 1: PXE information flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 msgid "" "The |CL| image that boots through the PXE process automatically erases " "all data and partitions on the PXE client system and creates 3 new " "partitions to install onto." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:33 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:40 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:42 msgid "Before booting with iPXE, make the following preparations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:37 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:44 msgid "" "Connect the PXE server and PXE clients to a switch on a private network, " -"as shown in Figure 2." +"as shown in figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 msgid "Figure 2: Network topology." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 msgid "" "Your PXE client must have a boot order where the network boot option is " "prioritized before the disk boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:48 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:55 msgid "Your PXE server must have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 msgid "Ethernet/LAN boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:51 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:58 msgid "At least two network adapters." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:59 msgid "Connection to a public network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:60 msgid "Secure boot option disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 msgid "" "You must disable the secure boot option in the BIOS because the UEFI " "binaries used to boot |CL| are not signed." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:62 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:69 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:71 msgid "" "To set up |CL| using iPXE automatically, use the :file:`configure-" "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS (Ister Cloud Init Service)`. " "For additional instructions on the script, refer to the guide on the " -"`ICIS GitHub repository`_." +"`ister-cloud-init-svc`_ GitHub\\* repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:68 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:76 msgid "To set up |CL| manually, perform the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:78 msgid "Define the variables used for iPXE boot configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:86 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:94 msgid "Log in and get root privilege." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:100 msgid "" -"Add the `pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle contains all " -"files needed to run a PXE server." +"Add the :command:`pxe-server` bundle to your |CL| system. The bundle " +"contains all files needed to run a PXE server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:99 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:107 msgid "" "Download the latest network-bootable release of |CL| and extract the " "files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:121 msgid "" "Ensure that the initial ramdisk file is named :file:`initrd` and the " "kernel file is named :file:`linux`, which is a symbolic link to the " "actual kernel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:117 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:125 msgid "" "Create an iPXE boot script with the following contents. During an iPXE " "boot, the iPXE boot script directs the PXE client to download the files " @@ -162,38 +166,38 @@ msgid "" "ramdisk and kernel files." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:141 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known as " -"`nginx`. Create a configuration file for `nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE " +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight web-server known " +"as nginx. Create a configuration file for nginx to serve |CL| to PXE " "clients with the following contents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:155 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:163 msgid "" -"Create a separate `nginx` configuration file to serve network-bootable " -"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing `nginx` " +"Create a separate nginx configuration file to serve network-bootable " +"images on a non-standard port number. This action saves existing nginx " "configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:159 -msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option." +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:167 +msgid "Start nginx and enable the startup on boot option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:174 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which conflicts" -" with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the " -"DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight DNS server which " +"conflicts with the DNS stub listener provided in `systemd-resolved`. " +"Disable the DNS stub listener and temporarily stop `systemd-resolved`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:180 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:188 msgid "" "Assign a static IP address to the network adapter for the private network" " and restart `systemd-networkd` with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:196 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:204 msgid "" "Configure :abbr:`NAT (Network Address Translation)` to route traffic from" " the private network to the public network. This action makes the PXE " @@ -201,93 +205,93 @@ msgid "" "save the changes to the firewall with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:212 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:220 msgid "" "The firewall masks packets to make them appear as coming from the PXE " "server and hides PXE clients from the public network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:215 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:223 msgid "" "Configure the kernel to forward network packets to different interfaces. " "Otherwise, NAT will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:232 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow " -"computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create " -"a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE firmware images that allow" +" computers without an iPXE implementation to perform an iPXE boot. Create" +" a TFTP hosting directory and populate the directory with the iPXE " "firmware images with the following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:234 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:242 msgid "" -"The `pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server" -" known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq` to listen " -"on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on the private" -" network will use this IP address." +"The :command:`pxe-server` bundle contains a lightweight TFTP, DNS, and " +"DHCP server known as `dnsmasq`. Create a configuration file for `dnsmasq`" +" to listen on a dedicated IP address for those functions. PXE clients on " +"the private network will use this IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:245 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:253 msgid "" "Add the options to serve iPXE firmware images to PXE clients over TFTP to" " the `dnsmasq` configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:255 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:263 msgid "" -"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the `dnsmasq` " -"configuration file." +"Add the options to host a DHCP server for PXE clients to the " +":file:`dnsmasq` configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:277 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 msgid "The configuration provides the following important functions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:279 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:287 msgid "" "Directs PXE clients without an iPXE implementation to the TFTP server to " "acquire architecture-specific iPXE firmware images that allow them to " "perform an iPXE boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:282 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 msgid "" "Activates only on the network adapter that has an IP address on the " "defined subnet." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:284 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:292 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the DNS server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:285 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:293 msgid "Directs PXE clients to the PXE server for routing via NAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:286 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:294 msgid "" "Divides the private network into two pools of IP addresses. One pool is " "for network boot and one pool is used after boot. Each pool has their own" " lease times." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:290 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 msgid "" "Create a file for `dnsmasq` to record the IP addresses it provides to PXE" " clients." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:298 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:306 msgid "Start `dnsmasq` and enable startup on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 msgid "Start `systemd-resolved`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:313 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:321 msgid "" "`systemd-resolved` dynamically updates the list of DNS servers for the " "private network if you use the `dnsmasq` DNS server. The setup creates a " @@ -295,20 +299,107 @@ msgid "" ":file:`/etc/resolv.conf`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:326 msgid "Power on the PXE client and watch the client boot and install |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:320 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:328 msgid "" "After booting, |CL| automatically partitions the hard drive, installs " "itself, updates to the latest version, and reboots." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/network/ipxe-install.rst:332 msgid "" "**Congratulations!** You have successfully installed and configured a PXE" " server that enables PXE clients to boot and install |CL| over the " "network." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Install |CL-ATTR| over the network with iPXE" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This guide describes how to install " +#~ "|CL-ATTR| using :abbr:`PXE (Pre-boot " +#~ "Execution Environment)`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the PXE server and PXE " +#~ "clients to a switch on a private" +#~ " network, as shown in Figure 2." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To set up |CL| using iPXE " +#~ "automatically, use the :file:`configure-" +#~ "ipxe.sh` script included with :abbr:`ICIS " +#~ "(Ister Cloud Init Service)`. For " +#~ "additional instructions on the script, " +#~ "refer to the guide on the `ICIS" +#~ " GitHub repository`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the `pxe-server` bundle to " +#~ "your |CL| system. The bundle contains" +#~ " all files needed to run a PXE" +#~ " server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight web-server known as `nginx`." +#~ " Create a configuration file for " +#~ "`nginx` to serve |CL| to PXE " +#~ "clients with the following contents:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a separate `nginx` configuration " +#~ "file to serve network-bootable images" +#~ " on a non-standard port number. " +#~ "This action saves existing `nginx` " +#~ "configurations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Start `nginx` and enable the startup on boot option." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight DNS server which conflicts " +#~ "with the DNS stub listener provided " +#~ "in `systemd-resolved`. Disable the DNS" +#~ " stub listener and temporarily stop " +#~ "`systemd-resolved`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains iPXE" +#~ " firmware images that allow computers " +#~ "without an iPXE implementation to " +#~ "perform an iPXE boot. Create a " +#~ "TFTP hosting directory and populate the" +#~ " directory with the iPXE firmware " +#~ "images with the following commands:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `pxe-server` bundle contains a " +#~ "lightweight TFTP, DNS, and DHCP server" +#~ " known as `dnsmasq`. Create a " +#~ "configuration file for `dnsmasq` to " +#~ "listen on a dedicated IP address " +#~ "for those functions. PXE clients on " +#~ "the private network will use this " +#~ "IP address." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the options to host a DHCP " +#~ "server for PXE clients to the " +#~ "`dnsmasq` configuration file." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po index df3f9cc1..ccad1e44 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/network-bonding.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,76 +24,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:6 msgid "" -"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " -"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." +"This guide describes how to configure systemd to use the " +":command:`bonding` driver." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:9 msgid "" -"|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and team_ drivers. This guide describes" -" how to configure systemd to use the `bonding` driver." +"Network bonding combines multiple network interfaces into a single " +"logical interface to provide redundancy and bandwidth aggregation." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:12 -msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" +msgid "|CL-ATTR| includes the Linux `Bonding driver`_ and `Team driver`_ ." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:14 -msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode." +msgid "The example demonstrates how to:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:16 -msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." +msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in 802.3ad mode." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Your NICs and network switch must support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo " -"frames. The example explains how to configure your NICs for both " -"features. Your switch may require additional configuration. See your " -"switch documentation for details." +msgid "Enable jumbo frames to optimize large data transfers on the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:24 -msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Your NICs and network switch must support 802.3ad mode and jumbo frames. " +"The example explains how to configure your NICs for both features. Your " +"switch may require additional configuration. See your switch " +"documentation for details." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:26 +msgid "You must run all commands in this guide as root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:28 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:34 msgid "Create the :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:38 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:40 msgid "" "The :file:`/etc/systemd/network` directory contains configuration files " "and network settings for the virtual device and its underlying physical " "interfaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:44 msgid "" "Configure systemd to create a virtual network device called `bond1`. Use " "a text editor to create a file named :file:`30-bond1.netdev`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:59 msgid "" -"Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " +"Refer to the `systemd.netdev`_ manpage for :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file " "syntax. This example is based on Example 9 on the manpage. Modify the " "example for your configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:63 msgid "" "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a text file named " ":file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`. Assign the slave interfaces to the " -"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in systemd.network_." +"virtual `bond1` device and use the syntax shown in `systemd.network`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:78 msgid "" "The example bonds all four ports of a quad-port NIC as a slave of " "`bond1`. The example uses a wildcard match because the NIC names are in " @@ -101,53 +105,96 @@ msgid "" "compatible, create a separate :file:`.network` file for each NIC." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:83 msgid "" "For best results, do not assign addresses or DHCP support to the " "individual NICs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:86 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` setting enables jumbo frames of up to 9000 bytes. Your " "switch may require additional configuration to support this setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:87 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:89 msgid "Configure the bonded interface in a file named :file:`30-bond1.network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 msgid "`bond1` is a virtual interface with no physical link status." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:103 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:105 msgid "" "`BindCarrier` indicates that the `bond1` link status is determined by the" " status of the listed slave devices." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:106 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:108 msgid "" "`Address` contains an IP address that you assign to the logical " "interface. DHCP bonded interfaces are complex and outside the scope of " "this example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:109 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:111 msgid "" "`MTUBytes` must be set to 9000 on all slave interfaces and on the bonded " "interface for successful jumbo frames operation. If `MTUBytes` is not the" " same on all interfaces, then the lowest value is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:113 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:115 msgid "Apply the new network configuration with the command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:119 +#: ../../guides/network/network-bonding.rst:121 msgid "" "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take effect until you reboot or manually " -"apply the settings with a utility such as `ifconfig`." +"apply the settings with a utility such as ifconfig." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| includes Linux bonding_ and" +#~ " team_ drivers. This guide describes " +#~ "how to configure systemd to use " +#~ "the `bonding` driver." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Bond all four ports of a quad-port NIC in `802.3ad` mode." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your NICs and network switch must " +#~ "support `802.3ad` mode and jumbo frames." +#~ " The example explains how to " +#~ "configure your NICs for both features." +#~ " Your switch may require additional " +#~ "configuration. See your switch documentation" +#~ " for details." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refer to the systemd.netdev_ manpage for" +#~ " :file:`30-bond1.netdev` file syntax. This " +#~ "example is based on Example 9 on" +#~ " the manpage. Modify the example for" +#~ " your configuration." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure the slave interfaces. Create a" +#~ " text file named :file:`30-bond1-enp1s0.network`." +#~ " Assign the slave interfaces to the" +#~ " virtual `bond1` device and use the" +#~ " syntax shown in systemd.network_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `MTUBytes` settings do not take " +#~ "effect until you reboot or manually " +#~ "apply the settings with a utility " +#~ "such as `ifconfig`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po index 0cf56ed8..40be3800 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/network/vnc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,318 +19,290 @@ msgstr "" "Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:4 -msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" +msgid "Remote-desktop to a host using VNC" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:6 msgid "" -":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is a client-server GUI-based tool" -" that allows you to connect via remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| host." +"This guide describes how to use :abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` " +"to connect to a remote |CL-ATTR| host." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:9 -msgid "This guide shows you how to:" +msgid "" +"VNC is a client-server GUI-based tool that allows you to connect via " +"remote-desktop to your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:11 -msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:12 -msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:13 -msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:14 -msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:15 -msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:16 -msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:17 msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:19 msgid "To configure VNC to work on your |CL| host, install these bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:21 msgid "" -"`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets " -"it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC Viewer." +":command:`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM (Gnome Desktop " +"Manager)`, sets it to start automatically on boot, and installs TigerVNC " +"Viewer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:23 +msgid ":command:`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:25 -msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 msgid "Follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:27 msgid "Log into your |CL| host and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:35 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:33 msgid "Install the |CL| bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:39 msgid "Reboot your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:42 msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:46 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:44 msgid "" "There are three methods you can use to configure and start the VNC server" " on your |CL| host:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:49 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:47 msgid "Table 1: VNC-server-start Configuration Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:51 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:52 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:90 +msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:53 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:151 +msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" +msgstr "" + #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:54 -msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session" +msgid "Method 3: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:55 -msgid "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 -msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:57 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:58 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:56 msgid "" "This is the traditional method where you SSH into the |CL| host, manually" " start a VNC session to get a display ID, and connect to it by supplying " "the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:59 msgid "" "The system administrator sets up a systemd service script for you with a " "pre-assigned display ID. You make a VNC connection and supply your pre-" "assigned display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:64 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:62 msgid "" "The system adminstrator configures GDM to accept connection requests. " "When you make a VNC connection to the |CL| host, you see the GDM login " "screen and authenticate as if you are local." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:65 msgid "Who configures VNC settings?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:66 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 msgid "You" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:70 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:67 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:68 msgid "System adminstrator" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:69 msgid "Who starts VNC session?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:74 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:71 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:72 msgid "Set to start automatically on boot by system administrator" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:75 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:73 msgid "Who ends VNC sesssion?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:76 msgid "System administrator can disable VNC service altogether" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:77 msgid "Requires VNC password to authenticate?" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:78 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:79 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:82 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:80 msgid "No. Use |CL| account username and password through GDM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:85 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:83 msgid "" "Although all three methods can coexist on the same |CL| host, we " "recommend you pick a method that suits your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:86 msgid "" -"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as `Method" -" 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method 3`." +"For simplicity, the rest of this guide refers to these methods as Method " +"1, Method 2, and Method 3." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:92 -msgid "Method 1: Manually start a VNC session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 msgid "" "You (and each user) must perform these steps to initialize your VNC " "settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:94 msgid "Log in." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:97 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:557 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:95 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:554 msgid "Open a terminal emulator." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:98 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:96 msgid "" "Start VNC with the :command:`vncserver` command. Since this is your " "first time starting VNC, it adds default configuration files and asks you" " to set a VNC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:106 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:431 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:104 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:429 msgid "Example output:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:122 msgid "" "Upon completion, you can find the default configuration files and the " -"password file hidden in the `.vnc` directory in your home directory." +"password file hidden in the :file:`.vnc` directory in your home " +"directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:129 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:125 msgid "" -"Also, a VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the " -"number following the hostname and the colon `:`. In the above example, " -"the display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to " -"your VNC viewer app for connection." +"A VNC session starts and shows a unique display ID, which is the number " +"following the hostname and the colon \":\". In the above example, the " +"display ID is 2. In a later step, you will supply the display ID to your" +" VNC viewer app for connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:133 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:130 msgid "" "Kill the active VNC session for the time being with the " ":command:`vncserver -kill :[display ID]` command. Substitute [display " "ID] with your active VNC session display ID. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:140 msgid "" "If you do not recall the active session display ID, use the " ":command:`vncserver -list` command to find it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:146 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:143 msgid "Optional configurations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:148 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:145 msgid "" "To customize settings such as screen size, security type, etc., modify " "the :file:`$HOME/.vnc/config` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:150 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:147 msgid "" "To customize the applications to run at startup, modify the " ":file:`$HOME/.vnc/xstartup` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:154 -msgid "Method 2: Automatically start a VNC session via a systemd service script" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:156 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:153 msgid "" "To configure VNC for this method, you must have root privileges. You " "will set up a systemd service file for all intended VNC users with their " "own preassigned unique display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:160 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:244 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:157 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:243 msgid "Log in and get root privileges." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:166 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:163 msgid "" "Make sure the user accounts already exist. Use the following command to " "list all users." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:174 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:250 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:171 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:249 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/systemd/system`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:180 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:177 msgid "" "Create a systemd service script file :file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, " "where [X] is the display ID, for each user in :file:`/etc/systemd/system`" " Each user must be assigned a unique display ID. Be sure the correct " -"username is entered in the `User` field. The example below shows user " -"`vnc-user-b` who is assigned the display ID `5`." +"username is entered in the :guilabel:`User` field. The example below " +"shows user vnc-user-b who is assigned the display ID 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:205 msgid "" "Have each user log into their account and set a VNC password with the " ":command:`vncpasswd` command before proceeding to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:211 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:208 msgid "" "Start the VNC service script and set it to start automatically on boot " "for each user. Replace the [X] with the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:220 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:217 msgid "After starting the services, verify they are running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:226 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:223 msgid "" "The example below shows 2 VNC sessions that were successfully started for" -" users `vnc-user-b` with display ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display ID 6." +" users vnc-user-b with display ID 5 and vnc-user-c with display ID 6." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:238 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:235 msgid "Method 3: Multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:240 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:237 msgid "" "For this method, VNC is configured as a systemd service that listens on " "port 5900 and GDM is configured to accept access requests from VNC. When " @@ -339,104 +311,104 @@ msgid "" " root privileges to perform this configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:256 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:255 msgid "Create a systemd socket file :file:`xvnc.socket` and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:274 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:273 msgid "Create a systemd service file :file:`xvnc@.service` and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:291 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:290 msgid "Create the path :file:`/etc/gdm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:298 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:297 msgid "Create a GDM :file:`custom.conf` file and add the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:310 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:309 msgid "Start the VNC socket script and set it to start automatically on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:318 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:317 msgid "After starting the socket, verify it is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:323 msgid "The example below shows the xvnc.socket is running." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:333 -msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:332 +msgid "See the vncserver Man page for additional information." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:336 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:335 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:338 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:337 msgid "" "You need a VNC viewer app on your client system to connect to your |CL| " -"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use `Method 1` or you " +"host. An SSH client is only needed if you chose to use Method 1 or you " "plan to encrypt your VNC traffic, which is discussed later in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:342 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:341 msgid "Perform the steps below to add these apps to your client system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:345 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:344 msgid "Install a VNC viewer app" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:347 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:346 msgid "On |CL|:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:353 -msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:352 +msgid "On Ubuntu\\*, Mint\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:359 -msgid "On Fedora:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:358 +msgid "On Fedora\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:365 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:407 -msgid "On Windows:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:364 +msgid "On Windows\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:366 msgid "Install `RealVNC for Windows`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:369 -msgid "On macOS:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:368 +msgid "On macOS\\*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:371 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:370 msgid "Install `RealVNC for macOS`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:374 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:373 msgid "Install an SSH client" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:376 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:375 msgid "" "On most Linux distros (|CL|, Ubuntu, Mint, Fedora, etc.) and macOS, SSH " "is built-in so you don't need to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:378 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:377 msgid "On Windows, you can install `Putty`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:381 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:380 msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:383 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:382 msgid "" "Depending on the VNC-server-configuration method chosen, use the " "appropriate VNC connection:" @@ -444,269 +416,271 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:385 msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 1`, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " +"If you chose Method 1, you must take a few extra steps by using SSH to " "connect to your |CL| host and then manually launching VNC." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:388 msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 2`, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " +"If you chose Method 2, get your preassigned VNC display ID from your " "system administrator first and then proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" "session` section below." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:392 -msgid "" -"If you chose `Method 3`, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` " -"below." +msgid "If you chose Method 3, proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:397 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:396 msgid "SSH into your host and launch VNC" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:399 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:398 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:401 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:400 msgid "On Linux distros and macOS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:724 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:406 +msgid "On Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:408 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 msgid "Launch Putty." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:410 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:727 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:409 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:728 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, select :guilabel:`Session`. See " "Figure 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:412 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:729 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:411 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:730 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of your |CL| host in the :guilabel:`Host Name (or IP" " address)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:731 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:413 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:732 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Connection type` option to :guilabel:`SSH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:415 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:753 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:414 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:421 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:420 msgid "Figure 1: Putty - configure SSH session settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:422 msgid "Log in with your |CL| username and password. Do not use your VNC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:425 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:423 msgid "Start a VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:442 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:438 msgid "" "Take note of the generated display ID because you will input it into the " "VNC viewer app to establish the connection. The above example shows the " "display ID is 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:448 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:444 msgid "" "VNC automatically picks a unique display ID unless you specify one. To " "specify a display ID, enter a unique number that is not already in use " "after the colon. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:456 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:452 msgid "" "You can now end the SSH connection by logging out. This does not " "terminate your active VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:462 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:458 msgid "Connect to your VNC session" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:464 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:460 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you must connect to a specific active " -"session or display ID using one of two options:" +"For Method 1 and Method 2, you must connect to a specific active session " +"or display ID using one of two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:463 msgid "" "Use a fully-qualified VNC port number, which consists of the default VNC " "server port (5900) plus the display ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:469 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:465 msgid "Use the display ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:467 msgid "" -"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as `5903` or " -"just as `3`. For `Method 3`, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use " -"`5900`. For simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified " -"VNC port number." +"For example, if the display ID is 3, it can be specified as 5903 or just " +"as 3. For Method 3, VNC does not expect a display ID. Use 5900. For " +"simplicity, the instructions below use the fully-qualified VNC port " +"number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:475 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:762 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:471 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:763 msgid "**On Linux distros:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:477 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:473 msgid "Open a terminal emulator and enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:479 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 msgid "Enter your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:485 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:514 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:481 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, enter your VNC password. No username is " +"For Method 1 and Method 2, enter your VNC password. No username is " "required." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:487 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:516 -msgid "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:483 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:512 +msgid "For Method 3, enter your |CL| account username and password through GDM." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:492 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:488 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:517 msgid "" -"With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC " -"if you are logged in locally and vice versa." +"With Method 3, you cannot remotely log into your |CL| host through VNC if" +" you are logged in locally and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:495 -msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:491 +msgid "**On Windows and macOS using RealVNC app:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:493 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app. See Figure 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:498 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:494 msgid "" "Enter the IP address of the |CL| host and the fully-qualified VNC port " "number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:501 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:497 msgid "" "The following screenshot shows connecting to |CL| host 192.168.25.54 with" " a fully-qualified VNC port number 5902." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:508 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:504 msgid "Figure 2: RealVNC Viewer" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:510 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:506 msgid "Press the :kbd:`Enter` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:525 -msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:521 +msgid "Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:527 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:523 msgid "" "To increase the RealVNC viewer image quality, manually change the " -"`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" +":guilabel:`ColorLevel` value. Follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:529 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:526 msgid "" "Right-click a connection node and select :guilabel:`Properties...`. See " "Figure 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:536 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:533 msgid "Figure 3: RealVNC Viewer - change connection node properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:538 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:535 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Expert` tab. See Figure 4." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:540 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:537 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`ColorLevel` setting and change it to your preferred" " setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:544 msgid "Figure 4: RealVNC Viewer - change :guilabel:`ColorLevel`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:550 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:547 msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:552 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:549 msgid "" -"For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, once started, a VNC session remains active" -" on your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " +"For Method 1 and Method 2, once started, a VNC session remains active on " +"your |CL| host even if you close your VNC viewer app. If you want to " "truly terminate an active VNC session, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:556 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:553 msgid "SSH into your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:558 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:555 msgid "" "Find the active VNC session display ID with the command " ":command:`vncserver -list`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:565 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:562 msgid "" "Terminate it with the :command:`vncserver -kill` command followed by a " "colon and the display ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:572 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:569 msgid "" -"For `Method 3`, only the system administrator can stop and disable the " -"VNC service by using these commands:" +"For Method 3, only the system administrator can stop and disable the VNC " +"service by using these commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:582 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:579 msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:584 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:581 msgid "" "By default, VNC traffic is not encrypted. Figure 6 shows an example " "warning from RealVNC Viewer." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:591 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:588 msgid "Figure 6: RealVNC Viewer - Connection not encrypted warning" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:590 msgid "" "To add security, VNC traffic can be routed through an SSH tunnel. This is" " accomplished by following these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:593 msgid "" "Configure the VNC server to only accept connection from localhost by " -"adding the `-localhost` option." +"adding the :command:`-localhost` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:597 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:595 msgid "" "Set up an SSH tunnel between your client system and your |CL| host. Your " "client system will forward traffic from the localhost (the client) " @@ -714,208 +688,461 @@ msgid "" "to your |CL| host with the same port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:601 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:599 msgid "" "The VNC viewer app on your client system will now connect to localhost, " "instead of the IP address of your |CL| host." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:603 msgid "Configure VNC to only accept connection from localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 -msgid "For `Method 1`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:605 +msgid "For Method 1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:609 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:607 msgid "" "Edit the :file:`config` file located in :file:`$HOME/.vnc` and uncomment " "the `# localhost` line. It should look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:623 msgid "If an active session exists, kill it, and then restart it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 -msgid "For `Method 2`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:625 +msgid "For Method 2:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:629 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:627 msgid "" "Edit the systemd service script :file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in" -" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` to the `ExecStart` " -"line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" +" :file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add :command:`-localhost` to the " +"`ExecStart` line. The example below uses vncserver@:5.service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:651 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:649 msgid "Restart the service script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 -msgid "For `Method 3`:" +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:656 +msgid "For Method 3:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:658 msgid "No change is needed to the :file:`xvnc@service` script." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:662 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:660 msgid "" "After you have restarted your VNC session, you can verify that it only " "accepts connections from localhost by using the :command:`netstat` " "command like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:672 -msgid "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle to get the :command:`netstat` command." +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Add the |CL| :command:`network-basic` bundle to get the " +":command:`netstat` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:675 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:673 msgid "" "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections " "from any host as specified by the `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " -"`-localhost` option was used." +":command:`-localhost` option was used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:682 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:681 msgid "Figure 7: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) accepting connections from any host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:684 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:683 msgid "" "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting " "connections from localhost as specified by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after " -"the `-localhost` option was used." +"the :command:`-localhost` option was used." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:690 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:691 msgid "" "Figure 8: VNC sessions (5901 and 5905) only accepting connections from " "localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:693 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:694 msgid "Set up an SSH tunnel from your client system to your |CL| host" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:695 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:696 msgid "**On Linux distros and macOS:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:697 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:764 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:698 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:765 msgid "Open terminal emulator and enter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:704 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:754 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:705 ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:755 msgid "Enter your |CL| account password (not your VNC password)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:708 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:709 msgid "" "`-L` specifies that [client port number] on the localhost (on the client " "side) is forwarded to [fully-qualified VNC port number] (on the server " "side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:711 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:712 msgid "" "Replace `[client port number]` with an available client port number (for " "example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `[client port number]` " "the same as the `[fully-qualified VNC port number]`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:714 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:715 msgid "" "Replace `[fully-qualified VNC port number]` with 5900 (default VNC port) " "plus the display ID. For example, if the display ID is 2, the fully-" "qualified VNC port number is is 5902." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:717 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:718 msgid "`-N` tells SSH to only forward ports and not execute a remote command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:719 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 msgid "`-f` tells SSH to go into the background before command execution." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:720 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:721 msgid "`-l` specifies the username to log in as." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:722 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:723 msgid "**On Windows:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:725 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:726 msgid "Specify the |CL| VNC host to connect to." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:733 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:734 msgid "Configure the SSH tunnel. See Figure 9 for an example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:735 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:736 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Category` section, go to :guilabel:`Connection` > " ":guilabel:`SSH` > :guilabel:`Tunnels`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:738 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:739 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source port` field, enter an available client port " "number (for example: 1234). For simplicity, you can make the `Source " "port` the same as the fully-qualified VNC port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:742 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:743 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Destination` field, enter `localhost:` plus the fully-" "qualified VNC port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:745 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:746 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:751 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:752 msgid "Figure 9: Putty - configure SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:757 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:758 msgid "Connect to a VNC session through an SSH tunnel" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:759 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:760 msgid "" "After you have set up an SSH tunnel, follow these instructions to connect" " to your VNC session." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:770 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:771 msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC`:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:772 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 msgid "Start the RealVNC viewer app." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:773 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:774 msgid "" "Enter `localhost` and the fully-qualified VNC port number. See Figure 10" " for an example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:780 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:781 msgid "Figure 10: RealVNC viewer app connecting to `localhost:1234`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:784 +#: ../../guides/network/vnc.rst:785 msgid "" "RealVNC will still warn that the connection is not encrypted even though " "its traffic is going through the SSH tunnel. You can ignore this " "warning." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Remote-desktop to a |CL-ATTR| host using VNC" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":abbr:`VNC (Virtual Network Computing)` is " +#~ "a client-server GUI-based tool " +#~ "that allows you to connect via " +#~ "remote-desktop to your |CL-ATTR| " +#~ "host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "This guide shows you how to:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install the VNC server and misc. components on your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Configure a VNC-server-start method on your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Install a VNC viewer app and an SSH client on your client system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Establish a VNC connection to your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Terminate a VNC connection to your |CL| host." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Encrypt VNC traffic through an SSH tunnel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`desktop-autostart`: Installs :abbr:`GDM " +#~ "(Gnome Desktop Manager)`, sets it to " +#~ "start automatically on boot, and " +#~ "installs TigerVNC Viewer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`vnc-server`: Installs the TigerVNC server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Method 1`: Manually start a VNC session" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Method 2`: Automatically start a VNC" +#~ " session via a systemd service script" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Method 3`: Create multi-user logins with authentication through GDM" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For simplicity, the rest of this " +#~ "guide refers to these methods as " +#~ "`Method 1`, `Method 2`, and `Method " +#~ "3`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Upon completion, you can find the " +#~ "default configuration files and the " +#~ "password file hidden in the `.vnc` " +#~ "directory in your home directory." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also, a VNC session starts and " +#~ "shows a unique display ID, which " +#~ "is the number following the hostname " +#~ "and the colon `:`. In the above" +#~ " example, the display ID is 2. " +#~ "In a later step, you will supply" +#~ " the display ID to your VNC " +#~ "viewer app for connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Create a systemd service script file " +#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service`, where [X] is " +#~ "the display ID, for each user in" +#~ " :file:`/etc/systemd/system` Each user must " +#~ "be assigned a unique display ID. " +#~ "Be sure the correct username is " +#~ "entered in the `User` field. The " +#~ "example below shows user `vnc-user-b`" +#~ " who is assigned the display ID " +#~ "`5`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The example below shows 2 VNC " +#~ "sessions that were successfully started " +#~ "for users `vnc-user-b` with display " +#~ "ID 5 and `vnc-user-c` with display" +#~ " ID 6." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "See the `vncserver` Man page for additional information." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You need a VNC viewer app on " +#~ "your client system to connect to " +#~ "your |CL| host. An SSH client is" +#~ " only needed if you chose to " +#~ "use `Method 1` or you plan to " +#~ "encrypt your VNC traffic, which is " +#~ "discussed later in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On Ubuntu, Mint:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On Fedora:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "On macOS:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 1`, you must" +#~ " take a few extra steps by " +#~ "using SSH to connect to your |CL|" +#~ " host and then manually launching " +#~ "VNC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 2`, get your" +#~ " preassigned VNC display ID from your" +#~ " system administrator first and then " +#~ "proceed to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-" +#~ "session` section below." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you chose `Method 3`, proceed " +#~ "to the :ref:`connect-to-vnc-session` " +#~ "below." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, you" +#~ " must connect to a specific active" +#~ " session or display ID using one " +#~ "of two options:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For example, if the display ID is" +#~ " 3, it can be specified as " +#~ "`5903` or just as `3`. For `Method" +#~ " 3`, VNC does not expect a " +#~ "display ID. Use `5900`. For simplicity," +#~ " the instructions below use the " +#~ "fully-qualified VNC port number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " +#~ "enter your VNC password. No username" +#~ " is required." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 3`, enter your |CL| " +#~ "account username and password through " +#~ "GDM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With `Method 3`, you cannot remotely " +#~ "log into your |CL| host through " +#~ "VNC if you are logged in locally" +#~ " and vice versa." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**On Windows and macOS using `RealVNC` app:**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "`Optional: Configure RealVNC Image Quality`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increase the RealVNC viewer image " +#~ "quality, manually change the `ColorLevel` " +#~ "value. Follow these steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 1` and `Method 2`, " +#~ "once started, a VNC session remains " +#~ "active on your |CL| host even if" +#~ " you close your VNC viewer app. " +#~ "If you want to truly terminate an" +#~ " active VNC session, follow these " +#~ "steps:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For `Method 3`, only the system " +#~ "administrator can stop and disable the" +#~ " VNC service by using these commands:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure the VNC server to only " +#~ "accept connection from localhost by " +#~ "adding the `-localhost` option." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 1`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 2`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit the systemd service script " +#~ ":file:`vncserver@:[X].service` located in " +#~ ":file:`/etc/systemd/system` and add `-localhost` " +#~ "to the `ExecStart` line. The example " +#~ "below uses vncserver@:5.service:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For `Method 3`:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the |CL| `network-basic` bundle " +#~ "to get the :command:`netstat` command." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 7 shows two VNC sessions " +#~ "(5901 and 5905) accepting connections " +#~ "from any host as specified by the" +#~ " `0.0.0.0`'s. This is before the " +#~ "`-localhost` option was used." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Figure 8 shows two VNC sessions " +#~ "(5901 and 5905) only accepting " +#~ "connections from localhost as specified " +#~ "by `127.0.0.1`'s. This is after the " +#~ "`-localhost` option was used." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5860287f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dars.po @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:4 +msgid "Data Analytics Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide explains how to use the :abbr:`DARS (Data Analytics Reference " +"Stack)`, and to optionally build your own DARS container image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Any system that supports Docker\\* containers can be used with DARS. This" +" steps in this guide use |CL-ATTR| as the host system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:17 +msgid "The Data Analytics Reference Stack release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack (DARS) provides developers and " +"enterprises a straightforward, highly optimized software stack for " +"storing and processing large amounts of data. More detail is available " +"on the `DARS architecture and performance benchmarks`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack provides two pre-built Docker images, " +"available on `Docker Hub`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:26 +msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with OpenBlas`_ stack optimized for `OpenBLAS`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:27 +msgid "A |CL|-derived `DARS with IntelĀ® MKL`_ stack optimized for `MKL`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:29 +msgid "" +"We recommend you view the latest component versions for each image in the" +" :file:`README` found in the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* " +"repository. Because |CL| is a rolling distribution, the package version " +"numbers in the |CL|-based containers may not be the latest released by " +"|CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The Data Analytics Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece " +"of software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DARS " +"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Data " +"Analytics Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:42 +msgid "Using the Docker images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To immediately start using the latest stable DARS images, pull an image " +"directly from `Docker Hub`_. This example uses the `DARS with IntelĀ® " +"MKL`_ Docker image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:48 +msgid "Once you have downloaded the image, you can run it with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This will launch the image and drop you into a bash shell inside the " +"container. You will see output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The :command:`--ulimit nofile` parameter is currently required in order " +"to increase the number of open files opened at certain point by the spark" +" engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:80 +msgid "Building DARS images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you choose to build your own DARS container images, you can customize " +"them as needed. Use the provided Dockerfile as a baseline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To construct images with |CL|, start with a |CL| development platform " +"that has the :command:`containers-basic-dev` bundle installed. Learn more" +" about bundles and installing them by using :ref:`swupd-guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:89 +msgid "Clone the `Data Analytics Reference Stack`_ GitHub\\* repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Inside the DARS directory, run :command:`make` to build OpenBLAS and MKL " +"images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Run :command:`make baseline` to build the baseline CentOS image. " +"Depending on the system, it may take a while to finish building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:108 +msgid "Once completed, check the resulting images with :command:`Docker`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dars.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use any of the resulting images to launch fully functional " +"containers. If you need to customize the containers, you can edit the " +"provided :file:`Dockerfile`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81db0f29 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.po @@ -0,0 +1,616 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:4 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide describes how to run benchmarking workloads for TensorFlow\\*," +" PyTorch\\*, and Kubeflow in |CL-ATTR| using the Deep Learning Reference " +"Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:14 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:16 +msgid "" +"We created the Deep Learning Reference Stack to help AI developers " +"deliver the best experience on IntelĀ® Architecture. This stack reduces " +"complexity common with deep learning software components, provides " +"flexibility for customized solutions, and enables you to quickly " +"prototype and deploy Deep Learning workloads. Use this guide to run " +"benchmarking workloads on your solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:23 +msgid "The Deep Learning Reference Stack is available in the following versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN-VNNI`_, which is optimized using IntelĀ® Math Kernel " +"Library for Deep Neural Networks (IntelĀ® MKL-DNN) primitives and " +"introduces support for IntelĀ® AVX-512 Vector Neural Network Instructions " +"(VNNI)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:28 +msgid "" +"`Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes the TensorFlow framework optimized using" +" IntelĀ® Math Kernel Library for Deep Neural Networks (IntelĀ® MKL-DNN) " +"primitives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:31 +msgid "`Eigen`_, which includes `TensorFlow`_ optimized for IntelĀ® architecture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:32 +msgid "`PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_, which includes PyTorch with OpenBlas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`PyTorch with Intel MKL-DNN`_, which includes PyTorch optimized using " +"IntelĀ® Math Kernel Library (IntelĀ® MKL) and Intel MKL-DNN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To take advantage of the IntelĀ® AVX-512 and VNNI functionality with the " +"Deep Learning Reference Stack, you must use the following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:41 +msgid "IntelĀ® AVX-512 images require an IntelĀ® XeonĀ® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:42 +msgid "VNNI requires a 2nd generation IntelĀ® XeonĀ® Scalable Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:45 +msgid "Stack features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:47 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:48 +msgid "Deep Learning Reference Stack v2.0 including current `PyTorch benchmark`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Deep Learning Reference Stack v1.0 including current `TensorFlow " +"benchmark`_ results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"`DLRS Release notes`_ on Github\\* for the latest release of Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack is a collective work, and each piece of" +" software within the work has its own license. Please see the `DLRS " +"Terms of Use`_ for more details about licensing and usage of the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:62 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:64 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` |CL| on your host system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:65 +msgid ":command:`containers-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:66 +msgid ":command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In |CL|, :command:`containers-basic` includes Docker\\*, which is " +"required for TensorFlow and PyTorch benchmarking. Use the " +":command:`swupd` utility to check if :command:`containers-basic` and " +":command:`cloud-native-basic` are present:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To install the :command:`containers-basic` or :command:`cloud-native-" +"basic` bundles, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Docker is not started upon installation of the :command:`containers-" +"basic` bundle. To start Docker, enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Kubernetes is correctly installed and configured, follow " +"the instructions in :ref:`kubernetes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:95 +msgid "Version compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:97 +msgid "We validated these steps against the following software package versions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:99 +msgid "|CL| 26240 (Minimum supported version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:100 +msgid "Docker 18.06.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:101 +msgid "Kubernetes 1.11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:102 +msgid "Go 1.11.12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The Deep Learning Reference Stack was developed to provide the best user " +"experience when executed on a |CL| host. However, as the stack runs in a" +" container environment, you should be able to complete the following " +"sections of this guide on other Linux* distributions, provided they " +"comply with the Docker*, Kubernetes* and Go* package versions listed " +"above. Look for your distribution documentation on how to update packages" +" and manage Docker services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:112 +msgid "TensorFlow single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:114 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `TensorFlow Benchmarks`_ in single " +"node. For multi-node testing, replicate these steps for each node. These " +"steps provide a template to run other benchmarks, provided that they can " +"invoke TensorFlow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Performance test results for the Deep Learning Reference Stack and for " +"this guide were obtained using `runc` as the runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Download either the `Eigen`_ or the `Intel MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from " +"`Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:127 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:169 +msgid "Run the image with Docker:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:136 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Launching the Docker image with the :command:`-i` argument starts " +"interactive mode within the container. Enter the following commands in " +"the running container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:140 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository in the container:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:146 ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:187 +msgid "Execute the benchmark script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:154 +msgid "" +"You can replace the model with one of your choice supported by the " +"TensorFlow benchmarks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If you are using an FP32 based model, it can be converted to an int8 " +"model using `IntelĀ® quantization tools`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:161 +msgid "PyTorch single and multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This section describes running the `PyTorch benchmarks`_ for Caffe2 in " +"single node." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Download either the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ or the `PyTorch with Intel " +"MKL-DNN`_ Docker image from `Docker Hub`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:181 +msgid "Clone the benchmark repository:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:197 +msgid "Kubeflow multi-node benchmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The benchmark workload runs in a Kubernetes cluster. The guide uses " +"`Kubeflow`_ for the Machine Learning workload deployment on three nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you choose the IntelĀ® MKL-DNN or IntelĀ® MKL-DNN-VNNI image, your " +"platform must support the IntelĀ® AVX-512 instruction set. Otherwise, an " +"*illegal instruction* error may appear, and you wonā€™t be able to complete" +" this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:210 +msgid "Kubernetes setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the :ref:`kubernetes` tutorial to get set up " +"on |CL|. The Kubernetes community also has instructions for creating a " +"cluster, described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with " +"kubeadm`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:217 +msgid "Kubernetes networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:219 +msgid "" +"We used `flannel`_ as the network provider for these tests. If you prefer" +" a different network layer, refer to the Kubernetes network documentation" +" described in `Creating a single control-plane cluster with kubeadm`_ for" +" setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:224 +msgid "Kubectl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:226 +msgid "" +"You can use kubectl to run commands against your Kubernetes cluster. " +"Refer to the `Overview of kubectl`_ for details on syntax and operations." +" Once you have a working cluster on Kubernetes, use the following YAML " +"script to start a pod with a simple shell script, and keep the pod open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:231 +msgid "Copy this example.yaml script to your system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:248 +msgid "Execute the script with kubectl:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:254 +msgid "" +"This script opens a single pod. More robust solutions would create a " +"deployment or inject a python script or larger shell script into the " +"container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:258 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You must add `launcher.py`_ to the Docker image to include the Deep " +"Learning Reference Stack and put the benchmarks repo in the correct " +"location. Note that this guide uses Kubeflow v0.4.0, and cannot guarantee" +" results if you use a different version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:264 +msgid "From the Docker image, run the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:273 +msgid "Your entry point becomes: :file:`/opt/launcher.py`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:275 +msgid "This builds an image that can be consumed directly by TFJob from Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:278 +msgid "ksonnet\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Kubeflow uses ksonnet\\* to manage deployments, so you must install it " +"before setting up Kubeflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:283 +msgid "" +"ksonnet was added to the :command:`cloud-native-basic` bundle in |CL| " +"version 27550. If you are using an older |CL| version (not recommended), " +"you must manually install ksonnet as described below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:287 +msgid "On |CL|, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:298 +msgid "" +"After the ksonnet installation is complete, ensure that binary `ks` is " +"accessible across the environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:302 +msgid "Kubeflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Once you have Kubernetes running on your nodes, set up `Kubeflow`_ by " +"following these instructions from the `Getting Started with Kubeflow`_ " +"guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:322 +msgid "Next, deploy the primary package for our purposes: tf-job-operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This creates the CustomResourceDefinition (CRD) endpoint to launch a " +"TFJob." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:335 +msgid "Run a TFJob" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:337 +msgid "Get the ksonnet registries for deploying TFJobs from `dlrs-tfjob`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:339 +msgid "Install the TFJob components as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:347 +msgid "Export the image name to use for the deployment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:355 +msgid "Replace with the image name you specified in previous steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Generate Kubernetes manifests for the workloads and apply them using " +"these commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:367 +msgid "This replicates and deploys three test setups in your Kubernetes cluster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:370 +msgid "Results of running this guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:372 +msgid "" +"You must parse the logs of the Kubernetes pod to retrieve performance " +"data. The pods will still exist post-completion and will be in " +"ā€˜Completedā€™ state. You can get the logs from any of the pods to inspect " +"the benchmark results. More information about Kubernetes logging is " +"available in the Kubernetes `Logging Architecture`_ documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:379 +msgid "Use Jupyter Notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:381 +msgid "" +"This example uses the `PyTorch with OpenBLAS`_ container image. After it " +"is downloaded, run the Docker image with :command:`-p` to specify the " +"shared port between the container and the host. This example uses port " +"8888." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:389 +msgid "" +"After you start the container, launch the Jupyter Notebook. This command " +"is executed inside the container image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:396 +msgid "" +"After the notebook has loaded, you will see output similar to the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:404 +msgid "" +"From your host system, or any system that can access the host's IP " +"address, start a web browser with the following. If you are not running " +"the browser on the host system, replace :command:`127.0.0.1` with the IP " +"address of the host." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:412 +msgid "Your browser displays the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:418 +msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Jupyter Notebook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:421 +msgid "" +"To create a new notebook, click :guilabel:`New` and select " +":guilabel:`Python 3`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:427 +msgid "Figure 2: Create a new notebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:429 +msgid "A new, blank notebook is displayed, with a cell ready for input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:436 +msgid "" +"To verify that PyTorch is working, copy the following snippet into the " +"blank cell, and run the cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:450 +msgid "When you run the cell, your output will look something like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:456 +msgid "" +"You can continue working in this notebook, or you can download existing " +"notebooks to take advantage of the Deep Learning Reference Stack's " +"optimized deep learning frameworks. Refer to `Jupyter Notebook`_ for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:461 +msgid "Uninstallation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:463 +msgid "" +"To uninstall the Deep Learning Reference Stack, you can choose to stop " +"the container so that it is not using system resources, or you can stop " +"the container and delete it to free storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:467 +msgid "To stop the container, execute the following from your host system:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:469 +msgid "Find the container's ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:475 +msgid "This will result in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:482 +msgid "" +"You can then use the ID or container name to stop the container. This " +"example uses the name \"oss\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:490 +msgid "Verify that the container is not running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:497 +msgid "To delete the container from your system you need to know the Image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:503 +msgid "This command results in output similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:511 +msgid "To remove an image use the image ID:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Note that you can execute the :command:`docker rmi` command using only " +"the first few characters of the image ID, provided they are unique on the" +" system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:529 +msgid "Once you have removed the image, you can verify it has been deleted with:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:537 +msgid "Related topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:539 +msgid "`DLRS V3.0`_ release announcement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:540 +msgid "`TensorFlow Benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:541 +msgid "`PyTorch benchmarks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:542 +msgid "`Kubeflow`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:543 +msgid ":ref:`kubernetes` tutorial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/dlrs/dlrs.rst:544 +msgid "`Jupyter Notebook`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfe33192 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/stacks/greengrass.po @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:4 +msgid "Enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINOā„¢ toolkit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This guide explains how to enable AWS Greengrass\\* and OpenVINOā„¢ " +"toolkit. Specifically, the guide demonstrates how to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the IntelĀ® edge device with |CL-ATTR|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Install the OpenVINOā„¢ toolkit and Amazon Web Services\\* (AWS\\*) " +"Greengrass\\* software stacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Use AWS Greengrass\\* and AWS Lambda\\* to deploy the FaaS samples from " +"the cloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:20 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Hardware accelerated Function-as-a-Service (FaaS) enables cloud " +"developers to deploy inference functionalities [1] on IntelĀ® IoT edge " +"devices with accelerators (CPU, Integrated GPU, IntelĀ® FPGA, and IntelĀ® " +"Movidiusā„¢ technology). These functions provide a great developer " +"experience and seamless migration of visual analytics from cloud to edge " +"in a secure manner using a containerized environment. Hardware-" +"accelerated FaaS provides the best-in-class performance by accessing " +"optimized deep learning libraries on IntelĀ® IoT edge devices with " +"accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:32 +msgid "Supported platforms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:34 +msgid "Operating System: |CL| latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:35 +msgid "Hardware: IntelĀ® core platforms (that support inference on CPU only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:38 +msgid "Sample description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The AWS Greengrass samples are located at `Edge-Analytics-FaaS`_. This " +"guide uses the 1.0 version of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:43 +msgid "|CL| provides the following AWS Greengrass samples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:45 +msgid "`greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This AWS Greengrass sample classifies a video stream using classification" +" networks such as AlexNet and GoogLeNet and publishes top-10 results on " +"AWS\\* IoT Cloud every second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:51 +msgid "`greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:53 +msgid "" +"This AWS Greengrass sample detects objects in a video stream and " +"classifies them using single-shot multi-box detection (SSD) networks such" +" as SSD Squeezenet, SSD Mobilenet, and SSD300. This sample publishes " +"detection outputs such as class label, class confidence, and bounding box" +" coordinates on AWS IoT Cloud every second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:61 +msgid "Install the OS on the edge device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system, using the :ref" +":`bare-metal-install-desktop`, found in :ref:`get-started`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:67 +msgid "Create user accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After |CL| is installed, create two user accounts. Create an " +"administrative user in |CL| and create a user account for the Greengrass " +"services to use ( see Greengrass user below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Create a new user and set a password for that user. Enter the following " +"commands as ``root``:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Next, enable the :command:`sudo` command for your new . Add " +" to the `wheel` group:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:88 +msgid "Create a :file:`/etc/fstab` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:96 +msgid "" +"By default, |CL| does not create an :file:`/etc/fstab` file. You must " +"create this file before the Greengrass service runs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:100 +msgid "Add required bundles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Use the :command:`swupd` software updater utility to add the prerequisite" +" bundles for the OpenVINO software stack:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:111 +msgid "Learn more about how to :ref:`swupd-guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :command:`computer-vision-basic` bundle installs the OpenVINOā„¢ " +"toolkit, and the sample models optimized for IntelĀ® edge platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:117 +msgid "Convert deep learning models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:120 +msgid "Locate sample models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:122 +msgid "" +"There are two types of provided models that can be used in conjunction " +"with AWS Greengrass for this guide: classification or object detection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To complete this guide using an image classification model, download the " +"BVLC AlexNet model files `bvlc_alexnet.caffemodel`_ and " +"`deploy.prototxt`_ to the default model_location at " +":file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. Any custom pre-trained classification" +" models can be used with the classification sample." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:131 +msgid "" +"For object detection, the sample models optimized for IntelĀ® edge " +"platforms are included with the computer-vision-basic bundle installation" +" at :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`. These models are provided as an " +"example; you may also use a custom SSD model with the Greengrass object " +"detection sample." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:137 +msgid "Run model optimizer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the `Model Optimizer Developer Guide`_ for " +"converting deep learning models to Intermediate Representation using " +"Model Optimizer. To optimize either of the sample models described above," +" run one of the following commands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:143 +msgid "For classification using BVLC AlexNet model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:152 +msgid "For object detection using SqueezeNetSSD-5Class model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:161 +msgid "In these examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:163 +msgid "`` is :file:`/usr/share/openvino/models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:165 +msgid "`` is FP32 or FP16, depending on target device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:167 +msgid "" +"`` is the directory where the Intermediate Representation " +"(IR) is stored. IR contains .xml format corresponding to the network " +"structure and .bin format corresponding to weights. This .xml file should" +" be passed to :command:``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In the BVLC AlexNet model, the prototxt defines the input shape with " +"batch size 10 by default. In order to use any other batch size, the " +"entire input shape must be provided as an argument to the model " +"optimizer. For example, to use batch size 1, you must provide: " +"`--input_shape [1,3,227,227]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:180 +msgid "Configure AWS Greengrass group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For each IntelĀ® edge platform, you must create a new AWS Greengrass group" +" and install AWS Greengrass core software to establish the connection " +"between cloud and edge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create an AWS Greengrass group, follow the instructions in `Configure " +"AWS IoT Greengrass on AWS IoT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:189 +msgid "" +"To install and configure AWS Greengrass core on edge platform, follow the" +" instructions in `Start AWS Greengrass on the Core Device`_. In step " +"8(b), download the x86_64 Ubuntu\\* configuration of the AWS Greengrass " +"core software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:196 +msgid "" +"You do not need to run the :file:`cgroupfs-mount.sh` script in step #6 of" +" Module 1 of the `AWS Greengrass Developer Guide`_ because this is " +"enabled already in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Be sure to download both the security resources and the AWS Greengrass " +"core software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:205 +msgid "Security certificates are linked to your AWS account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:209 +msgid "Create and package Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Complete steps 1-4 of the AWS Greengrass guide at `Create and Package a " +"Lambda Function`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:216 +msgid "" +"This creates the tarball needed to create the AWS Greengrass environment " +"on the edge device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:220 +msgid "" +"In step 5, replace :file:`greengrassHelloWorld.py` with the " +"classification or object detection Greengrass sample from `Edge-" +"Analytics-Faas`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:223 +msgid "Classification: `greengrass_classification_sample.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:225 +msgid "Object Detection: `greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.py`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Zip the selected Greengrass sample with the extracted Greengrass SDK " +"folders from the previous step into " +":file:`greengrass_sample_python_lambda.zip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:230 +msgid "The zip should contain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:232 +msgid "greengrasssdk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:234 +msgid "greengrass classification or object detection sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:236 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Return to the AWS documentation section called `Create and Package a " +"Lambda Function`_ and complete the procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:248 +msgid "" +"In step 9(a) of the AWS documentation, while uploading the zip file, make" +" sure to name the handler to one of the following, depending on the AWS " +"Greengrass sample you are using:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:252 +msgid "greengrass_object_detection_sample_ssd.function_handler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:253 +msgid "greengrass_classification_sample.function_handler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:257 +msgid "Configure Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:259 +msgid "" +"After creating the Greengrass group and the Lambda function, start " +"configuring the Lambda function for AWS Greengrass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Follow steps 1-8 in `Configure the Lambda Function for AWS IoT " +"Greengrass`_ in the AWS documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:265 +msgid "" +"In addition to the details mentioned in step 8, change the Memory limit " +"to 2048 MB to accommodate large input video streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Add the following environment variables as key-value pairs when editing " +"the Lambda configuration and click on update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:271 +msgid "**Table 1. Environment variables: Lambda configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:275 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:276 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:277 +msgid "PARAM_MODEL_XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:278 +msgid "" +"/, where is user specified and contains " +"IR.xml, the Intermediate Representation file from IntelĀ® Model Optimizer." +" For this guide, should be set to " +"'/usr/share/openvino/models' or one of its subdirectories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:282 +msgid "PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:283 +msgid "/input.webm to be specified by user. Holds both input and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:284 +msgid "output data. For webcam, set PARAM_INPUT_SOURCE to ā€˜/dev/video0ā€™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:285 +msgid "PARAM_DEVICE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:286 +msgid "\"CPU\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:287 +msgid "PARAM_CPU_EXTENSION_PATH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:288 +msgid "/usr/lib64/libcpu_extension.so" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:289 +msgid "PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:290 +msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:292 +msgid "PARAM_NUM_TOP_RESULTS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:293 +msgid "" +"User specified for classification sample. (e.g. 1 for top-1 result, 5 for" +" top-5 results)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:296 +msgid "" +"Add subscription to subscribe, or publish messages from AWS Greengrass " +"Lambda function by completing the procedure in `Configure the Lambda " +"Function for AWS IoT Greengrass`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The optional topic filter field is the topic mentioned inside the Lambda " +"function. In this guide, sample topics include the following: " +":command:`openvino/ssd` or :command:`openvino/classification`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:305 +msgid "Add local resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:307 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Access Local Resources with Lambda " +"Functions and Connectors`_ for details about local resources and access " +"privileges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:310 +msgid "The following table describes the local resources needed for the CPU:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:312 +msgid "**Local resources**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:316 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:317 +msgid "Resource type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:318 +msgid "Local path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:319 +msgid "Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:321 +msgid "ModelDir" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:322 +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:332 +msgid "Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:323 +msgid " to be specified by user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:324 +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:329 +msgid "Read-Only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:326 +msgid "Webcam" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:327 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:328 +msgid "/dev/video0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:331 +msgid "DataDir" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:333 +msgid " to be specified by user. Holds both input and output data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:335 +msgid "Read and Write" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:338 +msgid "Deploy Lambda function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Deploy Cloud Configurations to an AWS IoT" +" Greengrass Core Device`_ for instructions on how to deploy the lambda " +"function to AWS Greengrass core device. Select *Deployments* on the group" +" page and follow the instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:344 +msgid "Output consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:346 +msgid "" +"There are four options available for output consumption. These options " +"are used to report, stream, upload, or store inference output at an " +"interval defined by the variable :command:`reporting_interval` in the AWS" +" Greengrass samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:350 +msgid "IoT cloud output:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:352 +msgid "" +"This option is enabled by default in the AWS Greengrass samples using the" +" :command:`enable_iot_cloud_output` variable. You can use it to verify " +"the lambda running on the edge device. It enables publishing messages to " +"IoT cloud using the subscription topic specified in the lambda. (For " +"example, topics may include :command:`openvino/classification` for " +"classification and :command:`openvino/ssd` for object detection samples.)" +" For classification, top-1 result with class label are published to IoT " +"cloud. For SSD object detection, detection results such as bounding box " +"coordinates of objects, class label, and class confidence are published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Refer to the AWS documentation `Verify the Lambda Function Is Running on " +"the Device`_ for instructions on how to view the output on IoT cloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:366 +msgid "Kinesis streaming:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:368 +msgid "" +"This option enables inference output to be streamed from the edge device " +"to cloud using Kinesis [3] streams when :command:`enable_kinesis_output` " +"is set to True. The edge devices act as data producers and continually " +"push processed data to the cloud. You must set up and specify Kinesis " +"stream name, Kinesis shard, and AWS region in the AWS Greengrass samples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:375 +msgid "Cloud storage using AWS S3 bucket:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:377 +msgid "" +"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " +"enables uploading and storing processed frames (in jpeg format) in an AWS" +" S3 bucket. You must set up and specify the S3 bucket name in the AWS " +"Greengrass samples to store the JPEG images. The images are named using " +"the timestamp and uploaded to S3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:383 +msgid "Local storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:385 +msgid "" +"When the :command:`enable_s3_jpeg_output` variable is set to True, it " +"enables storing processed frames (in jpeg format) on the edge device. The" +" images are named using the timestamp and stored in a directory specified" +" by :command:`PARAM_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:391 +msgid "References" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:393 +msgid "AWS Greengrass: https://aws.amazon.com/greengrass/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:394 +msgid "AWS Lambda: https://aws.amazon.com/lambda/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/stacks/greengrass.rst:395 +msgid "AWS Kinesis: https://aws.amazon.com/kinesis/" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po index 30f98a2e..d0bcc61b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -23,11 +23,7 @@ msgid "Telemetrics" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:6 -msgid "" -"Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a client and server solution used to collect " -"data from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in " -"the OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available" -" on the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." +msgid "This guide describes the |CL-ATTR| telemetry solution." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:10 @@ -36,138 +32,162 @@ msgid "" "and sends **no** data until you explicitly enable it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:14 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:15 msgid "" "The telemetry functionality adheres to `Intel privacy policies`_ " "regarding the collection and use of :abbr:`PII (Personally Identifiable " -"Information)` and is open source. Specifically, no intentionally " -"identifiable information about the user or system owner is collected." +"Information)` and is open source." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:23 -msgid "Description" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:19 +msgid "" +"No intentionally identifiable information about the user or system owner " +"is collected." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:25 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Telemetrics in |CL| is a client and server solution used to collect data " +"from running |CL| systems to help quickly identify and fix bugs in the " +"OS. Both client and server are customizable, and an API is available on " +"the client side for instrumenting your code for debug and analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 msgid "" "Telemetry, one of the key features of |CL|, enables developers to observe" " and proactively address issues in the OS before end users are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:27 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:37 msgid "Telemetrics is a combination word made from:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:29 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 msgid "Telemetry, which is sensing and reporting data." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:30 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:40 msgid "" "Analytics, which is using visualization and statistical inferencing to " "make sense of the reported data." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:32 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry reports system-level debug/crash information using " "specialized probes. The probes monitor system tasks such as swupd, kernel" " oops, machine error checks, and the BIOS error report table for " "unhandled hardware failures. Telemetry enables real-time issue reporting " -"to allow system developers to quickly focus on an issue and monitor " +"to allow system developers to focus quickly on an issue and monitor " "corrective actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:34 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:49 msgid "" "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and can be used during software " -"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library" -" in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the " -"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light touch record creation " +"development for debugging purposes. You can use the libtelemetry library " +"in your code to create custom telemetry records. You can also use the " +"telem-record-gen utility in script files for light-touch record creation " "where instrumenting code files doesn't make sense." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:36 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an **opt-in** choice on the client side." -" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable" -" it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." +" By default, the telemetry client is disabled until you choose to enable " +"it. Enabling the client is covered in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:39 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:60 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:41 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 msgid "" -"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in figure " +"|CL| telemetry has two fundamental components, which are shown in Figure " "1:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:43 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:64 msgid "" "Client: generates and delivers records to the backend server via the " -"network" +"network." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:45 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:66 msgid "" "Backend: receives records sent from the client and displays the " "cumulative content through a specialized web interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:72 msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`|CL| Telemetry Architecture`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:52 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 msgid "" "The telemetry client provides the front end of the telemetrics solution " "and includes the following components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:54 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:77 msgid "" -"telemprobd, a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry records from " -"probes and spools them to disk." +"telemprobd, which is a daemon that receives and prepares telemetry " +"records from probes and spools them to disk." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:55 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:79 msgid "" -"telempostd, a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and delivers " -"these records according to configurable settings." +"telempostd, which is a daemon that manages spooled telemetry records and " +"delivers these records according to configurable settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:56 -msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 +msgid "probes, which collect specific types of data from the operating system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:57 -msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 +msgid "" +"libtelemetry, which is the API that telemetrics probes use to create " +"records." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:59 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 msgid "" "The telemetry backend provides the server-side component of the " "telemetrics solution and consists of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:61 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:87 msgid "Nginx web server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Two Flask apps: * Collector, an ingestion web app for records received " -"from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a web app that exposes different views" -" to visualize the telemetry data." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 +msgid "Two Flask apps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:65 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Collector, which is an ingestion web app for records received from client" +" probes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 +msgid "" +"TelemetryUI, which is a web app that exposes different views to visualize" +" the telemetry data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:94 msgid "PostgreSQL as the underlying database server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:69 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:98 msgid "" "The default telemetry backend server is hosted by the Intel |CL| " "development team and is not viewable outside the Intel firewall. To " @@ -175,116 +195,115 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:74 -msgid "How To Use" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:103 +msgid "How to use" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:76 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:105 msgid "" "From a workflow perspective, the |CL| telemetrics system is " -"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " -"installation and enabling telemetry concern what to do with the record " -"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a " +"straightforward. On the client side, the main decisions after " +"installation and enabling telemetry involve what to do with the record " +"data generated by the probes. You can send the data to the default or a " "custom backend server, keep the data local to the system, or both. The " "backend server has a more complex setup, but once it's running, it is " "simple to use and configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:78 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 msgid "" -"This section walks through some of the possible scenarios for configuring" -" the |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which make sense according to " -"your needs." +"This section describes some of the possible scenarios for configuring the" +" |CL| telemetrics system, and suggests which ones make sense according to" +" your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:81 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:117 msgid "Scenarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:82 -msgid "Enable telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:119 +msgid "Enable telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:84 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:121 msgid "" "Before probes can generate records, the telemetry client daemons must be " "enabled. You can configure the client before enabling by creating a " -"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the " +"custom :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you place in the " ":file:`/etc/telemetrics` directory. If you choose to use the default " "settings, records will be sent to the telemetrics backend server managed " "by the |CL| development team at Intel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:86 -msgid "Save record data locally" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:128 +msgid "Save record data locally:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:88 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:130 msgid "" -"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " +"You can configure the telemetry client to save records locally. This is " "convenient when you want instant feedback during a development cycle, or " "to track system issues if you believe there is a machine specific " -"problem. The client can be set to not send records at all, or to both " +"problem. The client can be set not to send records at all, or to both " "keep the records locally and send to the backend server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:90 -msgid "Set up a server to collect data" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:136 +msgid "Set up a server to collect data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:92 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:138 msgid "" "Whether you are managing a network of |CL| systems or you don't want to " "send records to the default telemetry server, you can set up a backend " "server to collect your records. The backend server can be installed on " -"any Linux system and will give you the same dashboard as the default " -"server." +"any Linux system and provides the same dashboard as the default server." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:95 -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 -msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 +msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:97 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 msgid "" -"The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, which " -"exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You can use" -" these in your applications as well. The API documentation is found in " -"the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ repository." +"The :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C library, " +"which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " +"can use these in your applications as well. The API documentation is " +"found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics client`_ " +"repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:101 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:153 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:108 -msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 +msgid "Enable or disable telemetry" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:110 -msgid "Enabling during installation" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 +msgid "Enabling during installation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:112 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:164 msgid "" "During the initial installation of |CL|, you are requested to join the " "stability enhancement program and allow |CL| to collect anonymous reports" " to improve system stability. If you choose not to join this program, " "then the telemetry software bundle is not added to your system. Choosing " "to join will automatically enable telemetry on your system after " -"installation is commplete." +"installation is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:114 -msgid "Enabling after install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:171 +msgid "Enabling after install:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:116 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:173 msgid "To start telemetry on your system, run the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:122 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 msgid "" "This enables and starts the :command:`telemprobd` and " ":command:`telempostd` daemons. Your system will begin to send telemetry " @@ -294,78 +313,78 @@ msgid "" "file :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:124 -msgid "Disabling after install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 +msgid "Disabling after install:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:126 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:187 msgid "To disable both of the telemetry daemons, run the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:132 -msgid "Opt in to telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:193 +msgid "Opt in to telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:134 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 msgid "" -"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command and " -"start the service:" +"To opt-in to the telemetry services, simply enter the opt-in command, " +"which also starts the service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:140 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:202 msgid "" "This removes the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` file, if it exists, and" " starts the telemetry services." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:144 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:207 msgid "" -"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you will need to " -"run the command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in`" -" command is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the " -"command :command:`sudo telemctl start`." +"To opt-in but not immediately start telemetry services, you must run the " +"command :command:`sudo telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-in` command" +" is entered. Once you are ready to start the service, enter the command " +":command:`sudo telemctl start`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:146 -msgid "Opt out of telemetry" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:212 +msgid "Opt out of telemetry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:148 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 msgid "" "To stop sending telemetrics data from your system, opt out of the " "telemetry service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:154 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 msgid "" "This creates the file :file:`/etc/telemetrics/opt-out` and stops the " "telemetry services." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:158 -msgid "Saving Data Locally" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:226 +msgid "Saving data locally" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:160 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:228 msgid "" -"This example requires |CL| to be installed, and telemetry to be enabled " -"on the system." +"This example requires |CL| to be installed and telemetry to be enabled on" +" the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:162 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:231 msgid "" -"To change how records are managed, we will be copying the default " +"To change how records are managed, copy the default " ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file to " -":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and editing it. The changes in" -" the :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the " +":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and edit it. The changes in the" +" :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will override the " "defaults in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` " -"file. You may need ``root`` permissions to create and edit files in " +"file. You may need root permissions to create and edit files in " ":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for any time you make changes to the " -"configuration file, you will need to restart the client daemons to pick " -"up the changes:" +"configuration file, you must restart the client daemons to pick up the " +"changes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:169 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 msgid "" "The :command:`telemctl journal` command gives you access to features and " "options of the telemetry journal to assist with system analytics and " @@ -373,11 +392,11 @@ msgid "" " records. Use :command:`-h` or :command:`--help` to view usage options." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:172 -msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:251 +msgid "Keep a local copy and send records to backend server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:174 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:253 msgid "" "To keep a local copy of the telemetry record and also send it on to the " "backend server, we will need to change the " @@ -385,131 +404,131 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`true`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:177 -msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:258 +msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:179 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:260 msgid "" "To keep records on the system without sending them to a backend server, " "set the :guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value to " -":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the " +":guilabel:`false`. Note that you will also need to ensure the " ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key value is set to " ":guilabel:`true` or the system will not keep local copies." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:181 -msgid "Keep and send records to custom server" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:266 +msgid "Keep and send records to custom server:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:183 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 msgid "" "This assumes you have set up a custom server according to the next " "example." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:185 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:270 msgid "" "The server is identified by the :guilabel:`server` setting, and by " -"default records will be sent to the |CL| server " -":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " +"default records are sent to the |CL| server " +":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. To " "change this, you can use an IP address or fully qualified domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:190 -msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 +msgid "Set up a back-end server to collect telemetry records" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:192 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 msgid "" "For this example, start with a clean installation of |CL| on a new system" " using the :ref:`bare-metal-install-server` getting started guide and:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:195 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:282 msgid "" "Join the :guilabel:`Stability Enhancement Program` to install and enable " "the telemetrics components." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:197 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:285 msgid "Select the manual installation method with the following settings:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:199 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:287 msgid "Set the hostname to :guilabel:`clr-telem-server`," msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:200 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:288 msgid "" "Create an administrative user named :guilabel:`clear` and add this user " "to sudoers" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:203 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:291 msgid "" "Log in with your administrative user, from your :file:`$HOME` directory, " "run :command:`git` to clone the :guilabel:`telemetrics-backend` " "repository into the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend` directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:211 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:301 msgid "" "You may need to set up the :envvar:`https_proxy` environment variable if " "you have issues reaching github.com." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:213 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:304 msgid "" "Change your current working directory to :file:`telemetrics-" "backend/scripts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:214 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 msgid "" -"We will install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` script" -" file. We will set the following options and leave the remainder as " -"default:" +"Before you install the telemetrics backend with the :file:`deploy.sh` " +"script file in the next step, here is an explanation of the options to be" +" specified:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:216 -msgid "*-a install* to perform an install" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:308 +msgid ":command:`-a install` to perform an install" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:217 -msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:309 +msgid ":command:`-d clr` to install to a |CL| distro" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:218 -msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:310 +msgid ":command:`-H localhost` to set the domain to localhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:221 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:313 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has minimal error checking and makes " -"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " +"several changes to your system. Be sure that the options you define on " "the cmdline are correct before proceeding." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:224 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:317 msgid "" "Run the shell script from the :file:`$HOME/telemetrics-backend/scripts` " "directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:232 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:326 msgid "" -"The script will start and list all the defined options and prompt you for" -" the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password" +"The script starts and lists all the defined options and prompts you for " +"the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:245 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:340 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`DB password:`, press the :kbd:`Enter` key to accept " "the default password `postgres`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:249 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:345 msgid "" "The :file:`deploy.sh` script uses :command:`sudo` to run commands and you" " may be prompted to enter your user password at any time while the script" @@ -517,291 +536,282 @@ msgid "" ":command:`sudo` command." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:252 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:351 msgid "" -"Once all the server components have been installed you are prompted to " +"After all the server components have been installed, you are prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password to change it as " "illustrated below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:261 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 msgid "" "Enter `postgres` for the current value of the password and then enter a " "new password, retype it to verify the new password and the " ":guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database password will be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:263 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:366 msgid "" -"Once the installation is complete you can use your web browser to view " +"After the installation is complete, you can use your web browser to view " "the new server by opening the browser on the system and typing in " -"``localhost`` in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to " -"the one shown in figure 1:" +"localhost in the address bar. You should see a web page similar to the " +"one shown in Figure 2 below." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:268 -msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 +msgid "Figure 2: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:273 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:377 msgid "Create records with telem-record-gen" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:275 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:379 msgid "" -"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called ``telem-" -"record-gen``. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " +"The telemetrics bundle provides a record generator tool called `telem-" +"record-gen`. This tool can be used to create records from shell scripts " "or the command line when writing a probe in C is not desirable. Records " "are sent to the backend server, and can also be echoed to stdout." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:277 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:384 msgid "There are three ways to supply the payload to the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:279 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:386 msgid "On the command line, use the :command:`-p ` option:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:305 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:412 msgid "" "Specify a file that contains the payload with the option :command:`-P " "path/to/file`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:331 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:439 msgid "" "If the :command:`-p` or :command:`-P` options are absent, the tool reads " "from stdin so you can use it in a :file:`heredoc` in scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:360 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:469 msgid "Set a static machine id" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:362 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:471 msgid "" "The machine id reported by the telemetry client is rotated every three " "days for privacy reasons. If you wish to have a static machine id for " -"testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named \"opt-in-" -"static-machine-id\" in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." +"testing purposes, you can opt in by creating a file named `opt-in-static-" +"machine-id` in the directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:367 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:476 msgid "Create a directory `telemetrics`." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:374 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:483 msgid "" "Create the file and replace the \"unique machine ID\" with your desired " "static machine ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:383 -msgid "The `machine id` is different than the system hostname." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:492 +msgid "The machine ID is different than the system hostname." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:389 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:495 +msgid "Instrument your code with the libtelemetry API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:498 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:390 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 msgid "" "Confirm that the telemetrics header file is located on the system at " ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest version`_ of the file can " -"also be found on github for reference, but installing the `telemetry` " -"bundle will install the header file that matches your |CL| version." +"also be found on github for reference, but installing the " +":command:`telemetry` bundle will install the header file that matches " +"your |CL| version." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:392 -msgid "Includes and variables" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:505 +msgid "Includes and variables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:394 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:507 +msgid "You must include the following headers in your code to use the API:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:518 msgid "" -"You will need to include the following headers in your code to use the " -"API:" +"Use the following code to create the variables needed to hold the data " +"for the record to be created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Use the following code to create the variables we need to hold the data " -"for the record we will be creating:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:420 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:537 msgid "Severity:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: uint32_t" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:533 msgid "" -"Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the range 1-4, with " -"1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest severity. Values " -"provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, high, " -"crit]" +"Type: uint32_t Value: Severity field value. Accepted values are in the " +"range 1-4, with 1 being the lowest severity, and 4 being the highest " +"severity. Values provided outside of this range are clamped to 1 or 4. " +"[low, med, high, crit]" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:424 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:543 msgid "Payload_version:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:540 msgid "" -"Value: Payload format version. The only supported value right now is 1, " -"which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted (unstructured) " -"string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." +"Type: uint32_t Value: Payload format version. The only supported value " +"right now is 1, which indicates that the payload is a freely-formatted " +"(unstructured) string. Values greater than 1 are reserved for future use." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:428 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:552 msgid "Classification:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: char array" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:546 msgid "" -"Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the " -"reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux);" -" PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an arbitrary value that " -"the probe should use to classify the record. The maximum length for the " -"classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-category may be no longer " -"than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:432 -msgid "Tm_handle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "" -"Value: Struct pointer declared by the caller, The struct is initialized " -"if the function returns success." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:438 -msgid "Payload:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Type: char pointer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst -msgid "Value: The payload to set" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:440 -msgid "For this example, we'll set the payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using ``asprintf()``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:450 -msgid "" -"The functions ``asprintf()`` and ``vasprintf()`` are analogs of " -"``sprintf(3)`` and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they allocate a string" -" large enough to hold the output including the terminating null byte " -"('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first argument. This pointer" -" should be passed to ``free(3)`` to release the allocated storage when it" -" is no longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:452 -msgid "Create the new telemetry record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:454 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes a telemetry record and " -"sets the severity and classification of that record, as well as the " -"payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry record " -"is allocated and should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when no longer" -" needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:464 -msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:466 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the provided telemetry record " -"data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is 8192b." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:477 -msgid "" -"The ``free()`` function frees the memory space pointed to by ptr, which " -"must have been returned by a previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``," -" or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if ``free(ptr)`` has already been " -"called before, undefined behavior occurs. If ptr is NULL, no operation " -"is performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:479 -msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:481 -msgid "" -"The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the record to the local " -"``telemprobd(1)`` service. Since the telemetry record was allocated by " -"the program it should be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when it is no " -"longer needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:500 -msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:502 -msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code." +"Type: char array Value: It should have the form, DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: " +"DOMAIN is the reverse domain to use as a namespace for the probe (e.g. " +"org.clearlinux); PROBENAME is the name of the probe; and REST is an " +"arbitrary value that the probe should use to classify the record. The " +"maximum length for the classification string is 122 bytes. Each sub-" +"category may be no longer than 40 bytes long. Two / delimiters are " +"required." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:557 +msgid "Tm_handle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:555 +msgid "" +"Type: Telem_ref struct pointer Value: Struct pointer declared by the " +"caller, The struct is initialized if the function returns success." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:561 +msgid "Payload:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:560 +msgid "Type: char pointer Value: The payload to set" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:563 +msgid "" +"For this example, we'll set the payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using " +":command:`asprintf()`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The functions :command:`asprintf()` and :command:`vasprintf()` are " +"analogs of :command:`sprintf(3)` and :command:`vsprintf(3)`, except that " +"they allocate a string large enough to hold the output including the " +"terminating null byte ('\\0'), and return a pointer to it via the first " +"argument. This pointer should be passed to :command:`free(3)` to release " +"the allocated storage when it is no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:579 +msgid "Create the new telemetry record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:581 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_create_record()` initializes a telemetry " +"record and sets the severity and classification of that record, as well " +"as the payload version number. The memory needed to store the telemetry " +"record is allocated and should be freed with :command:`tm_free_record()` " +"when no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 +msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_set_payload()` attaches the provided telemetry " +"record data to the telemetry record. The current maximum payload size is " +"8192b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 +msgid "" +"The :command:`free()` function frees the memory space pointed to by " +"`ptr`, which must have been returned by a previous call to " +":command:`malloc()`, :command:`calloc()`, or :command:`realloc()`. " +"Otherwise, or if :command:`free(ptr)` has already been called before, " +"undefined behavior occurs. If `ptr` is NULL, no operation is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:614 +msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:616 +msgid "" +"The function :command:`tm_send_record()` delivers the record to the local" +" :command:`telemprobd(1)` service. Since the telemetry record was " +"allocated by the program it should be freed with " +":command:`tm_free_record()` when it is no longer needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:638 +msgid "A full sample application with compiling flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:640 +msgid "Create a new file :file:`test.c` and add the following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:695 msgid "Compile with the gcc compiler, using this command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:564 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:702 msgid "Test to ensure the program is working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:573 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:711 msgid "" "A full example of the `heartbeat probe`_ in C is documented in the source" " code." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:576 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:715 msgid "Reference" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:583 -msgid "The Telemetry API" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:722 +msgid "The telemetry API" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:585 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:724 msgid "" -"Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " +"Installing the :command:`telemetrics` bundle includes the libtelemetry C " "library, which exposes an API used by the telemprobd and telempostd " "daemons. You can use these in your applications as well. The API " "documentation is found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " "client`_ repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:588 -msgid "Client Configuration" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:730 +msgid "Client configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:590 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:732 msgid "" "The telemetry client will look for the configuration file located at " ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and use it if it exists. If the" @@ -812,128 +822,178 @@ msgid "" "edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:593 -msgid "Configuration Options" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:740 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:594 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:742 msgid "The client uses the following configuration options from the config file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**server**: This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the " -"telemetry records." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:744 +msgid "server" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:597 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:745 msgid "" -"**socket_path**: This specifies the path of the unix domain socket that " -"the telemprobd listens on for connections from the probes." +"This specifies the web server to which telempostd sends the telemetry " +"records." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**spool_dir**: This configuration option is related to spooling. If the " -"daemon is not able to send the telemetry records to the backend server " -"due to reasons such as the network availability, then it stores the " -"records in a spool directory. This option specifies that path of the " -"spool directory. This directory should be owned by the same user as the " -"daemon." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 +msgid "socket_path" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:599 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:747 msgid "" -"**record_expiry**: This is the time in minutes after which the records in" -" the spool directory are deleted by the daemon." +"This specifies the path of the unix domain socket on which the telemprobd" +" listens for connections from the probes." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:600 -msgid "" -"**spool_process_time**: This specifies the time interval in seconds that " -"the daemon waits for before checking the spool directory for records. The" -" daemon picks up the records in the order of modification date and tries " -"to send the record to the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a " -"time. If it was able to send a record successfully, it deletes the record" -" from the spool. If the daemon finds a record older than the " -"\"record_expiry\" time, then it deletes that record. The daemon looks at " -"a maximum of 20 records in a single spool run loop." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:753 +msgid "spool_dir" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:601 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:750 msgid "" -"**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled " -"or disabled. When enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent " -"within a window of time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." +"This configuration option is related to spooling. If the daemon is not " +"able to send the telemetry records to the backend server due to reasons " +"such as the network availability, then it stores the records in a spool " +"directory. This option specifies the path of the spool directory. This " +"directory should be owned by the same user as the daemon." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:602 -msgid "" -"**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of records allowed to " -"be passed by the daemon within the record_window_length of time. If set " -"to -1, the rate-limiting for record bursts is disabled." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 +msgid "record_expiry" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:603 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:756 msgid "" -"**record_window_length**: The time in minutes (0-59) that establishes the" -" window length for the record_burst_limit. EX: if " -"record_burst_window=1000 and record_window_length=15, then no more than " -"1000 records can be passed within any given fifteen minute window." +"This is the time, in minutes, after which the records in the spool " +"directory are deleted by the daemon." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:604 -msgid "" -"**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be " -"passed by the daemon within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1," -" the rate-limiting for byte bursts is disabled." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:764 +msgid "spool_process_time" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:606 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:759 msgid "" -"**byte_window_length**: This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that " -"establishes the window length for the byte_burst_limit." +"This specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the daemon waits for " +"before checking the spool directory for records. The daemon picks up the " +"records in the order of modification date and tries to send the record to" +" the server. It sends a maximum of 10 records at a time. If it was able " +"to send a record successfully, it deletes the record from the spool. If " +"the daemon finds a record older than the \"record_expiry\" time, then it " +"deletes that record. The daemon looks at a maximum of 20 records in a " +"single spool run loop." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:607 -msgid "" -"**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy chosen once the rate-" -"limiting threshold has been reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or " -"'spool', with spool being the default. If spool is chosen, records will " -"be spooled and sent at a later time." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:768 +msgid "rate_limit_enabled" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:608 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:767 msgid "" -"**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is enabled (true) the daemon " -"saves a copy of the payload on disk from all valid records. To avoid the " -"excessive use of disk space only the latest 100 records are kept. The " -"default value for this configuration key is false." +"This determines whether rate-limiting is enabled or disabled. When " +"enabled, there is a threshold on both records sent within a window of " +"time, and record bytes sent within a window a time." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:609 -msgid "" -"**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key controls the delivery of " -"records to server; when enabled (default value), the record will be " -"posted to the address in the configuration file. If this configuration " -"key is disabled (false), records will not be spooled or posted to " -"backend. This configuration key can be used in combination with " -"record_retention_enabled to keep copies of telemetry records locally " -"only." +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:772 +msgid "record_burst_limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:613 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:771 +msgid "" +"This is the maximum amount of records allowed to be passed by the daemon " +"within the record_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " +"for record bursts is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:777 +msgid "record_window_length" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:775 +msgid "" +"The time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length for the " +"record_burst_limit. For example, if record_burst_window=1000 and " +"record_window_length=15, then no more than 1000 records can be passed " +"within any given fifteen-minute window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:781 +msgid "byte_burst_limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:780 +msgid "" +"This is the maximum amount of bytes that can be passed by the daemon " +"within the byte_window_length of time. If set to -1, the rate-limiting " +"for byte bursts is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +msgid "byte_window_length" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:784 +msgid "" +"This is the time, in minutes (0-59), that establishes the window length " +"for the byte_burst_limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:788 +msgid "rate_limit_strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:787 +msgid "" +"This is the strategy chosen once the rate-limiting threshold has been " +"reached. Currently the options are 'drop' or 'spool', with spool being " +"the default. If spool is chosen, records will be spooled and sent at a " +"later time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:793 +msgid "record_retention_enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:791 +msgid "" +"When this key is enabled (true) the daemon saves a copy of the payload on" +" disk from all valid records. To avoid the excessive use of disk space " +"only the latest 100 records are kept. The default value for this " +"configuration key is false." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:807 +msgid "record_server_delivery_enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:796 +msgid "" +"This key controls the delivery of records to server; when enabled " +"(default value), the record will be posted to the address in the " +"configuration file. If this configuration key is disabled (false), " +"records will not be spooled or posted to backend. This configuration key " +"can be used in combination with record_retention_enabled to keep copies " +"of telemetry records locally only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:804 msgid "" "Configuration options may change as the telemetry client evolves. Please " "use the comments in the file itself as the most accurate reference for " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:619 -msgid "Client Run-time Options" +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:810 +msgid "Client run-time options" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:620 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:812 msgid "" "The |CL| telemetry client provides an admin tool called " ":guilabel:`telemctl` for managing the telemetry services and probes. The " @@ -941,28 +1001,740 @@ msgid "" "in the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:639 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:833 msgid "start/stop/restart" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:641 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:835 msgid "" "The commands to start, stop and restart the telemetry services manage all" -" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " -"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons **telemprobd** and " -"**telempostd**. The **restart** command option will call **telemctl " -"stop** followed by **telemctl start** ." +" required services and probes on the system. There is no need to " +"separately start/stop/restart the two client daemons telemprobd and " +"telempostd. The :command:`restart` command option will call " +":command:`telemctl stop` followed by :command:`telemctl start` ." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:644 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:842 msgid "is-active" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:646 +#: ../../guides/telemetrics/telem-guide.rst:844 msgid "" -"The `is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons are active." -" This is useful to verify that the **opt-in** and **opt-out** options " -"have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry is functioning on the " -"system. Note that both daemons are verified." +"The :command:`is-active` option reports whether the two client daemons " +"are active. This is useful to verify that the :command:`opt-in` and " +":command:`opt-out` options have taken effect, or to ensure that telemetry" +" is functioning on the system. Note that both daemons are verified." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Telemetrics in |CL-ATTR| is a " +#~ "client and server solution used to " +#~ "collect data from running |CL| systems" +#~ " to help quickly identify and fix " +#~ "bugs in the OS. Both client and" +#~ " server are customizable, and an API" +#~ " is available on the client side " +#~ "for instrumenting your code for debug" +#~ " and analysis." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetry functionality adheres to " +#~ "`Intel privacy policies`_ regarding the " +#~ "collection and use of :abbr:`PII " +#~ "(Personally Identifiable Information)` and is" +#~ " open source. Specifically, no " +#~ "intentionally identifiable information about " +#~ "the user or system owner is " +#~ "collected." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry reports system-level " +#~ "debug/crash information using specialized " +#~ "probes. The probes monitor system tasks" +#~ " such as swupd, kernel oops, machine" +#~ " error checks, and the BIOS error " +#~ "report table for unhandled hardware " +#~ "failures. Telemetry enables real-time " +#~ "issue reporting to allow system " +#~ "developers to quickly focus on an " +#~ "issue and monitor corrective actions." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry is fully customizable and" +#~ " can be used during software " +#~ "development for debugging purposes. You " +#~ "can use the libtelemetry library in " +#~ "your code to create custom telemetry " +#~ "records. You can also use the " +#~ "telem-record-gen utility in script " +#~ "files for light touch record creation" +#~ " where instrumenting code files doesn't " +#~ "make sense." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The |CL| telemetrics solution is an " +#~ "**opt-in** choice on the client " +#~ "side. By default, the telemetry client" +#~ " is disabled until you choose to " +#~ "enable it. Enabling the client is " +#~ "covered in this guide." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| telemetry has two fundamental " +#~ "components, which are shown in figure" +#~ " 1:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Client: generates and delivers records " +#~ "to the backend server via the " +#~ "network" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "telemprobd, a daemon that receives and" +#~ " prepares telemetry records from probes " +#~ "and spools them to disk." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "telempostd, a daemon that manages " +#~ "spooled telemetry records and delivers " +#~ "these records according to configurable " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "probes, that collect specific types of data from the operating system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "libtelemetry, the API that telemetrics probes use to create records." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Two Flask apps: * Collector, an " +#~ "ingestion web app for records received" +#~ " from client probes. * TelemetryUI, a" +#~ " web app that exposes different views" +#~ " to visualize the telemetry data." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To Use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From a workflow perspective, the |CL|" +#~ " telemetrics system is straightforward. On" +#~ " the client side, the main decisions" +#~ " after installation and enabling telemetry" +#~ " concern what to do with the " +#~ "record data generated by the probes." +#~ " You can send the data to the" +#~ " default or a custom backend server," +#~ " keep the data local to the " +#~ "system, or both. The backend server " +#~ "has a more complex setup, but once" +#~ " it's running, it is simple to " +#~ "use and configure." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This section walks through some of " +#~ "the possible scenarios for configuring " +#~ "the |CL| telemetrics system, and " +#~ "suggests which make sense according to" +#~ " your needs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enable telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before probes can generate records, the" +#~ " telemetry client daemons must be " +#~ "enabled. You can configure the client" +#~ " before enabling by creating a custom" +#~ " :file:`telemetrics.conf` file that you " +#~ "place in the :file:`/etc/telemetrics` " +#~ "directory. If you choose to use " +#~ "the default settings, records will be" +#~ " sent to the telemetrics backend " +#~ "server managed by the |CL| development" +#~ " team at Intel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Save record data locally" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can configure the telemetry client" +#~ " to save records locally. This is" +#~ " convenient when you want instant " +#~ "feedback during a development cycle, or" +#~ " to track system issues if you " +#~ "believe there is a machine specific " +#~ "problem. The client can be set to" +#~ " not send records at all, or to" +#~ " both keep the records locally and" +#~ " send to the backend server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set up a server to collect data" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Whether you are managing a network " +#~ "of |CL| systems or you don't want" +#~ " to send records to the default " +#~ "telemetry server, you can set up a" +#~ " backend server to collect your " +#~ "records. The backend server can be " +#~ "installed on any Linux system and " +#~ "will give you the same dashboard " +#~ "as the default server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The ``telemetrics`` bundle includes the " +#~ "libtelemetry C library, which exposes an" +#~ " API used by the telemprobd and " +#~ "telempostd daemons. You can use these" +#~ " in your applications as well. The" +#~ " API documentation is found in the" +#~ " :file:`telemetry.h` file in `Telemetrics " +#~ "client`_ repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enable or Disable Telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enabling during installation" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the initial installation of |CL|," +#~ " you are requested to join the " +#~ "stability enhancement program and allow " +#~ "|CL| to collect anonymous reports to " +#~ "improve system stability. If you choose" +#~ " not to join this program, then " +#~ "the telemetry software bundle is not " +#~ "added to your system. Choosing to " +#~ "join will automatically enable telemetry " +#~ "on your system after installation is " +#~ "commplete." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Enabling after install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Disabling after install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Opt in to telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To opt-in to the telemetry " +#~ "services, simply enter the opt-in " +#~ "command and start the service:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To opt-in but not immediately " +#~ "start telemetry services, you will need" +#~ " to run the command :command:`sudo " +#~ "telemctl stop` after the :command:`opt-" +#~ "in` command is entered. Once you " +#~ "are ready to start the service, " +#~ "enter the command :command:`sudo telemctl " +#~ "start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Opt out of telemetry" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Saving Data Locally" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This example requires |CL| to be " +#~ "installed, and telemetry to be enabled" +#~ " on the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how records are managed, " +#~ "we will be copying the default " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file" +#~ " to :file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` and " +#~ "editing it. The changes in the " +#~ ":file:`/etc/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file will " +#~ "override the defaults in the " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/telemetrics/telemetrics.conf` file." +#~ " You may need ``root`` permissions to" +#~ " create and edit files in " +#~ ":file:`/etc`. For each example, and for" +#~ " any time you make changes to " +#~ "the configuration file, you will need" +#~ " to restart the client daemons to " +#~ "pick up the changes:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep local copy and send records to backend server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep all records -- don't send to backend server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To keep records on the system " +#~ "without sending them to a backend " +#~ "server, set the " +#~ ":guilabel:`record_server_delivery_enabled` key value " +#~ "to :guilabel:`false`. Note that you " +#~ "will also need to ensure the " +#~ ":guilabel:`record_retention_enabled` configuration key " +#~ "value is set to :guilabel:`true` or " +#~ "the system will not keep local " +#~ "copies." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Keep and send records to custom server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The server is identified by the " +#~ ":guilabel:`server` setting, and by default " +#~ "records will be sent to the |CL|" +#~ " server " +#~ ":guilabel:`server=https://clr.telemetry.intel.com/v2/collector`. " +#~ "To change this, you can use an " +#~ "IP address or fully qualified domain " +#~ "name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set up a backend server to collect telemetry records" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We will install the telemetrics backend" +#~ " with the :file:`deploy.sh` script file." +#~ " We will set the following options" +#~ " and leave the remainder as default:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-a install* to perform an install" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-d clr* to install to a |CL| distro" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "*-H localhost* to set the domain to localhost" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :file:`deploy.sh` shell script has " +#~ "minimal error checking and makes several" +#~ " changes to your system. Be sure " +#~ "that the options you define on the" +#~ " cmdline are correct before proceeding." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The script will start and list all" +#~ " the defined options and prompt you" +#~ " for the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " +#~ "password" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once all the server components have " +#~ "been installed you are prompted to " +#~ "enter the :guilabel:`PostgreSQL` database " +#~ "password to change it as illustrated " +#~ "below:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the installation is complete you" +#~ " can use your web browser to " +#~ "view the new server by opening the" +#~ " browser on the system and typing " +#~ "in ``localhost`` in the address bar." +#~ " You should see a web page " +#~ "similar to the one shown in figure" +#~ " 1:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Figure 1: :guilabel:`Telemetry UI`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The telemetrics bundle provides a record" +#~ " generator tool called ``telem-record-" +#~ "gen``. This tool can be used to" +#~ " create records from shell scripts or" +#~ " the command line when writing a " +#~ "probe in C is not desirable. " +#~ "Records are sent to the backend " +#~ "server, and can also be echoed to" +#~ " stdout." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The machine id reported by the " +#~ "telemetry client is rotated every three" +#~ " days for privacy reasons. If you " +#~ "wish to have a static machine id" +#~ " for testing purposes, you can opt" +#~ " in by creating a file named " +#~ "\"opt-in-static-machine-id\" in the" +#~ " directory :file:`/etc/telemetrics/`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The `machine id` is different than the system hostname." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Confirm that the telemetrics header file" +#~ " is located on the system at " +#~ ":file:`usr/include/telemetry.h` The `latest " +#~ "version`_ of the file can also be" +#~ " found on github for reference, but" +#~ " installing the `telemetry` bundle will " +#~ "install the header file that matches " +#~ "your |CL| version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Includes and variables" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will need to include the " +#~ "following headers in your code to " +#~ "use the API:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the following code to create " +#~ "the variables we need to hold the" +#~ " data for the record we will be" +#~ " creating:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: uint32_t" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Severity field value. Accepted " +#~ "values are in the range 1-4, with" +#~ " 1 being the lowest severity, and " +#~ "4 being the highest severity. Values " +#~ "provided outside of this range are " +#~ "clamped to 1 or 4. [low, med, " +#~ "high, crit]" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Payload format version. The only" +#~ " supported value right now is 1, " +#~ "which indicates that the payload is " +#~ "a freely-formatted (unstructured) string. " +#~ "Values greater than 1 are reserved " +#~ "for future use." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: char array" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: It should have the form, " +#~ "DOMAIN/PROBENAME/REST: DOMAIN is the reverse" +#~ " domain to use as a namespace " +#~ "for the probe (e.g. org.clearlinux); " +#~ "PROBENAME is the name of the " +#~ "probe; and REST is an arbitrary " +#~ "value that the probe should use to" +#~ " classify the record. The maximum " +#~ "length for the classification string is" +#~ " 122 bytes. Each sub-category may " +#~ "be no longer than 40 bytes long." +#~ " Two / delimiters are required." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: Telem_ref struct pointer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Value: Struct pointer declared by the" +#~ " caller, The struct is initialized if" +#~ " the function returns success." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Type: char pointer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Value: The payload to set" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For this example, we'll set the " +#~ "payload to ā€œhelloā€ by using " +#~ "``asprintf()``" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The functions ``asprintf()`` and " +#~ "``vasprintf()`` are analogs of ``sprintf(3)``" +#~ " and ``vsprintf(3)``, except that they" +#~ " allocate a string large enough to" +#~ " hold the output including the " +#~ "terminating null byte ('\\0'), and " +#~ "return a pointer to it via the " +#~ "first argument. This pointer should be" +#~ " passed to ``free(3)`` to release the" +#~ " allocated storage when it is no " +#~ "longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Create the new telemetry record" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_create_record()`` initializes" +#~ " a telemetry record and sets the " +#~ "severity and classification of that " +#~ "record, as well as the payload " +#~ "version number. The memory needed to " +#~ "store the telemetry record is allocated" +#~ " and should be freed with " +#~ "``tm_free_record()`` when no longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Set the payload field of a telemetrics record" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_set_payload()`` attaches the" +#~ " provided telemetry record data to " +#~ "the telemetry record. The current " +#~ "maximum payload size is 8192b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The ``free()`` function frees the memory" +#~ " space pointed to by ptr, which " +#~ "must have been returned by a " +#~ "previous call to ``malloc()``, ``calloc()``," +#~ " or ``realloc()``. Otherwise, or if " +#~ "``free(ptr)`` has already been called " +#~ "before, undefined behavior occurs. If " +#~ "ptr is NULL, no operation is " +#~ "performed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Send a record to the telemetrics daemon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The function ``tm_send_record()`` delivers the" +#~ " record to the local ``telemprobd(1)`` " +#~ "service. Since the telemetry record was" +#~ " allocated by the program it should" +#~ " be freed with ``tm_free_record()`` when" +#~ " it is no longer needed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Full sample application with compiling flags" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Create a new file test.c add the following code." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The Telemetry API" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installing the ``telemetrics`` bundle includes" +#~ " the libtelemetry C library, which " +#~ "exposes an API used by the " +#~ "telemprobd and telempostd daemons. You " +#~ "can use these in your applications " +#~ "as well. The API documentation is " +#~ "found in the :file:`telemetry.h` file in" +#~ " `Telemetrics client`_ repository." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Options" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**server**: This specifies the web " +#~ "server to which telempostd sends the " +#~ "telemetry records." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**socket_path**: This specifies the path " +#~ "of the unix domain socket that the" +#~ " telemprobd listens on for connections " +#~ "from the probes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**spool_dir**: This configuration option is" +#~ " related to spooling. If the daemon" +#~ " is not able to send the " +#~ "telemetry records to the backend server" +#~ " due to reasons such as the " +#~ "network availability, then it stores the" +#~ " records in a spool directory. This" +#~ " option specifies that path of the" +#~ " spool directory. This directory should " +#~ "be owned by the same user as " +#~ "the daemon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_expiry**: This is the time in" +#~ " minutes after which the records in" +#~ " the spool directory are deleted by" +#~ " the daemon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**spool_process_time**: This specifies the " +#~ "time interval in seconds that the " +#~ "daemon waits for before checking the " +#~ "spool directory for records. The daemon" +#~ " picks up the records in the " +#~ "order of modification date and tries " +#~ "to send the record to the server." +#~ " It sends a maximum of 10 " +#~ "records at a time. If it was " +#~ "able to send a record successfully, " +#~ "it deletes the record from the " +#~ "spool. If the daemon finds a " +#~ "record older than the \"record_expiry\" " +#~ "time, then it deletes that record. " +#~ "The daemon looks at a maximum of" +#~ " 20 records in a single spool " +#~ "run loop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**rate_limit_enabled**: This determines whether " +#~ "rate-limiting is enabled or disabled." +#~ " When enabled, there is a threshold" +#~ " on both records sent within a " +#~ "window of time, and record bytes " +#~ "sent within a window a time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_burst_limit**: This is the maximum" +#~ " amount of records allowed to be " +#~ "passed by the daemon within the " +#~ "record_window_length of time. If set to" +#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for record " +#~ "bursts is disabled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_window_length**: The time in minutes" +#~ " (0-59) that establishes the window " +#~ "length for the record_burst_limit. EX: " +#~ "if record_burst_window=1000 and " +#~ "record_window_length=15, then no more than " +#~ "1000 records can be passed within " +#~ "any given fifteen minute window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**byte_burst_limit**: This is the maximum " +#~ "amount of bytes that can be passed" +#~ " by the daemon within the " +#~ "byte_window_length of time. If set to" +#~ " -1, the rate-limiting for byte " +#~ "bursts is disabled." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**byte_window_length**: This is the time, " +#~ "in minutes (0-59), that establishes the" +#~ " window length for the byte_burst_limit." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**rate_limit_strategy**: This is the strategy" +#~ " chosen once the rate-limiting " +#~ "threshold has been reached. Currently " +#~ "the options are 'drop' or 'spool', " +#~ "with spool being the default. If " +#~ "spool is chosen, records will be " +#~ "spooled and sent at a later time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_retention_enabled**: When this key is" +#~ " enabled (true) the daemon saves a" +#~ " copy of the payload on disk " +#~ "from all valid records. To avoid " +#~ "the excessive use of disk space " +#~ "only the latest 100 records are " +#~ "kept. The default value for this " +#~ "configuration key is false." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**record_server_delivery_enabled**: This key " +#~ "controls the delivery of records to " +#~ "server; when enabled (default value), " +#~ "the record will be posted to the" +#~ " address in the configuration file. " +#~ "If this configuration key is disabled" +#~ " (false), records will not be spooled" +#~ " or posted to backend. This " +#~ "configuration key can be used in " +#~ "combination with record_retention_enabled to " +#~ "keep copies of telemetry records locally" +#~ " only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Client Run-time Options" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The commands to start, stop and " +#~ "restart the telemetry services manage " +#~ "all required services and probes on " +#~ "the system. There is no need to" +#~ " separately start/stop/restart the two " +#~ "client daemons **telemprobd** and " +#~ "**telempostd**. The **restart** command option" +#~ " will call **telemctl stop** followed " +#~ "by **telemctl start** ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The `is-active` option reports whether" +#~ " the two client daemons are active." +#~ " This is useful to verify that " +#~ "the **opt-in** and **opt-out** " +#~ "options have taken effect, or to " +#~ "ensure that telemetry is functioning on" +#~ " the system. Note that both daemons" +#~ " are verified." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po index 5fc6f59b..2efca8ed 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/compatible-kernels.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -45,28 +45,15 @@ msgid "" " optimization patches are found in our `Linux`_ GitHub\\* repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:24 -msgid "Kernel Container" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The *kernel-container* bundle contains the kernel used by the IntelĀ® " -"Clear Containers project. This kernel is optimized for fast booting and " -"performs best on |CC| running on the IntelĀ® architectures described on " -"the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The optimization" -" patches are found in our `Linux-Container`_ GitHub repo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:29 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:22 msgid "Also compatible with VMs" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:39 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 msgid "Kernel LTS" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:32 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:25 msgid "" "The *kernel-lts* bundle focuses on the bare metal platforms but uses the " "latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel. It is optimized for " @@ -78,15 +65,15 @@ msgid "" "GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:42 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:35 msgid "VM only" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:54 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:47 msgid "Kernel KVM" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:45 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:38 msgid "" "The *kernel-kvm* bundle focuses on the Linux :abbr:`KVM (Kernel-based " "Virtual Machine)`. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on " @@ -99,11 +86,11 @@ msgid "" "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-KVM`_ GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:65 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:58 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V\\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:57 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:50 msgid "" "The *kernel-hyperv* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft\\* " "Hyper-V. It is optimized for fast booting and performs best on Virtual " @@ -116,11 +103,11 @@ msgid "" "GitHub repo." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:78 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:71 msgid "Kernel Hyper-V LTS" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:68 +#: ../../tooling/compatible-kernels.rst:61 msgid "" "The *kernel-hyperv-lts* bundle focuses on running Linux on Microsoft " "Hyper-V but uses the latest :abbr:`LTS (Long Term Support)` Linux kernel." @@ -133,3 +120,19 @@ msgid "" "optimization patches are found in our `Linux-HyperV-LTS`_ GitHub repo." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Kernel Container" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-container* bundle contains " +#~ "the kernel used by the IntelĀ® " +#~ "Clear Containers project. This kernel is" +#~ " optimized for fast booting and " +#~ "performs best on |CC| running on " +#~ "the IntelĀ® architectures described on " +#~ "the :ref:`supported hardware list`. The optimization patches are" +#~ " found in our `Linux-Container`_ " +#~ "GitHub repo." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po index b1200801..fd506e00 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/mixer.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" "update content, known as a **mix**." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:29 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:27 msgid "" "The update content that mixer generates consists of various pieces of OS " "content, update metadata, as well as a complete image. The OS content " @@ -71,33 +71,33 @@ msgid "" "information regarding updates and update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:39 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:32 msgid "How it works" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:34 msgid "Learn the mixer tool set up and workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:41 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:43 msgid ":command:`mixer` bundle" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:52 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:45 msgid "" "Add the mixer tool with the :command:`mixer` bundle. Refer to :ref" ":`swupd-guide` for more information on installing bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:55 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:48 msgid "Docker\\* container" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:57 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:50 msgid "" "mixer by default runs all build commands in a Docker container to ensure " "the correct tool versions are used. This also allows custom mixes to " @@ -106,63 +106,63 @@ msgid "" " format bumps." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:56 msgid "Refer to `Configure and enable Docker`_ for instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:65 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:58 msgid "Docker proxy (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:67 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:60 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " "and create a proxy configuration file for the Docker daemon and " "container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:63 msgid "" "Consult your IT department for the correct values if you are behind a " "corporate proxy." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:73 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:66 msgid "Refer to `Configure Docker proxy info`_ for instruction." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:75 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:68 msgid "Location to host the update content and images" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:77 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:70 msgid "" "In order for swupd to make use of your mix, the update content for your " "mix must be hosted on a web server. Your mix will be configured with an " "update location URL, which swupd will use to pull down updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:81 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:74 msgid "" "Refer to `Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_ for an simple example of " "setting up an update location." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:78 msgid "Mix setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:87 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:80 msgid "" "Follow these steps to create and initialize the mixer workspace. Complete" " the setup before you create a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:83 msgid "Create workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:85 msgid "" "The mixer tool uses a simple workspace to contain all input and output in" " a basic directory structure. The workspace is simply an empty folder " @@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ msgid "" " workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:97 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:90 msgid "Initialize the workspace and mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:92 msgid "" "Before you create a mix, you must explicitly initialize the mixer " "workspace. During initialization, the mixer workspace is configured and " @@ -184,63 +184,63 @@ msgid "" "select other versions or bundle sets from which to start." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:106 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:99 msgid "" "Initialization creates the directory structure within the workspace and " "adds the :file:`builder.conf` file, which is used to configure the mixer " "tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:102 msgid "" "View the `mixer.init man page`_ for more information on mixer " "initialization." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:112 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:105 msgid "View the list of suitable `releases`_ from which to mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:114 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:107 msgid "Edit builder.conf." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:109 msgid "" ":file:`builder.conf` tells the mixer tool how to configure the mix. For " "example, it allows you to configure where mixer output is located and " "where swupd update content will be located." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:120 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:113 msgid "" "At minimum, set the URL of your update server so your custom OS knows " "where to get update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:116 msgid "Refer to the `builder.conf`_ section for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:126 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:119 msgid "Create a mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:121 msgid "A mix is created with the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:130 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:123 msgid "Add custom RPMs and set up local repo (optional)." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:132 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:125 msgid "" "If you are adding custom RPMs to your mix, you must add the RPMs to your " "mix workspace and set up a corresponding local repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:135 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:128 msgid "" "Go to the :ref:`autospec` guide to learn to build RPMs from " "scratch. If the RPMs are not built on |CL|, make sure your configuration " @@ -248,71 +248,71 @@ msgid "" "guarantee they will be compatible." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:140 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:133 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`autospec` guide for more information on using autospec" " to build RPMs." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:143 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:136 msgid "Update and build bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:138 msgid "" "Add, edit, or remove bundles that will be part of your content and build " "them. mixer automatically updates the :file:`mixbundles` file when you " "update the bundles in your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:149 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:142 msgid "" "View the `mixer.bundle man page`_ for more information on configuring " "bundles in a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:145 msgid "View the `mixer.build man page`_ for more information on building bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:154 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:147 msgid "" "View the `Bundles`_ section for more information on how mixer manages " "bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:157 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:150 msgid "Create the update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:152 msgid "" "mixer creates update content with this step. Zero-packs are created " "automatically, and delta-packs can be optionally created at the same time" " (for all builds after version 0)." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:163 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:156 msgid "" "A zero-pack is the full set of content needed to go from mix version 0 " "(nothing) to the mix version for which you just built content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:159 msgid "" "A delta-pack provides the content *delta* between a `PAST_VERSION` to a " "`MIX_VERSION` that allows the transition from one mix version to another." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:169 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:162 msgid "View :ref:`swupd-guide` for more information on update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:164 msgid "Create image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:166 msgid "" "mixer creates a bootable image from your updated content using the " ":ref:`ister` tool. In this step you can specify which bundles you want " @@ -320,73 +320,73 @@ msgid "" "available in your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:178 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:171 msgid "Make update available." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:180 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:173 msgid "Deploy update content and images to your update server." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:182 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:175 msgid "" "View the `Example 3: Deploy updates to target`_ for a simple deployment " "scenario." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:186 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:179 msgid "Maintain or modify mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:188 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:181 msgid "" "Update or modify your content to a new version by following the steps to " "create a mix. Increment the mix version number for the next mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:185 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:194 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:187 msgid "" "The following examples are designed to work together and in order. The " "examples use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:197 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:190 msgid "A stock installation of |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:191 msgid "A web server that comes with |CL| to host the content updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:199 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:192 msgid "" "A simple VM that updates against the locally produced content created in " "Example 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:202 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:195 msgid "Complete all `Prerequisites`_ before using these examples." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:205 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:198 msgid "Example 1: Mix set up" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:207 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:200 msgid "" "This example shows the basic steps for the first-time setup of mixer for " "a new mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:210 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:203 msgid "Create an empty directory to use as a workspace for mixer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:216 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:209 msgid "" "In your mixer workspace, generate an initial mix based on the latest " "upstream |CL| version, with minimum bundles. In the initialization " @@ -394,25 +394,25 @@ msgid "" "minimum bundles have been added." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:226 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:219 msgid "" "Edit :file:`builder.conf` to set the value of CONTENTURL and VERSIONURL " "to the IP address of the nginx\\* server you set up in the prerequisite " "`Set up a nginx web server for mixer`_. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:238 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:229 msgid "Example 2: Create a simple mix" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:231 msgid "" "This example shows how to create a simple custom mix using upstream " "content. We'll create an image for a QEMU virtual machine that we can use" " later to test our mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:244 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:235 msgid "" "We can use the default bundles that were added during initialization, but" " these include the :command:`native-kernel` bundle that is intended to be" @@ -421,40 +421,54 @@ msgid "" "faster to load." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:249 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:240 msgid "Update bundles in mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:256 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:247 +msgid "" +"In this case, we will add the `editors` bundle from upstream, but we will" +" remove the `joe` editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:255 +msgid "Use an editor and manually remove `joe` from the bundle definition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:261 +msgid "List the bundles in the mix again to confirm removal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:268 msgid "Build bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:262 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:274 msgid "" "Look in ~/mixer/update/image//full for the full chroot after" " the :command:`build` command completes." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:265 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:277 msgid "" "Build update content. Browse to your \\http://localhost site and you'll " "see the web page is now up, but with no update content. Build the update " "content:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:272 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:284 msgid "" "Refresh your \\http://localhost site and now you can see the update " "content for mix version 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:275 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:339 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 msgid "" "Look in ~/mixer/update/www/ to see the update content in " "your workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:278 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:290 msgid "" "Configure image. Edit the ister configuration file for your image to " "include all of the bundles you want preinstalled in the image. If this is" @@ -462,48 +476,48 @@ msgid "" ":`release-image-config.json` template file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:287 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:299 msgid "" "For this example, edit :file:`release-image-config.json` so that the root" " partition size is \"5G\" and replace the \"kernel-native\" bundle with " "\"kernel-kvm\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:307 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:319 msgid "Build the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:313 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:325 msgid "" "The output from this step will be :file:`release.img`, which is a live " "image." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:315 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:327 msgid "" "Make the next mix. Create a new version of your mix, for the live image " "to update to. Increment your mix version by 10:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:322 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:334 msgid "Repeat steps 1-3 to add the upstream :command:`curl` bundle to the mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:330 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:342 msgid "Build optional delta-packs, which helps reduce client update time:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:336 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:348 msgid "" "Refresh your \\http://localhost site to see the update content for mix " "version 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:343 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:355 msgid "Example 3: Deploy updates to target" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:345 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 msgid "" "The image created in Example 2 is directly bootable in QEMU. In this " "example, we'll boot the image from Example 2 to verify it, and update the" @@ -511,79 +525,83 @@ msgid "" "version 20." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:349 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:361 msgid "Set up the QEMU environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:351 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:363 msgid "Install the :command:`kvm-host` bundle to your |CL|:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:357 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:369 msgid "" "Get the virtual EFI firmware, download the image launch script, and make " "it executable:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:366 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:378 msgid "Start your VM image (created in Example 2):" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:372 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:384 msgid "Log in as root and set a password" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:374 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 msgid "Try out your mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:376 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:388 msgid "Take a look at the default bundles installed in your mix:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:386 -msgid "" -"You cannot see the curl bundle that you added in Example 2 because your " -"mix is still on version 10." +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:396 +msgid "Now we will add the `editors` bundle that we modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:389 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:402 msgid "" -"Check for updates. You should see that version 20 is available. Use swupd" -" to update your mix:" +"Try to start the `joe` editor. It should not appear because we removed " +"it from the original `editors` bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:398 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:405 +msgid "" +"Next we will update from version 10 to 20 to capture the newly available " +"bundles. Use :command:`swupd` to update your mix:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:414 msgid "" "Now your mix should be at version 20 and curl is now available. Try using" " curl. This will fail because curl is not yet installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:406 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:422 msgid "" "Add the new bundle from your update server to your VM. Retry curl. It " "works!" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:413 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:429 msgid "Shutdown your VM:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:424 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:441 msgid "References" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:426 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:443 msgid "" "Reference the `mixer man page`_ for details regarding mixer commands and " "options." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:435 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:452 msgid "builder.conf" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:437 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:454 msgid "" "mixer initialization creates a :file:`builder.conf` that stores the basic" " configuration for the mixer tool. The items of primary interest are " @@ -591,25 +609,25 @@ msgid "" " your custom content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:470 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 msgid "" "Additional explanation of variables in :file:`builder.conf` is provided " "in Table 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:474 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 msgid "**Variable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:474 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:491 msgid "**Explanation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:476 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 msgid "`CERT`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:476 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:493 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer stores the certificate file used to sign " "content for verification. mixer automatically generates the certificate " @@ -618,123 +636,123 @@ msgid "" " create." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:483 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:500 msgid "" "chroot-builder uses the certificate file to sign the root " ":file:`Manifest.MoM` file to provide security for content verification." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:487 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 msgid "" "swupd uses this certificate to verify the :file:`Manifest.MoM` file's " "signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:490 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:507 msgid "" "For now, we strongly recommend that you do not modify this variable, as " "swupd expects a certificate with a very specific configuration to sign " "and verify properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:495 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 msgid "`CONTENTURL` and `VERSIONURL`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:495 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:512 msgid "" "Set these variables to the IP address of the web server hosting the " "update content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:498 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:515 msgid "" "VERSIONURL is the IP address where the swupd client looks to determine if" " a new version is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:501 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:518 msgid "CONTENTURL is the location from which swupd pulls content updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:504 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:521 msgid "" "If the web server is on the same machine as the SERVER_STATE_DIR " "directory, you can create a symlink to the directory in your web server's" " document root to easily host the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:509 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:526 msgid "These URLs are embedded in the images created by mixer." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:511 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 msgid "`DOCKER_IMAGE_PATH`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:511 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:528 msgid "" "Sets the base name of the docker image that mixer pulls down to run " "builds in the proper container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:514 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 msgid "`LOCAL_BUNDLE_DIR`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:514 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:531 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer stores the local bundle definition files. The " "bundle definition files include any new, original bundles you create, " "along with any edited versions of upstream bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:519 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 msgid "`SERVER_STATE_DIR`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:519 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:536 msgid "" "Sets the path to which mixer outputs content. By default, mixer " "automatically sets the path." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:522 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 msgid "`VERSIONS_PATH`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:522 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 msgid "" "Sets the path for the mix version and upstream version's two state files:" " :file:`mixversion` and :file:`upstreamversion`. mixer creates both files" " for you when you set up the workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:527 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 msgid "`YUM_CONF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:527 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:544 msgid "" "Sets the path where mixer automatically generates the :file:`.yum-" "mix.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:530 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:547 msgid "" "The yum configuration file points the chroot-builder to where the RPMs " "are stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:533 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:550 msgid "**Table 1**: *Variables in builder.conf*" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:537 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:554 msgid "Format version" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:539 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:556 msgid "" "Compatible versions of an OS are tracked with an OS *compatibility " "epoch*. Versions of an OS within an epoch are fully compatible and can " @@ -744,18 +762,31 @@ msgid "" "should not be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:545 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:563 msgid "" -"If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS has " -"changed in such a way that updating from build M in format X to build N " -"in format Y will not work. Generally, this scenario occurs when the " -"software updater or the software has a change such that it is no longer " -"compatible with the previous update scheme, or when a package is removed " -"from the update stream and the update must ensure the files associated " -"with that package are removed from the system." +"A format bump is like modifying the foundation of a house to create a new" +" level. If `Format` increments to a new epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS" +" has changed in such a way that updating from build A in format X to " +"build B in format Y will not work." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:552 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:568 +msgid "A format bump is required when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:570 +msgid "" +"The software updater, :command:`swupd`, or the software is no longer " +"compatible with the previous update scheme" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:573 +msgid "" +"A package is removed from the update stream and the update must ensure " +"the files associated with that package are removed from the system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:576 msgid "" "Using a format increment, we make sure pre- and co-requisite changes flow" " out with proper ordering. The updated client will only update to the " @@ -764,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" " to the final version in their given format." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:558 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:582 msgid "" "The given format *must* contain all the changes needed to understand the " "content built in the next format. Only after reaching the final release " @@ -772,18 +803,18 @@ msgid "" "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:562 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:584 msgid "" "The format version is incremented only when a compatibility breakage is " "introduced. Normal updates, such as updating a software package, do not " "require a format increment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:569 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:590 msgid "Bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:571 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:592 msgid "" "mixer stores information about the bundles included in a mix in a flat " "file called :file:`mixbundles`, which is located in the path set by the " @@ -792,25 +823,25 @@ msgid "" "file each time you change the bundles in the mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:577 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:595 msgid "" "Bundles can include other bundles. Nested bundles can themselves include " "other bundles. If you see an unexpected bundle in your mix, it is likely " "a nested bundle in one of the bundles you explicitly added." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:581 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 msgid "" "A bundle will fill into one of two categories: upstream or local. " "Upstream bundles are those provided by |CL|. Local bundles are either " "modified upstream bundles or new local bundles." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:586 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:603 msgid "Upstream bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:588 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:605 msgid "" "mixer automatically downloads and caches upstream bundle definition " "files. These definition files are stored in the upstream-bundles " @@ -820,18 +851,18 @@ msgid "" "it on-the-fly if a new version must be downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:594 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 msgid "" "The mixer tool automatically caches the bundles for the |CL| version " "configured in the :file:`upstreamversion` file. mixer also cleans up old " "versions once they are no longer needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:599 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:617 msgid "Local bundles" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:601 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 msgid "" "Local bundles are bundles that you create, or are edited versions of " "upstream bundles. Local bundle definition files are stored in the local-" @@ -839,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "the path of this directory in the :file:`builder.conf` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:606 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:623 msgid "" "*mixer always checks for local bundles first and the upstream bundles " "second.* So bundles in the local-bundles directory will always take " @@ -848,11 +879,11 @@ msgid "" "local variation." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:612 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:630 msgid "Bundle configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:614 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:632 msgid "" "mixer provides commands to configure the bundles for a mix, such as to " "add a bundle to a mix, to create a new bundle for a mix, or to remove a " @@ -860,14 +891,14 @@ msgid "" "commands and more information on configuring bundles in a mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:619 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:637 msgid "" "Editing an existing local bundle is as simple as opening the bundle " "definition file in your favorite editor, making the desired edits, and " "saving your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:624 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:642 msgid "" "Removing bundles from a mix: By default, removing a bundle will only " "remove the bundle from the mix. The local bundle definition file will " @@ -875,43 +906,43 @@ msgid "" "definition file, use the :command:`--local` flag." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:629 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:646 msgid "" "If you remove the bundle definition file for a local, edited version of " "an upstream bundle in a mix, the mix reverts to reference the original " "upstream version of the bundle." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:636 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:652 msgid "Configure and enable Docker" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:638 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:654 msgid "" "Use these steps to enable Docker for the mixer tool. Make sure to " "`Configure Docker proxy info`_ first if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:641 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:657 msgid "Start the Docker daemon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:649 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:665 msgid "Add user to the docker group" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:656 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:672 msgid "Pull Docker container manually (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:658 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 msgid "" "By default, mixer automatically pulls a Docker container for mixing if " "one does not already exist. If you need to troubleshoot the mixer " "container, it may be useful to manually pull a mixer Docker container." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:662 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:678 msgid "" "Versions of the mixer Docker container are available under the tags for " "the `clearlinux/mixer repo " @@ -921,154 +952,154 @@ msgid "" "information on upstream format versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:668 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:684 msgid "Use the following steps to manually pull a mixer Docker container:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:670 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:686 msgid "" "Find the version of the container you need by viewing the tags for the " "`clearlinux/mixer repo " "`_ on Docker Hub." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:674 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:690 msgid "Pull the latest container version:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:680 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:696 msgid "View local docker images:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:689 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:705 msgid "Configure Docker proxy info" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:691 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:707 msgid "If needed, use these steps to configure the Docker proxy information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:693 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:709 msgid "Create the Docker daemon proxy config directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:699 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:715 msgid "" "Create :file:`/etc/systemd/system/docker.service.d/http-proxy.conf` and " "add the following using your own proxy values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:708 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:724 msgid "Reload the Docker daemon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:714 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:730 msgid "" "Configure the Docker container proxies, to pass proxy settings to " "containers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:717 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:733 msgid "Create a directory for your container config:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:723 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 msgid "" "Create the config file :file:`~/.docker/config.json` and add the " "following entries, using your own proxy values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:739 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:755 msgid "Set ownership and permission on the docker config directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:746 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:762 msgid "" "Configure proxies to allow mixer to access upstream content from behind a" " firewall." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:749 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 msgid "" "Open your :file:`$HOME/.bashrc` file and add proxy and port values for " "the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:760 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:776 msgid "Log out and log back in for the proxies to take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:765 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:781 msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:767 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:783 msgid "" "A web server is needed to host your update content. In this example, we " "use the nginx web server, which comes with |CL|." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:770 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:786 msgid "Set up a nginx web server for mixer with the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:772 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:788 msgid "Install the :command:`nginx` bundle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:778 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:794 msgid "Make the directory where mixer updates will reside:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:784 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:800 msgid "" "Create a symbolic link between your workspace updates and the updates on " "the local nginx web server. In this example, `$HOME/mixer` is the " "workspace for the mix." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:792 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:808 msgid "Set up ``nginx`` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:798 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:814 msgid "Copy the default example configuration file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:804 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:820 msgid "" "Configure the mixer update server. Create and add the following server " "configuration content to :file:`/etc/nginx/conf.d/mixer.conf` (sudo " "required):" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:817 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 msgid "Restart the daemon, enable nginx on boot, and start the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:827 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:843 msgid "" "Verify the web server is running at \\http://localhost. At this point you" " should no longer see a \"404 Not Found\" message." msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:831 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:847 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:833 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:849 msgid ":ref:`About mixer `" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:834 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:850 msgid ":ref:`autospec-about`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:835 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:851 msgid ":ref:`bundles-about`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:836 +#: ../../tooling/mixer.rst:852 msgid ":ref:`swupd-about`" msgstr "" @@ -1081,3 +1112,34 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "View the list of `suitable versions`_ from which to mix." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot see the curl bundle " +#~ "that you added in Example 2 " +#~ "because your mix is still on " +#~ "version 10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check for updates. You should see " +#~ "that version 20 is available. Use " +#~ "swupd to update your mix:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If `Format` increments to a new " +#~ "epoch (a \"format bump\"), the OS " +#~ "has changed in such a way that " +#~ "updating from build M in format X" +#~ " to build N in format Y will" +#~ " not work. Generally, this scenario " +#~ "occurs when the software updater or " +#~ "the software has a change such " +#~ "that it is no longer compatible " +#~ "with the previous update scheme, or " +#~ "when a package is removed from the" +#~ " update stream and the update must" +#~ " ensure the files associated with " +#~ "that package are removed from the " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c24f554 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/security.po @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:4 +msgid "OS Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:6 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| aims to make systemic and layered security-conscious decisions " +"that are both performant and practical. This security philosophy is " +"rooted within the project's codebase and operating culture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:14 +msgid "Security in updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The |CL| team believes in the benefits of software security through open " +"sourcing, incremental updates, and rapidly resolving known security " +"advisories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:20 +msgid "The latest Linux\\* codebase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:22 +msgid "" +"|CL| uses the newest version of the Linux kernel which allows the " +"operating system to leverage the latest features from the upstream Linux " +"kernel, including security fixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:27 +msgid "Automated effective updating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:29 +msgid "|CL| is incrementally updated multiple times per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This `rolling release`_ model allows |CL| to consume the latest security " +"fixes of software packages as soon as they become available. There is no " +"waiting for major or minor releases on |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:35 +msgid "" +"An update is not effective if it is just simply downloaded onto a system." +" It needs to be obtained *AND* ensured that the new patched copy is being" +" used; not an older copy loaded into memory. |CL| will let you know when " +"a service needs to be rebooted or do it for your automatically after a " +"software update, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In |CL| updates are delivered automatically, efficiently, and " +"effectively. For more information about software updates in |CL|, refer " +"to the :ref:`swupd-guide` guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:46 +msgid "Automated CVE scanning and remediation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The sheer number of software packages and security vulnerabilities is " +"growing exponentially. Repositories of Common Vulnerabilities and " +"Exposures (CVEs) and their fixes, if known, are published by :abbr:`NIST`" +" in a National Vulnerability Database \\ |NVD|\\ and at \\ |MITRE|\\ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:53 +msgid "" +"|CL| employs a proactive and measured approach to addressing known and " +"fixable :abbr:`CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures)`. Packages are" +" automatically scanned against CVEs daily, and security patches are " +"deployed as soon as they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:58 +msgid "" +"These combined practices minimize the amount of time |CL| systems are " +"exposed to unnecessary security risk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:61 +msgid "Security in software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:64 +msgid "Minimized attack surface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|CL| removes legacy, unneeded, or redundant standards and components as " +"much as possible to enable the use of best known security standards. " +"Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`RC4`, `SSLv3`, `3DES`, and `SHA-1` ciphers which have had known " +"vulnerabilities, have been explicitly disabled within many |CL| packages " +"to avoid their accidental usage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Services and subsystems which expose sensitive system information have " +"been removed such as the `finger` and `tcpwrappers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:77 +msgid "`SFTP` has been disabled by default due to security considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:80 +msgid "Verified trust" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:82 +msgid "" +"|CL| encourages the use of secure practices such as encryption and " +"digital signature verification throughout the system and discourages " +"blind trust. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:86 +msgid "" +"All update operations from swupd are transparently encrypted and checked " +"against the |CL| maintainers' public key for authenticity. More " +"information about swupd security can be found in the `Security for " +"software update in Clear Linux* OS`_ blog post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Before being built, packages available from |CL| verify checksums and " +"signatures provided by third party project codebases and maintainers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:94 +msgid "" +"|CL| features a unified certificate store, `clrtrust`_ which comes ready " +"to work with well-known Certificate Authorities out of the box. clrtrust " +"also offers an easy to use command line interface for managing system-" +"wide chains of trust, instead of ignoring foreign certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:100 +msgid "Compiled with secure options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:102 +msgid "" +"While |CL| packages are optimized for performance on IntelĀ® architecture," +" security conscious kernel and compiler options are sensibly taken " +"advantage of. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Kernels shipped with |CL| are signed and disallow the usage of custom " +"kernel modules to maintain verifiable system integrity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Address space layout randomization (ASLR)`_ and `Kernel address space " +"layout randomization (KASLR)`_ are kernel features which defend against " +"certain memory based attacks. More information about PIE executables can " +"be found in the `Recent GNU* C library improvements`_ blog post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:116 +msgid "Security in system design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Simple, yet effective, techniques are used throughout the |CL| system " +"design to defend against common attack vectors and enable good security " +"hygiene. Below are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Full disk encryption using :abbr:`LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup)` is " +"available during installation. Refer to `cryptsetup`_ for additional " +"information about LUKS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:126 +msgid "" +"|CL| uses the PAM cracklib module to harden user login and password " +"security resulting in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:129 +msgid "" +"No default username or root password set out of the box with |CL|, you " +"will be asked to set your own password immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Simple password schemes, which are known to be easily compromised, cannot" +" be set in |CL|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:135 +msgid "" +"A password blacklist, to avoid system passwords being set to passwords " +"which have been compromised in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/security.rst:138 +msgid "" +"`Tallow`_, a lightweight service which monitors and blocks suspicious SSH" +" login patterns, is installed with the :command:`openssh-server` bundle." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71d85f32 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/stateless.po @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2019, many +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Clear Linux* +# Project Docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2019. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.7.0\n" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:4 +msgid "Stateless" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:6 +msgid "" +"In most operating systems, user data, system data, and configuration " +"files can become intermingled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Figure 1: Without stateless, user and system files become mixed on the " +"filesystem over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:16 +msgid "" +"|CL-ATTR| has a stateless design philosophy with the goal to provide an " +":abbr:`OS (operating system)` that functions without excessive user " +"configuration or customization. Stateless in this context does *not* mean" +" ephemeral or non-persistent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:25 +msgid "File-level separation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To accomplish a stateless design the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy is " +"separated between user-owned areas and |CL|-owned areas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Figure 2: With stateless, user and system files are separated on the " +"filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:38 +msgid "System areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:39 +msgid "" +"File under the :file:`/usr` directory are managed by |CL| as system " +"files. Files written under the :file:`/usr` directory by users can get " +"removed through system updates with :ref:`swupd `.This " +"operating assumption allows |CL| to verify and maintain integrity of " +"system files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:45 +msgid "User areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Files under the :file:`/etc/`, :file:`/home`, and :file:`/var` " +"directories are owned and managed by the user. A freshly installed |CL| " +"system will only have a minimal set of files in the :file:`/etc/` " +"directory and software installed by |CL| does not write to :file:`/etc`. " +"This operating assumption allows |CL| users to clearly identify the " +"configuration that makes their system unique." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:54 +msgid "Software configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:56 +msgid "" +"With stateless separation, default software configurations are read in " +"order from predefined source code, |CL| provided defaults, and user-" +"provided configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:61 +msgid "Default configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Software in |CL| provides default configuration values so that it is " +"immediately functional, whenever it is appropriate to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|CL| distributed software packages may be directly modified to include " +"default configuration values or default configuration files may be " +"provided by |CL| under :file:`/usr/share/defaults`. These files can be " +"referenced as templates for customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example, the default configuration that Apache uses when installed " +"can be found at :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd/httpd.conf` directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:76 +msgid "Overriding configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If a configuration needs to be changed, the appropriate file should be " +"modified by the user under :file:`/etc/`. If the configuration file does " +"not already exist, it can be created in the appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:82 +msgid "" +"User defined configuration files should contain the minimal set of " +"desired changes and rely on default configuration for the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:85 +msgid "For example, a customized Apache configuration can be used instead by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:87 +msgid "Create the destination directory for the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the default configuration as a reference template:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:99 +msgid "Make any desired modifications to the configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:105 +msgid "Reload the service or reboot the system to pickup any changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This pattern can be used to modify the configurations of other programs " +"too. The `stateless man page`_ has application-specific examples." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:115 +msgid "System reset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once advantage of the stateless design is that the system defaults can be" +" easily restored by simply deleting everything under :file:`/etc/` and " +":file:`/var`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Running the commands below effectively performs a system reset as if it " +"was just installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In other Linux distributions, this can be a catastrophic action that " +"renders a system unable to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:133 +msgid "Additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/stateless.rst:135 +msgid "`stateless man page`_" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po index ec5bb989..880383f4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tooling/tooling.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-17 11:17-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -28,6 +28,34 @@ msgid "" "important tools and concepts for managing your install." msgstr "" +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:18 +msgid "Training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Additional training materials are available in the `how-to-clear`_ " +"GitHub\\* project to help you get started with |CL| tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The training helps you create a customized OS that is based on |CL| and " +"provides complete details on the methods and tools used to create updates" +" and how to deploy updates to targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To complete the training, you will need a clean |CL| installation and a " +"network connection. The project includes all files needed to complete the" +" exercises." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../tooling/tooling.rst:29 +msgid "`how-to-clear`_ training on GitHub" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "Tooling" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po index dcd04626..c4da51d3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/docker/docker.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:6 msgid "" "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization platforms, including a " -"Docker\\* solution. |CL| has many `unique features`_ including a minimal " +"Docker solution. |CL| has many unique features including a minimal " "default installation, which makes it compelling to use as a host for " "container workloads, management, and orchestration." msgstr "" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgid "Additionally, you should have:" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:39 -msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker." +msgid "A basic understanding of Linux\\* and Docker." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:41 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:83 -msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)" +msgid "Integration with Kata Containers\\* (optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:85 @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:96 msgid "" -"The proceeding sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and" -" configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need " -"to continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of" -" completeness." +"The remaining sections of this tutorial are standard to Docker setup and " +"configuration. If you are familiar with Docker basics, you do not need to" +" continue reading. The following sections are provided here for sake of " +"completeness." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:104 @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration via a configuration file " "typically located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| features a " -"`stateless system`_ so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does " -"*NOT* exist by default." +":ref:`stateless` system so the configuration file :file:`daemon.json` " +"does *NOT* exist by default." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:111 @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available container image repository which " "comes preconfigured with Docker. In the example below we will pull and " -"run an the official Docker image for nginx, an open source reverse proxy " -"server." +"run an the official Docker image for nginx\\*, an open source reverse " +"proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/docker/docker.rst:153 msgid "" "First, pull a container image from Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " -"pull` command. Download the latest nginx Docker container image by " +"pull` command. Download the latest nginx\\* Docker container image by " "running this command:" msgstr "" @@ -295,3 +295,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Kata Containers`_" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL-ATTR| supports multiple containerization" +#~ " platforms, including a Docker\\* solution." +#~ " |CL| has many `unique features`_ " +#~ "including a minimal default installation, " +#~ "which makes it compelling to use " +#~ "as a host for container workloads, " +#~ "management, and orchestration." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A basic understanding of Linux and Docker." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Integration with Kata Containers (optional)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The proceeding sections of this tutorial" +#~ " are standard to Docker setup and " +#~ "configuration. If you are familiar with" +#~ " Docker basics, you do not need " +#~ "to continue reading. The following " +#~ "sections are provided here for sake " +#~ "of completeness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Perform additional Docker daemon configuration" +#~ " via a configuration file typically " +#~ "located at :file:`/etc/docker/daemon.json`. |CL| " +#~ "features a `stateless system`_ so the" +#~ " configuration file :file:`daemon.json` does " +#~ "*NOT* exist by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Docker Hub`_ is a publically available" +#~ " container image repository which comes " +#~ "preconfigured with Docker. In the " +#~ "example below we will pull and run" +#~ " an the official Docker image for " +#~ "nginx, an open source reverse proxy " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, pull a container image from " +#~ "Docker Hub using the :command:`docker " +#~ "pull` command. Download the latest nginx" +#~ " Docker container image by running " +#~ "this command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po index 38e23ec4..e51bcdc0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -167,60 +167,60 @@ msgid "" " kata-runtime." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:138 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:139 msgid "Configure and run CRI-O + kata-runtime" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:140 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:141 msgid "Enable the CRI-O service:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:146 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:147 msgid "Enter the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:153 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:154 msgid "" "Initialize the master control plane with the command below and follow the" " displayed instructions to set up `kubectl`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:159 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:161 msgid "Register kata-runtime as a RuntimeClass handler:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:178 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 msgid "Install pod network add-on" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:180 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:182 msgid "" "You must choose and install a `pod network add-on`_ to allow your pods to" " communicate. Check whether or not your add-on requires special flags " "when you initialize the master control plane." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:184 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 msgid "**Notes about flannel add-on**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:186 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:188 msgid "" "If you choose the `flannel` add-on, then you must add the following to " "the `kubeadm init` command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:193 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:195 msgid "" "Furthermore, if you are using CRI-O and `flannel` and you want to use " "Kata Containers, edit the :file:`/etc/crio/crio.conf` file to add:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:202 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 msgid "Use your cluster" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:204 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:206 msgid "" "Once your master control plane is successfully initialized, instructions " "on how to use your cluster and its *IP*, *token*, and *hash* values are " @@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ msgid "" "have a valid period. The values are presented in a format similar to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:214 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 msgid "**Congratulations!**" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:216 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:218 msgid "" "You've successfully installed and set up Kubernetes in |CL| using CRI-O " "and kata-runtime. You are now ready to follow on-screen instructions to " @@ -241,46 +241,46 @@ msgid "" "displayed token and IP information." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:222 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 msgid "Related topics" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:224 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 msgid "Read the Kubernetes documentation to learn more about:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:226 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 msgid "`Understanding basic Kubernetes architecture`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:228 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 msgid "`Deploying an application to your cluster`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:230 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 msgid "Installing a `pod network add-on`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:232 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:234 msgid "`Joining your nodes`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:235 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 msgid "Cloud native setup automation (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:237 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:239 msgid "" "Clone the `cloud-native-setup`_ repository on your system and follow the " "instructions. This repository includes helper scripts to automate " "configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:240 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:243 msgid "Package configuration customization (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:242 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:245 msgid "" "|CL| is a stateless system that looks for user-defined package " "configuration files in the :file:`/etc/` directory to be " @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgid "" "distribution-provided configuration files for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:247 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:250 msgid "" "If you customize any of the default package configuration files, you " "**must** store the customized files in the :file:`/etc/` directory. If " @@ -296,21 +296,23 @@ msgid "" "will be lost in the next system update." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:252 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:255 msgid "" "For example, to customize CRI-O configuration in your system, run the " "following commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:261 -msgid "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL| and view the |CL| `documentation`_." +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Learn more about :ref:`stateless` in |CL| and view the |CL| " +"`documentation`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:264 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:267 msgid "Proxy configuration (optional)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:266 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:269 msgid "" "If you use a proxy server, you must set your proxy environment variables " "and create an appropriate proxy configuration file for both CRI-O " @@ -320,78 +322,78 @@ msgid "" "is not enough.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:271 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:274 msgid "" "If you have already set your proxy environment variables, run the " "following commands as a shell script to configure all of these services " "in one step:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:289 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:292 msgid "Next steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:291 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:294 msgid ":ref:`kubernetes-bp`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:295 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:298 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:297 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:300 msgid " not found in message." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:299 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 msgid "" "Your DNS server may not be appropriately configured. Try adding an entry " "to the :file:`/etc/hosts` file with your host's IP and Name." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:302 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:305 msgid "For example: 100.200.50.20 myhost" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:304 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:307 msgid "" "Use the commands :command:`hostname` and :command:`hostname -I` to " "retrieve them." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:306 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:309 msgid "Images cannot be pulled." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:308 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:311 msgid "" "You may be behind a proxy server. Try configuring your proxy settings, " "using the environment variables *HTTP_PROXY*, *HTTPS_PROXY*, and " "*NO_PROXY* as required in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:312 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:315 msgid "Connection refused error." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:314 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, you may need to add the master's IP to " "the environment variable *NO_PROXY*." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:317 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:320 msgid "Connection timed-out or Access Refused errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:319 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:322 msgid "" "You must ensure that the appropriate proxy settings are available from " "the same terminal where you will initialize the control plane. To verify " "the proxy settings that Kubernetes will actually use, run the commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:329 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:332 msgid "" "If the displayed proxy values are different from your assigned values, " "the cluster initialization will fail. Contact your IT support team to " @@ -400,49 +402,54 @@ msgid "" "SSH access." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:334 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 msgid "" "If the result of the above commands is blank, you may need to add a " "``profile`` to the :file:`/etc` directory. To do so, follow these steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:337 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:340 msgid "Create a `profile` in :file:`/etc`" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:343 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:346 msgid "" "With a preferred editor, open `profile`, and enter your proxy settings. " "Example shown below." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:355 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:358 msgid " can be obtained by running :command:`ifconfig`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:357 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:360 msgid "Save and exit the `profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:359 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:362 msgid "Run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:365 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:368 msgid "To ensure your system isn't running previous session variables, run:" msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:371 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:374 msgid "Continue below while passing `-E` in the command as shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:373 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:376 msgid "Missing environment variables." msgstr "" -#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:375 +#: ../../tutorials/kubernetes/kubernetes.rst:378 msgid "" "If you are behind a proxy server, pass environment variables by adding " "*-E* to the command that initializes the master control plane." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn more about `Stateless`_ in |CL|" +#~ " and view the |CL| `documentation`_." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po index 8f20bc16..a44ab12f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/nvidia.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -92,17 +92,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:3 msgid "" -"The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides the :command:`dkms` program and " -"Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel modules." +"The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle provides the :command:`dkms` " +"program and Linux kernel headers, which are required for compiling kernel" +" modules." msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:6 -msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +msgid "The :command:`kernel-native-dkms` bundle also:" msgstr "" #: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:8 msgid "" -"Adds a systemd update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" +"Adds a `systemd` update trigger (:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-" "kernel.service`) to automatically run DKMS to rebuild modules after a " "kernel upgrade occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." msgstr "" @@ -128,35 +129,35 @@ msgid "" "relies on a kernel module." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:28 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:27 msgid "" "Install the :command:`kernel-native-dkms` or :command:`kernel-lts-dkms` " "bundle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:31 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:30 msgid "" "Determine which kernel variant is running on |CL|. Only the *native* and " "*lts* kernels are enabled to build and load out-of-tree kernel modules " "with DKMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:40 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:39 msgid "Ensure *.native* or *.lts* is in the kernel name." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:42 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:41 msgid "" "Install the DKMS bundle corresponding to the installed kernel. Use " ":command:`kernel-native-dkms` for the native kernel or :command:`kernel-" "lts-dkms` for the lts kernel." msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:50 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:49 msgid "or" msgstr "" -#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:57 +#: ../../guides/kernel/kernel-modules-dkms.rst:56 msgid "Update the |CL| bootloader and reboot." msgstr "" @@ -418,3 +419,22 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle provides" +#~ " the :command:`dkms` program and Linux " +#~ "kernel headers, which are required for" +#~ " compiling kernel modules." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The *kernel-native-dkms* bundle also:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adds a systemd update trigger " +#~ "(:file:`/usr/lib/systemd/system/dkms-new-kernel.service`)" +#~ " to automatically run DKMS to rebuild" +#~ " modules after a kernel upgrade " +#~ "occurs with :ref:`swupd update `." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po index 3987c146..5dc89529 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Clear Linux* Project Docs latest\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-12 12:18-0700\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-22 12:54-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:6 msgid "" "This tutorial provides instructions on how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " -"(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use " +"(Linux, Apache\\*, MySQL, PHP)` web server on |CL-ATTR| and how to use " "phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated database. Note that this tutorial " "installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-in replacement for MySQL\\*." msgstr "" @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../tutorials/wordpress/web-server-install.rst:78 msgid "" -"|CL| is designed to be a `stateless`_ operating system which means that " -"you must create an optional configuration file to override the default " -"values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, " +"|CL| is designed to be a :ref:`stateless` operating system which means " +"that you must create an optional configuration file to override the " +"default values. The default location of the Apache configuration file, " ":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the :file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` " "directory. |CL| can override this directory as part of the stateless " "paradigm. This default :file:`.conf` file includes the following " @@ -545,3 +545,30 @@ msgid "" "with :ref:`wp-install`." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This tutorial provides instructions on " +#~ "how to set up a :abbr:`LAMP " +#~ "(Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)` web server" +#~ " on |CL-ATTR| and how to use" +#~ " phpMyAdmin\\* to manage an associated " +#~ "database. Note that this tutorial " +#~ "installs MariaDB\\*, which is a drop-" +#~ "in replacement for MySQL\\*." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "|CL| is designed to be a " +#~ "`stateless`_ operating system which means " +#~ "that you must create an optional " +#~ "configuration file to override the " +#~ "default values. The default location of" +#~ " the Apache configuration file, " +#~ ":file:`httpd.conf`, is located in the " +#~ ":file:`/usr/share/defaults/httpd` directory. |CL| " +#~ "can override this directory as part " +#~ "of the stateless paradigm. This default" +#~ " :file:`.conf` file includes the following" +#~ " directives that allow for additional " +#~ "locations of configuration definitions:" +#~ msgstr "" +